Table of ContentsContents

UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM10-K
FORM
10-K/A
Amendment No. 1
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 20202022
OR
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the transition period from
__________ to
                     _
___________
spb-20220930_g1.jpg
Commission File No.
Name of Registrant, State of Incorporation,

Address of Principal Offices, and Telephone No.
IRS Employer Identification No.
1-4219
Spectrum Brands Holdings, Inc.
(a Delaware corporation)
3001 Deming Way, Middleton, WI 53562
(608)
275-3340
www.spectrumbrands.com
74-1339132
SB/RH Holdings, LLC
333-192634-03
(a Delaware limited liability company)
3001 Deming Way, Middleton, WI 53562
(608)
275-3340
27-2812840
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
(a Delaware corporation)
3001 Deming Way, Middleton, WI 53562
(608) 275-3340
www.spectrumbrands.com
Registrant
333-192634-03
SB/RH Holdings, LLC
27-2812840
(a Delaware limited liability company)
3001 Deming Way, Middleton, WI 53562
(608) 275-3340
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
RegistrantTitle of each class
Name of each exchange on which registered
Spectrum Brands Holdings, Inc.Common Stock, Par Value $0.01New York Stock Exchange
SB/RH Holdings, LLCNoneNoneNone
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None
Indicate by check mark if the registrants are well-known seasoned issuers, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.
Spectrum Brands Holdings, Inc.YesYes  NoNo  
SB/RH Holdings, LLCYesYes  NoNo  
Indicate by check mark if the registrants are not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.
Spectrum Brands Holdings, Inc.YesYes  NoNo  
SB/RH Holdings, LLCYesYes  NoNo  
Indicate by check mark whether the registrants (1) have filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.
Spectrum Brands Holdings, Inc.YesYes  NoNo  
SB/RH Holdings, LLCYesYes  NoNo  
Indicate by check mark whether the registrants have submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation
S-T
232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files).
Spectrum Brands Holdings, Inc.Yes  ☒No  ☐
SB/RH Holdings, LLC
Yes
 ☒
No  ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a
non-accelerated
filer, a smaller reporting company or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company” and “emerging growth company in Rule
12b-2
of the Exchange Act.:
Registrant
Large Accelerated
Filer
Accelerated Filer
Non-accelerated Filer
Smaller Reporting
Company
Emerging Growth
Company
Spectrum Brands Holdings, Inc.
YesXNo
SB/RH Holdings, LLC
YesNoX
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.
Spectrum Brands Holdings, Inc.
SB/RH Holdings, LLC
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer”, “smaller reporting company” and “emerging growth company in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.:
RegistrantLarge Accelerated FilerAccelerated FilerNon-accelerated FilerSmaller Reporting CompanyEmerging Growth Company
Spectrum Brands Holdings, Inc.X
SB/RH Holdings, LLCX
If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.
Spectrum Brands Holdings, Inc.
SB/RH Holdings, LLC
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in
Rule 12b-2
of the Exchange Act).
Spectrum Brands Holdings, Inc.YesYes  No
No
SB/RH Holdings, LLCYesYes  NoNo  




Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report.
Spectrum Brands Holdings, Inc.YesNo
SB/RH Holdings, LLCYesNo
The aggregate market value of the voting stock held by
non-affiliates
of Spectrum Brands Holdings, Inc. was approximately $1,502$3,528 million based upon the closing price on the last business day of the registrant’sregistrant's most recently completed second fiscal quarter (March 29, 2020)(April 3, 2022). For the sole purposes of making this calculation, term
“non-affiliate”
“non-affiliate” has been interpreted to exclude directors and executive officers and other affiliates of the registrant. Exclusion of shares held by any person should not be construed as a conclusion by the registrant, or an admission by any such person, or that such person is an “affiliate” of the Company, as defined by applicable securities law.
As of January 14, 2021,November 18, 2022, there were outstanding 42,621,89340,787,456 shares of Spectrum Brands Holdings, Inc.’s common stock,Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share.
SB/RH Holdings, LLC meets the conditions set forth in General Instruction I(1)(a) and (b) of Form
10-K
and has therefore omitted the information otherwise called for by Items 10 to 13 of Form
10-K
as allowed under General Instruction I(2)(c).
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
None.

TablePortions of Contents
EXPLANATORY NOTE
Spectrum Brands Holdings, Inc. and SB/RH Holdings, LLC’s subsequent amendment to the Form 10-K to be filed within 120 days of September 30, 2022 are filingincorporated by reference in this Amendment No. 1 (this “Form 10-K/A”) to their Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2020 (“Fiscal 2020”) that was filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) on November 18, 2020 (the “Original Form 10-K”) for the sole purpose of including certain of the information required byin response to Part III, of Form 10-K. As required by Rule
12b-15,
in connection with this Form 10-K/A, the Company’s Principal Executive OfficerItems 10, 11, 12 and Principal Financial Officer are providing Rule
13a-14(a)
certifications included herein.
13.
Except as explicitly set forth herein, this Form 10-K/A does not purport to modify or update the disclosures in, or exhibits to, the Original Form 10-K or to update the Original Form 10-K to reflect events occurring after the date of such filing.
2
1

Table of ContentsContents

SPECTRUM BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC.
SB/RH HOLDINGS, LLC
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
2
Page
4
4
22
53
55
59
59
59
62
3
2

Table of ContentsContents

Forward-Looking Statements
We have made or implied certain forward-looking statements in this document. All statements, other than statements of historical facts included or incorporated by reference in this document, including the statements under Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, without limitation, statements or expectations regarding our business strategy, future operations, financial condition, estimated revenues, projected costs, earnings power, projected synergies, prospects, plans and objectives of management, information concerning expected actions of third parties are forward-looking statements. When used in this report, the words future, anticipate, pro forma, seek, intend, plan, envision, estimate, believe, belief, expect, project, forecast, outlook, earnings framework, goal, target, could, would, will, can, should, may and similar expressions are also intended to identify forward-looking statements, although not all forward-looking statements contain such identifying words.
Since these forward-looking statements are based upon our current expectations of future events and projections and are subject to a number of risks and uncertainties, many of which are beyond our control and some of which may change rapidly, actual results or outcomes may differ materially from those expressed or implied herein, and you should not place undue reliance on these statements. Important factors that could cause our actual results to differ materially from those expressed or implied herein include, without limitation: 
the COVID-19 pandemic, economic, social and political conditions or civil unrest, terrorist attacks, acts of war, natural disasters, other public health concerns or unrest in international markets impacting our business, customers, employees (including our ability to retain and attract key personnel), manufacturing facilities, suppliers, capital markets, and our financial condition, and results of operations, all of which tend to aggravate the other risks and uncertainties we face;
the impact of a number of local, regional and global uncertainties could negatively impact our business;
the negative effect of the armed conflict between Russia and Ukraine and its impact on those regions and surrounding regions, including on our operations and on those of our customers, suppliers, and other stakeholders;
our increased reliance on third-party partners, suppliers, and distributors to achieve our business objectives;
the impact of expenses resulting from the implementation of new business strategies, divestitures or current and proposed restructuring and optimization activities, including distribution center changes which are complicated and involve coordination among a number of stakeholders, including our suppliers and transportation and logistics handlers;
the impact of our indebtedness on our business, financial condition, and results of operations;
the impact of restrictions in our debt instruments on our ability to operate our business, finance our capital needs or pursue or expand business strategies;
any failure to comply with financial covenants and other provisions and restrictions of our debt instruments;
the effects of general economic conditions, including the impact of, and changes to tariffs and trade policies, inflation, recession or fears of a recession, depression or fears of a depression, labor costs, and stock market volatility or monetary or fiscal policies in the countries where we do business;
the impact of fluctuations in transportation and shipment costs, fuel costs, commodity prices, costs or availability of raw materials or terms and conditions available from suppliers, including suppliers’ willingness to advance credit;
interest rate fluctuations;
changes in foreign currency exchange rates that may impact our purchasing power, pricing, and margin realization within international jurisdictions;
the loss of, significant reduction in, or dependence upon, sales to any significant retail customer(s), including their changes in retail inventory levels and management thereof;
competitive promotional activity or spending by competitors, or price reductions by competitors;
the introduction of new product features or technological developments by competitors and/or the development of new competitors or competitive brands;
changes in consumer spending preferences and demand for our products, particularly in light of economic stress and the COVID-19 pandemic;
our ability to develop and successfully introduce new products, protect our intellectual property and avoid infringing the intellectual property of third parties;
our ability to successfully identify, implement, achieve and sustain productivity improvements, cost efficiencies (including at our manufacturing and distribution operations), and cost savings;
the seasonal nature of sales of certain of our products;
the impact weather conditions may have on the sales of certain of our products;
the effects of climate change and unusual weather activity as well as our ability to respond to future natural disasters and pandemics and to meet our environmental, social and governance goals;
the cost and effect of unanticipated legal, tax or regulatory proceedings or new laws or regulations (including environmental, public health, and consumer protection regulations);
public perception regarding the safety of products that we manufacture and sell, including the potential for environmental liabilities, product liability claims, litigation and other claims related to products manufactured by us and third parties;
the impact of existing, pending or threatened litigation, government regulation or other requirements or operating standards applicable to our business;
the impact of cybersecurity breaches or our actual or perceived failure to protect company and personal data, including our failure to comply with new and increasingly complex global data privacy regulations;
changes in accounting policies applicable to our business;
our discretion to adopt, conduct, suspend or discontinue any share repurchase program (including our discretion to conduct purchases, if any, in a variety of manners including open-market purchases or privately negotiated transactions);
our ability to utilize net operating loss carry-forwards to offset tax liabilities from future taxable income;
our ability to consummate the announced Hardware and Home Improvement ("HHI") divestiture on the expected terms and within the anticipated time period, or at all, which is dependent on the parties' ability to satisfy certain closing conditions and our ability to realize the benefits of the transaction, including reducing the leverage of the Company, invest in the organic growth of the Company, fund any future acquisitions, return capital to shareholders, and/or maintain its quarterly dividends;
3

Table of Contents

our ability to overcome, or timely overcome, the U.S. Department of Justice ("DOJ") complaint to enjoin the proposed acquisition of the Company's HHI business by ASSA ABLOY ("ASSA"), including ASSA's ability to complete the dispositions that it has proposed to resolve all the alleged competitive concerns (i.e., the disposition of its Emtek business and its smart residential business in the U.S. and Canada);
the risk that regulatory approvals that are required to complete the proposed HHI divestiture may not be realized, may take longer than expected or may impose adverse conditions;
our ability to successfully integrate the February 18, 2022, acquisition of the home appliances and cookware products business from Tristar Products, Inc. (the "Tristar Business") into the Company's Home and Personal Care ("HPC") business and realize the benefits of this acquisition;
our ability to separate the Company's HPC business and create an independent Global Appliances business on expected terms, and within the anticipated time period, or at all, and to realize the potential benefits of such business;
our ability to create a pure play consumer products company composed of our Global Pet Care ("GPC") and Home & Garden ("H&G") business and to realize the expected benefits of such creation, and within the anticipated time period, or at all;
our ability to successfully implement further acquisitions or dispositions and the impact of any such transactions on our financial performance;
the impact of actions taken by significant stockholders;
the unanticipated loss of key members of senior management and the transition of new members of our management teams to their new roles; and
the impact of economic, social and political conditions or civil unrest in the U.S. and other countries.

Some of the above-mentioned factors are described in further detail in the sections entitled Risk Factors in our annual and quarterly reports (including this report), as applicable. You should assume the information appearing in this report is accurate only as of the end of the period covered by this report, or as otherwise specified, as our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since that date. Except as required by applicable law, including the securities laws of the United States (“U.S.”) and the rules and regulations of the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), we undertake no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statement, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, to reflect actual results or changes in factors or assumptions affecting such forward-looking statements.
PART III4

As disclosed in our prior filings, on July 13, 2018 (the “Merger Closing Date”), HRG Group, Inc. (now known asTable of Contents

PART I
ITEM 1.    BUSINESS
This combined Form 10-K is being filed by Spectrum Brands Holdings, Inc. (“SBH”) completedand SB/RH Holdings, LLC (“SB/RH”) (collectively, the “Company”). SB/RH is a mergerwholly-owned subsidiary of SBH and represents substantially all of its assets, liabilities, revenues, expenses and operations. SB/RH is the parent guarantor for certain debt of Spectrum Brands, Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of SB/RH ("SBI"), and represents all of SBI assets, liabilities, revenues, expenses, and operations. Thus, all information contained in this report relates to, and is filed by, SBH. Information that is specifically identified in this report as relating solely to SBH, such as its financial statements and its common stock, does not relate to and is not filed by SB/RH. SB/RH makes no representation as to that information. The terms “the Company,” “we,” and “our” as used in this report, refer to both SBH and its consolidated subsidiaries and SB/RH and its consolidated subsidiaries, unless otherwise indicated.
Our Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to reports filed pursuant to Sections 13(a) and 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Merger”“Exchange Act”), are available free of charge through our website at www.spectrumbrands.com as soon as reasonably practicable after such reports are filed with, or furnished to the SEC. The SEC also maintains a website that contains our reports, proxy statements and other information at www.sec.gov. In addition, copies of our (i) Corporate Governance Guidelines, (ii) charters for the Audit Committee, Compensation Committee, and Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee, (iii) Code of Business Conduct and Ethics and (iv) Code of Ethics for the Principal Executive Officer and Senior Financial Officers are available on our website at www.spectrumbrands.com under “Investor Relations.” Copies will also be provided to any stockholder upon written request to Spectrum Brands, Inc. at 3001 Deming Way, Middleton, Wisconsin 53562 or via electronic mail at investorrelations@spectrumbrands.com, or by telephone at (608) 278-6207.
General Overview
We are a diversified global branded consumer products and home essentials company.  We manage the business in three vertically integrated, product focused segments: (i) Home and Personal Care (“HPC”), (ii) Global Pet Care (“GPC”), and (iii) Home and Garden (“H&G”).  The Company manufactures, markets and distributes its products globally in the North America (“NA”), Europe, Middle East & Africa (“EMEA”), Latin America (“LATAM”) and Asia-Pacific (“APAC”) regions through a variety of trade channels, including retailers, wholesalers and distributors. We enjoy strong name recognition under our various brands and patented technologies across multiple product categories. Global and geographic strategic initiatives and financial objectives are determined at the corporate level. Each segment is responsible for implementing defined strategic initiatives and achieving certain financial objectives and has a president responsible for sales and marketing initiatives and the financial results for all product lines within that segment. The segments are supported through center-led shared service enabling functions consisting of finance and accounting, information technology, legal and human resources, supply chain and commercial operations. The following is an overview of the consolidated business showing net sales by segment and geographic region sold (based upon destination) as a percentage of consolidated net sales for the year ended September 30, 2022.
spb-20220930_g2.jpgspb-20220930_g3.jpg
Our operating performance is influenced by a number of factors including: general economic conditions; foreign exchange fluctuations; trends in consumer markets; consumer confidence and preferences; our overall product line mix, including pricing and gross margin, which vary by product line and geographic market; pricing of certain raw materials and commodities; energy and fuel prices; and our general competitive position, especially as impacted by our competitors’ advertising and promotional activities and pricing strategies. See Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, included in Item 7 to this Annual Report, for further discussion of the consolidated operating results and segment operating results.
5

Home and Personal Care (HPC)
The following is an overview of net sales by product category and geographic region sold by destination for the year ended September 30, 2022.
spb-20220930_g4.jpgspb-20220930_g5.jpg
Product CategoryProductsBrands
Home AppliancesSmall kitchen appliances including toaster ovens, coffeemakers, slow cookers, air fryers, blenders, hand mixers, grills, food processors, juicers, toasters, irons, kettles, and bread makers, cookware, and cookbooks.Black & Decker®, Russell Hobbs®, George Foreman®, PowerXL®, Emeril Legasse®, Copper Chef ®, Toastmaster®, Juiceman®, Farberware®, and Breadman®
Personal CareHair dryers, flat irons and straighteners, rotary and foil electric shavers, personal groomers, mustache and beard trimmers, body groomers, nose and ear trimmers, women's shavers, and haircut kits.Remington®
We have a trademark license agreement (the "License Agreement") with its majority owned subsidiary, Spectrum Brands Legacy, Inc. (formerly known as Spectrum Brands Holdings, Inc.Stanley Black & Decker ("SBD"). Following pursuant to which we license the Black & Decker® brand ("B&D") in North America, Latin America (excluding Brazil) and the Caribbean for four core categories of household appliances: beverage products, food preparation products, garment care products and cooking products. The License Agreement has a term ending June 30, 2025, including a sell-off period from April 1, 2025 to June 30, 2025 whereby the Company can continue to sell and distribute but no longer produce products subject to the License Agreement. Under the terms of the License Agreement, we agree to pay SBD royalties based on a percentage of sales, with minimum annual royalty payments of $15.0 million, with the exception that the minimum annual royalty will no longer be applied effective January 1, 2024 through the expiration of the License Agreement. The License Agreement also requires us to comply with maximum annual return rates for products. Subsequent to the completion of the Merger, HRG Group, Inc. changed its name to Spectrum Brands Holdings, Inc. Except as otherwise specified, all references herein to (i)License Agreement, there are no continuing obligations or restrictions on the “Company,” “Spectrum Brands,” “we,” “us” or “our” refer to Spectrum Brands Holdings, Inc. (formerly known as HRG Group, Inc.) prior to and afterbusiness activities of either party. See Note 6 – Revenue Recognition included in the Merger Closing Date; (ii)“SPB Legacy” refers to Spectrum Brands Legacy, Inc. (formerly known as Spectrum Brands Holdings, Inc.) solely priorNotes to the Merger Closing Date; (iii) “HRG Legacy” refersConsolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report for further detail on revenue concentration from B&D products.
We own the right to HRG Group,use the Remington® trademark for electric shavers, shaver accessories, grooming products and personal care products; and Remington Arms Company, Inc. (now known as Spectrum Brands Holdings,(“Remington Arms”) owns the rights to use the trademark for firearms, sporting goods and products for industrial use, including industrial hand tools. The terms of a 1986 agreement between Remington Products, LLC and Remington Arms provides for the shared rights to use the trademark on products which are not considered “principal products of interest” for either company. We retain the trademark for nearly all products which we believe can benefit from the use of the brand name in our distribution channels.
On February 18, 2022, the Company acquired the home appliances and cookware products sold under the PowerXL®, Emeril Legasse®, and Copper Chef® brands from Tristar Products, Inc. (the "Tristar Business") solely prior. The net assets and operations of the Tristar Business are integrated within the HPC segment. As part of the acquisition, the PowerXL® and Copper Chef® brands were acquired outright by the Company while the Emeril Legasse® brand remains subject to a trademark license agreement with the license holder (the "Emeril License"). Pursuant to the Merger Closing Date; (iv) “New SPB” refersEmeril License, the HPC segment will continue to Spectrum Brands Holdings, Inc. (formerly known as HRG Group, Inc.) solely afterlicense the Merger Closing Date; (v) “Board” refersEmeril brands within the US, Canada, Mexico, and the United Kingdom for certain designated product categories of household appliances, including small kitchen food preparation products, indoor and outdoor grills and grill accessories, and cookbooks. The Emeril License is set to expire effective December 31, 2022 with options of up to three one-year renewal periods following the initial expiration. Under the terms of the agreement, we are obligated to pay the license holder a percentage of sales, with minimum annual royalty payments of $1.5 million, increasing to $1.8 million in subsequent renewal periods. See Note 4 – Acquisitions included in the Notes to the BoardConsolidated Financial Statements, included elsewhere in this Annual Report for further detail.
HPC products are sold primarily to large retailers, online retailers, wholesalers, distributors, warehouse clubs, food and drug chains and specialty trade or retail outlets such as consumer electronics stores, department stores, discounters and other specialty stores. International distribution varies by region and is often executed on a country-by-country basis.  Our sales generally are made through the use of Directorsindividual purchase orders. A significant percentage of Spectrumour sales are attributable to a limited group of retailer customers, including Walmart and Amazon, which represent approximately 35% of segment sales for the year ended September 30, 2022. With the acquisition of the Tristar Business, we have expanded our distribution channels with more direct-to-consumer capabilities which we anticipate will be utilized more frequently with our legacy HPC business and products.
Primary competitors for home appliances include Newell Brands Holdings,(Sunbeam, Mr. Coffee, Crockpot, Oster), De’Longhi America (DeLonghi, Kenwood, Braun), SharkNinja (Shark, Ninja), Hamilton Beach Holding Co. (Hamilton Beach, Proctor Silex), Sensio, Inc. (formerly known(Bella); SEB S.A.(T-fal, Krups, Rowenta), Whirlpool Corporation (Kitchen Aid), Conair Corporation (Cuisinart, Waring), Koninklijke Philips N.V. (Philips), Glen Dimplex (Morphy Richards), Gourmia, and private label brands for major retailers. Primary competitors in personal care include Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. (Norelco), The Procter & Gamble Company (Braun), Conair Corporation, Wahl Clipper Corporation, and Helen of Troy Limited.
Sales from electric personal care product categories tend to increase during the December holiday season (the Company's fiscal first quarter), while small appliances sales typically increase from July through December primarily due to the increased demand by customers in the late summer for “back-to-school” sales (the Company's fiscal fourth quarter) and in December for the holiday season.
6

Our sales by quarter as HRG Group, Inc.) priora percentage of annual net sales during the years ended September 30, 2022 and 2021 are as follows (excluding acquisition sales attributable to the Tristar Business):
20222021
First Quarter32 %30 %
Second Quarter24 %24 %
Third Quarter22 %22 %
Fourth Quarter22 %24 %
Substantially all of our home appliances and afterpersonal care products are manufactured by third-party suppliers that are primarily located in the Merger Closing Date;APAC region, the prices of which may be susceptible to changes in transportation costs, government regulations and (vi) “Fiscal” referstariffs, and changes in currency exchange rates. We maintain ownership of most of the tooling and molds used by our suppliers.
We continuously monitor and evaluate our supplier network for quality, cost, and manufacturing capacity. Our research and development strategy is focused on new product development and performance enhancements of our existing products. We plan to continue to use our brand names, customer relationships and research and development efforts to introduce innovative products that offer enhanced value to consumers through new designs and improved functionality.
Global Pet Care (GPC)
The following is an overview of GPC net sales by product category and geographic region sold by destination for the year ended September 30, 2022.
spb-20220930_g6.jpgspb-20220930_g7.jpg
Product CategoryProductsBrands
Companion AnimalRawhide chews, dog and cat clean-up, training, health and grooming products, small animal food and care products, rawhide-free dog treats, and wet and dry pet food for dogs and cats8IN1® (8-in-1), Dingo®, Nature's Miracle®, Wild Harvest™, Littermaid®, Jungle®, Excel®, FURminator®, IAMS® (Europe only), Eukanuba® (Europe only), Healthy-Hide®, DreamBone®, SmartBones®, ProSense®, Perfect Coat®, eCOTRITION®, Birdola®, Good Boy®, Meowee!®, Wildbird®, and Wafcol®.
AquaticsConsumer and commercial aquarium kits, stand-alone tanks; aquatics equipment such as filtration systems, heaters and pumps; and aquatics consumables such as fish food, water management and careTetra®, Marineland®, Whisper®, Instant Ocean®, GloFish®, OmegaOne® and OmegaSea®.
We sell primarily to large retailers, pet superstores, online retailers, food and drug chains, warehouse clubs and other specialty retail outlets. International distribution varies by region and is often executed on a country-by-country basis.  Our sales generally are made through the use of individual purchase orders.  In addition to product sales, we also perform installation and maintenance services on commercial aquariums.  Live fish under our GloFish® brand are produced, marketed, and sold by independent third-party breeders through a supply and licensing agreement with the Company. A significant percentage of our sales are attributable to a limited group of retailer customers, including Walmart and Amazon, which represent approximately 34% of segment sales for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2022.
Primary competitors are Mars Corporation, the Hartz Mountain Corporation, and Central Garden & Pet Company all of each applicable year.
which sell a comprehensive line of pet supplies that compete across our product categories. The pet supplies product category is highly fragmented with no competitor holding a substantial market share and consists of small companies with limited product lines, including private label products and suppliers.
Sales remain fairly consistent throughout the year with little variation. Our sales by quarter as a percentage of annual net sales during the years ended September 30, 2022, and 2021 are as follows:
ITEM 10.
DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
20222021
First Quarter26 %24 %
Second Quarter25 %26 %
Third Quarter25 %23 %
Fourth Quarter24 %27 %
Our Board7

Table of DirectorsContents

Our directorsRawhide products are electedproduced at each annual meetingthird-party suppliers in the APAC region and Mexico. Certain other aquatics equipment and companion animal hard goods are also produced at third-party suppliers in the APAC region. We maintain ownership of shareholdersmost of the tooling and hold officemolds used by third-party suppliers. Product purchased from third-party suppliers, especially those from the APAC regions, are susceptible to fluctuations in transportation costs, government regulations and tariffs, and changes in currency exchange rates. We continuously monitor and evaluate our supplier network for staggered three-year terms. Our Nominatingquality, cost, and Corporate Governance Committee (“NCG Committee”) considersmanufacturing capacity.
Aquatics and chooses nomineescertain other companion animal products are produced in various manufacturing plants located in the U.S. and Germany, including the production of glass aquariums in in our Noblesville, Indiana facility, shampoos and aquarium salt in our Blacksburg, Virginia facility, OmegaSea® salt with bird and other small animal products manufactured in our Bridgeton, Missouri facility, and aquatics nutrition and care products manufactured in Melle, Germany. We continually evaluate capacity at our manufacturing facilities and related utilization. In general, we believe our existing facilities are adequate for our Board with the primary goal of presenting a well-qualified slate of candidates who will serve the interests of our Companypresent and our shareholders, taking into account the attributes of each candidate’s professional skillsetforeseeable operating needs.
Our research and credentials, as well as gender, age, ethnicitydevelopment strategy is focused on new product development and personal background. In evaluating nominees, our NCG Committee reviews each candidate’s background and assesses each candidate’s independence, skills, experience and expertise based upon a number of factors. We seek directors with the highest professional and personal ethics, integrity and character that have experience at the governance and policy-making level in their respective fields. Our NCG Committee reviews the professional background of each candidate to determine whether each candidate has the appropriate experience and ability to effectively make important decisions as a member on our Board. Our NCG Committee also determines whether a candidate’s skills and experience complement and enhance the collective skills and experienceperformance enhancements of our existing Board members.products. We plan to continue to use our brand names, customer relationships and research and development efforts to introduce innovative products that offer enhanced value to consumers through new designs and improved functionality.
Home and Garden (H&G)
The following is an overview of H&G net sales by product category and geographic region sold by destination for the year ended September 30, 2022.
spb-20220930_g8.jpgspb-20220930_g9.jpg
Product CategoryProductsBrands
HouseholdHousehold pest control solutions such as spider and scorpion killers; ant and roach killers; flying insect killers; insect foggers; wasp and hornet killers; and bedbug, flea and tick control productsHot Shot®, Black Flag®, Real-Kill®, Ultra Kill®, The Ant Trap® (TAT), and Rid-A-Bug®.
ControlsOutdoor insect and weed control solutions, and animal repellents such as aerosols, granules, and ready-to-use sprays or hose-end ready-to-spraysSpectracide®, Garden Safe®, Liquid Fence®, and EcoLogic®.
RepellentsPersonal use pesticides and insect repellent products, including aerosols, lotions, pump sprays and wipes, yard sprays and citronella candlesCutter® and Repel®.
CleaningHousehold surface cleaning, maintenance, and restoration products, including bottled liquids, mops, wipes, and markers.Rejuvenate®
We sell primarily to large retailers, home improvement centers, mass merchants, dollar stores, hardware stores, lawn and garden distributors, food and drug retailers, and e-commerce. We sell primarily in the U.S. with some distribution in LATAM and the Caribbean.  On May 28, 2021, the Company acquired 100% of the membership interest in For Life Products, LLC ("FLP"); a leading manufacturer of household cleaning, maintenance, and restoration sold under the Rejuvenate® brand, expanding the product categories provided by the H&G segment. Our sales generally are made through the use of individual purchase orders.  A significant percentage of our sales are attributable to a limited group of retailer customers, including Lowe’s, Home Depot, and Walmart, which represent approximately 66% segment sales for the year ended September 30, 2022.
Primary competitors include The Scotts Miracle-Gro Company (Ortho, Roundup, Tomcat), S.C. Johnson & Son, Inc. (Raid, OFF!), Central Garden & Pet (AMDRO, Sevin), SBM Company (BioAdvanced), Henkel AG & Co. KGaA (Combat), Bona AB (Bona), and Procter & Gamble (Swiffer).
Sales typically peak during the first six months of the calendar year (the Company’s second and third fiscal quarters) and are lowest in the last three months of the calendar year (the Company's first quarter) due to customer purchasing patterns, and timing of promotional activities. Seasonal sales may also be impacted by changes in weather conditions during the peak season. Our sales by quarter as a percentage of annual net sales during the years ended September 30, 2022, and 2021 are as follows:
20222021
First Quarter12 %14 %
Second Quarter33 %29 %
Third Quarter35 %35 %
Fourth Quarter20 %22 %
8

Table of Contents

H&G currently produces the majority of its products in one facility in St. Louis, Missouri, with production primarily consisting of liquids and aerosols, and the remaining portion of products being produced by various third-party manufacturers, consisting of granulates, candles, baits & traps, and wipes. Products produced for the Rejuvenate® business are primarily provided by third-party manufacturers. The main raw materials purchased are plastic bottles, steel aerosol cans, corrugate, active ingredients, and bulk chemicals. The prices of these raw materials are susceptible to fluctuations due to supply and demand trends, energy costs, transportation costs, inflation, government regulations, and tariffs. We continuously monitor and evaluate our supplier network for quality, cost, and manufacturing capacity.
Our research and development strategy is focused on new product development and performance enhancements of our existing products. We plan to continue to use our brand names, customer relationships, and research and development efforts to introduce innovative products that offer enhanced value to consumers through new designs and improved functionality.
Discontinued Operations
Hardware and Home Improvement ("HHI")
On September 8, 2021, the Company entered into a definitive Asset and Stock Purchase Agreement (the "Purchase Agreement") with ASSA ABLOY AB ("ASSA") to sell its HHI segment for cash proceeds of $4.3 billion, subject to customary purchase price adjustments. The Company's assets and liabilities associated with HHI have been classified as held for sale, and the respective operations have been classified as discontinued operations and reported separately for all periods presented. HHI consists of residential locksets and door hardware, including knobs, levers, deadbolts, handle sets, and electronic and connected locks under the Kwikset®, Weiser®, Baldwin®, Tell Manufacturing®, and EZSET® brands; kitchen and bath faucets and accessories under the Pfister® brand; and builders' hardware consisting of hinges, metal shapes, security hardware, rack and sliding door hardware, and gate hardware under the National Hardware® and FANAL® brands. Refer to Note 3 - Divestitures to the Consolidated Financial Statements, included elsewhere in this Annual Report, for further discussion pertaining the HHI divestiture.
Human Resources
Employee Profile
At Spectrum Brands, we are led by our values of trust, accountability, and collaboration to serve others through this common mission: We Make Living Better at Home. We strive to live our core values of trust, accountability and collaboration every day by serving our customers, consumers, and communities. Our workplace culture is centered around practices that support our communities and promote sustainable practices and a diverse, equitable, and inclusive workforce.
As of September 30, 2022, we have approximately 11,000 full-time employees worldwide with approximately 3,300 employees associated with our continuing operations. Approximately 17% of our total labor force is covered by collective bargaining agreements, of which 67% is subject to arrangements under negotiations or expiring within 12 months. Approximately 21% of our labor force associated with our continued operations is subject to collective bargaining agreements, none of which expire within 12 months. We believe that our overall relationship with our employees is good.
Employee Wellness
We encourage our employees to “Speak Up,” “Be Accountable,” “Take Action,” and “Grow Talent,” promote innovation, trust, accountability and collaboration. The result is a work environment that encourages the well being of our employees wholistically - mind and body.
Employee Health and Safety
We are committed to ensuring that femalethe Environmental Health and minority candidates are amongSafety (EHS) safety of our employees. We continuously strive to maintain our strong safety performance as we continue to grow our business around the pool of individuals from which new Board nominees are selected. During Fiscal 2019 and 2020, we further advanced this objective by appointingglobe. The keys to our Board two female candidatesEHS success are a workforce that is engaged, a management team who supports and invests in employee safety, and the leadership of our skilled EHS team. In the last several years, the team has added dedicated EHS professionals to individual sites to train employees and ensure compliance with applicable safety standards and regulations. The team hosts regular meetings to share information and discuss best practices across plants.
Talent Development
Spectrum Brands is committed to developing our future leaders at every level. Our talent processes start with understanding what current and future talent is needed to deliver business goals, followed by a talent review process to assist managers with evaluating talent.
Learning and development is a critical part of creating Spectrum Brands’ culture of high performance, innovation, and inclusion. We believe on-the-job experience is an outstanding way to learn, and performance and development plans ensure that managers and employees have conversations about career aspirations, mobility, developmental goals and interests.
Employee Communication and Feedback
In an ongoing effort to understand our employees needs, and deliver on our values of trust, accountability and collaboration, we listen. We regularly host company-wide and business unit town halls to offer employees an opportunity to ask questions about Company activities and policies that impact them. We solicit and receive questions and feedback from our employees through this process.
COVID-19 Response
In response to COVID-19, our Company took swift and effective action to protect the health and safety of our global employees. The Company implemented a number of robust COVID-19 safety practices, including, by way of example:
Temperature screenings and masks were required at all sites prior to admittance;
Weekly audits using a list of safety requirements, including social distancing, personal protective equipment, sanitation, hygiene education, etc.;
Guidelines and procedures for the deep cleaning of HVAC systems to prevent the spread of germs;
Contact tracing practices with mandatory quarantine for individuals with confirmed close contact cases;
Requirement that all non-essential employees to work from home; and
Suspension of travel restrictions for all unnecessary travel.
Our Company also began producing and selling Cutter® Hand Sanitizer during the initial peak of the pandemic, which were eventually sent to employee homes for personal use and donated to health facilities.
9

Table of Contents

Diversity, Equity and Inclusion
Spectrum Brands is committed to fostering a diverse, equitable, and inclusive workplace for employees of every race, color, gender identity, sexual orientation, age, physical or mental ability and background. At Spectrum Brands, we strive to make our employees feel valued and respected and given the opportunity to thrive as their authentic selves. To further that objective we have:
Engaged the services of a third-party consultant with expertise in diversity, equity and inclusion ("DEI") to help us create long-lasting change;
Implemented a DEI program;
Created a U.S. DEI Advisory Counsel made up of our employees of diverse backgrounds to help design and develop DEI-related priorities and goals; and
Developed educational content and trainings to help leaders foster a more inclusive environment.
ITEM 1A.    RISK FACTORS
Any of the following factors could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. The risks described below are not the only risks that we may face. Additional risks and uncertainties not currently known to us or that we currently view as immaterial may also materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.
We are subject to a variety of risks, including those described below. In particular, these risks include, but are not limited to:
Risks related to our business operations: We participate in very competitive markets and we may not be able to compete successfully, causing us to lose market share and sales.
Risks related to our indebtedness and financing abilities: Our substantial indebtedness may limit our financial and operating flexibility, and we may incur additional debt, which could increase the risks associated with our substantial indebtedness.
Risks related to our international operations: We are subject to significant international business risks that could hurt our business and cause our results of operations to fluctuate.
Risks related to data privacy and intellectual property: We may not be able to adequately establish and protect our intellectual property rights, and the infringement or loss of our intellectual property rights could harm our business.
Risks related to litigation and regulatory compliance: We are subject to a number of claims and litigation and may be subject to future claims and litigation, any of which may adversely affect our business.
Risks related to investment in our common stock: The market price of the Company’s common stock is likely to be highly volatile and could fluctuate widely in price in response to various factors, many of which are beyond our control.
Risks Related to our Business Operations
The COVID-19 pandemic is a serious threat to the health and economic well-being affecting our customers, employees, sources of supply and our financial condition and results of operations.
In March 2020, the World Health Organization announced that COVID-19 had become a pandemic and a male candidate,National Emergency relating to COVID-19 was announced in the U.S. With the possibility of continued widespread infection in the U.S. and abroad, there exists the potential for substantial commercial impact. National, state, and local authorities recommended social distancing and imposed, or considered imposing quarantine and isolation measures, on large portions of the population, including mandatory business closures. These measures had serious adverse impacts on domestic and foreign economies of uncertain severity and duration, and the uncertainty remains due to the potential for these measures to be re-implemented in the event of increased COVID-19 cases. The effectiveness of economic stabilization efforts, including potential government payments to affected citizens and industries, remains uncertain.
The sweeping nature of COVID-19 has made it extremely difficult to predict the long-term ramifications on our financial condition and results of operations and as conditions evolve, we cannot predict how quickly the marketplaces in which we operate will react and return to normal. These impacts may include, but are not limited to:
significant reductions in, or volatility of, demand for our products, which may be caused by changes in consumer spending and shopping habits from (i) the inability or unwillingness of consumers to purchase our products due to illness, quarantine, travel restrictions, store closures, general financial hardship, decreased consumer confidence or changes (ii) the reduction in the number of COVID-19 cases or the lifting or easing of health and safety restrictions such as travel, social gatherings or any other activities by consumers that divert and reduce their demand for, or time spend on, our products;
inability to meet customers’ needs or achieve cost targets due to disruptions in our manufacturing and supply arrangements caused by the loss or disruption of essential manufacturing or availability or cost of key product components, transportation, workforce, or other manufacturing and distribution capability;
failure of third parties on which we rely, including our suppliers, contract manufacturers, distributors, contractors, commercial banks, and other business partners, to meet their obligations to us, or significant disruptions in their ability to do so, which may be caused by their own financial or operational difficulties and may adversely impact our operations;
significant change in the political conditions in markets in which we manufacture, sell or distribute our products, including governmental or regulatory actions such as quarantines, closures or other restrictions, that limit or close our operating and manufacturing facilities, restrict our employees’ ability to travel or perform necessary business functions, or otherwise prevent our third-party partners, suppliers, or customers from sufficiently staffing operations, including operations necessary for the production, distribution, sale and support of our products, which could adversely impact our results or impairment of the Company’s net assets;
disruptions and stress in capital markets that could impact the cost and availability of capital for us and for our customers, suppliers and other business partners;
quarantines, stay-at-home orders and other limitations can disrupt our product development, branding, research and administrative functions, regardless of whether we are actually forced to close our own facilities and similar disruptions that may also effect other organizations and persons that we collaborate with or whose services we are dependent on; or
the need for our employees and business partners to work remotely in these circumstances also creates greater potential for risks related to cybersecurity, confidentiality and data privacy.
Despite our efforts to manage and remedy the impact of COVID-19 on our financial condition and results of operations, the ultimate impact also depends on factors beyond our knowledge or control, including the duration and severity of the COVID-19 pandemic, potential future waves of COVID-19 cases in the locations where we operate, and actions taken by governmental authorities to contain its spread and mitigate its public health effects. Any of the foregoing factors, or other cascading effects of the COVID-19 pandemic that are not currently foreseeable, could materially increase our costs, negatively impact our sales and damage our results of operations and liquidity position. The duration of any such impacts cannot be predicted. See further discussion in Item 7 - Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.
10

Table of Contents

Reliance on third-party relationships and outsourcing arrangements could adversely affect our business.
We rely on third parties, including suppliers, distributors, alliances with other companies, and third-party service providers, for selected aspects of product development, manufacture, commercialization, support for information technology systems, product distribution, and certain financial transactional processes. Additionally, we have outsourced certain functions to third-party service providers to leverage leading specialized capabilities and achieve cost efficiencies. Outsourcing these functions involves the risk that third-party service providers may not perform to our standards or legal requirements, may not produce reliable results, may not perform in a timely manner, may not maintain the confidentiality of our proprietary information, or may fail to perform at all. Additionally, any disruption, such as a government shutdown, war, natural disaster or global pandemic (including the current COVID-19 pandemic), could affect the ability of our third-party service providers to meet their contractual obligations to us. Failure of these third parties to meet their contractual, regulatory, confidentiality or other obligations to us could result in material financial loss, higher costs, regulatory actions, and reputational harm.
Uncertain global economic conditions may adversely impact demand for our products or cause our customers and other business partners to suffer financial hardship, which could adversely impact our business.
Our business could be negatively impacted by reduced demand for our products related to one or more significant local, regional or global economic disruptions, the risk of which are aggravated by the COVID-19 pandemic, such as: a slow-down in the general economy; reduced market growth rates; increased inflation rates; tighter credit markets for our suppliers, vendors or customers; a significant shift in government policies; the deterioration of economic relations between countries or regions, including potential negative consumer sentiment toward non-local products or sources; or the inability to conduct day-to-day transactions through our financial intermediaries to pay funds to, or collect funds from, our customers, vendors and suppliers. Additionally, economic conditions may cause our suppliers, distributors, contractors or other third-party partners to suffer financial difficulties that they cannot overcome, resulting in their inability to provide us with the materials and services we need, in which case our business and results of operations could be adversely affected. Customers may also suffer financial hardships due to economic conditions such that their accounts become uncollectible or are subject to longer collection cycles. In addition, if we are unable to generate sufficient income and cash flow, it could affect the Company’s ability to achieve expected share repurchase and dividend payments.
Disruption in our global supply chain may negatively impact our business results.
Our ability to meet our customers’ needs and achieve cost targets depends on our ability to maintain key manufacturing and supply arrangements, including execution of supply chain optimizations and certain sole supplier or sole manufacturing plant arrangements. The loss or disruption of such manufacturing and supply arrangements, including for issues such as labor disputes, labor shortages, loss or impairment of key manufacturing sites, discontinuity in our internal information and data systems, inability to procure sufficient raw or input materials, significant changes in trade policy, natural disasters, increasing severity or frequency of extreme weather events due to climate change or otherwise, acts of war or terrorism, the COVID-19 pandemic or other disease outbreaks or other external factors over which we have no control, including inflation, have interrupted product supply and, if not effectively managed and remedied, could have an adverse impact on our business, financial condition or results of operations.
We participate in very competitive markets and we may not be able to compete successfully, causing us to lose market share and sales.
We compete for consumer acceptance and limited shelf space based upon brand name recognition, perceived product quality, price, performance, product features and enhancements, product packaging and design innovation, as well as creative marketing, promotion and distribution strategies, and new product introductions. Additional discussion over the segments, product categories, and markets in which we compete are included under Item 1 above. Our ability to compete in these consumer product markets may be adversely affected by a number of factors, including, but not limited to, the following:
We compete against many well-established companies that may have substantially greater financial and other resources, including personnel and research and development, and greater overall market share than us.
In some key product lines, our competitors may have lower production costs and higher profit margins than us, which may enable them to compete more aggressively in offering retail discounts, rebates and other promotional incentives.
Technological advancements, product improvements or effective advertising campaigns by competitors may weaken consumer demand for our products.
Consumer purchasing behavior may shift to distribution channels, including to online retailers, where we and our customers do not have a strong presence.
Consumer preferences may change to lower margin products or products other than those we market.
We may not be successful in the introduction, marketing and manufacture of any new products or product innovations or be able to develop and introduce, in a timely manner, innovations to our existing products that satisfy customer needs or achieve market acceptance.
In addition, in a number of our product lines, we compete with our retail customers, who use their own private label brands, and with distributors and foreign manufacturers of unbranded products. Significant new competitors or increased competition from existing competitors, including specifically private label brands, may adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of our operations.
Some competitors may be willing to reduce prices and accept lower profit margins to compete with us. As a result of this competition, we could lose market share and sales, or be forced to reduce our prices to meet competition. If our product offerings are unable to compete successfully, our sales, results of operations and financial condition could be materially and adversely affected. In addition, we may be unable to implement changes to our products or otherwise adapt to changing consumer trends. If we are unable to respond to changing consumer trends, our operating results and financial condition could be adversely affected.
Changes in consumer shopping trends and changes in distribution channels could significantly harm our business
We sell our products through a variety of trade channels with a significant portion dependent upon retail partnerships, through both traditional brick-and-mortar retail channels and e-commerce channels. We are seeing the emergence of strong e-commerce channels generating more online competition and declining in-store traffic in brick-and-mortar retailers. Consumer shopping preferences have shifted and may continue to shift in the future to distribution channels other than traditional retail that may have more limited experience, presence and developed, such as e-commerce channels. If we are not successful in developing and utilizing e-commerce channels that future consumers may prefer, we may experience lower than expected revenues.
We are also seeing more traditional brick-and-mortar retailers closing physical stores, and filing for bankruptcy, which could negatively impact our distribution strategies and/or sales if such retailers decide to significantly reduce their inventory levels for our products or to designate more floor space to our competitors. Further consolidation, store closures and bankruptcies could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows, as well as the trading price of our securities.
11

Table of Contents

Consolidation of retailers and our dependence on a small number of key customers for a significant percentage of our sales may negatively affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
As a result of consolidation of retailers that has occurred during the past several years, particularly in the United States and the European Union ("EU"), and consumer trends toward national mass merchandisers, a significant percentage of our sales are attributable to a limited group of customers. As these mass merchandisers and retailers grow larger and become more sophisticated, they may demand lower pricing, special packaging or impose other requirements on product suppliers. These business demands may relate to inventory practices, logistics or other aspects of the customer-supplier relationship. Because of the importance of these key customers, demands for price reductions or promotions, retail inventory levels and requirements influencing their purchasing, consumer shopping behavior and patterns, and changes in their financial condition or loss of their accounts could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Our success is dependent on our ability to manage our retailer relationships, including offering mutually acceptable trade terms. Concentration of sales are further discussed in Item 1 - Business and Note 6 - Revenue Recognition to the Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report.
Although we have long-established relationships with many of our retail customers, we generally do not have long-term agreements with them and purchases are normally made through the use of individual purchase orders. Any significant reduction in purchases, failure to obtain anticipated orders or delays or cancellations of orders by any of these major retail customers, changes to retail inventory management strategies and initiatives, or significant pressure to reduce prices and support promotions and discounts from any of these major retail customers, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Additionally, any decline in retail consumer spending, a significant deterioration in the financial condition of the retail industry in general, the bankruptcy of any of our customers or any of our customers ceasing operations could have a material adverse effect on our sales and profitability.
As a result of retailers maintaining tighter inventory control, we face risks related to meeting demand and storing inventory.
As a result of the desire of retailers to more closely manage inventory levels, there is a growing trend among them to purchase products on a “just-in-time” basis. Due to a number of factors, including (i) manufacturing lead-times, (ii) seasonal purchasing patterns, and (iii) the potential for material price increases, we may be required to shorten our lead-time for production and more closely anticipate shifts in our retailers’ demands and consumer spending habits, which could in the future, require us to carry additional inventories and increase our working capital and related financing requirements. This may increase the cost of warehousing inventory or result in excess inventory becoming difficult to manage, unusable or obsolete and impact our ability to realize the anticipated returns from product sales. In addition, if our retailers significantly change their inventory management strategies, we may encounter difficulties in filling customer orders or in liquidating excess inventories or may find that customers are cancelling orders or returning products, which may have a material adverse effect on our business.
Furthermore, we primarily sell branded products and a move by one or more of our large customers to sell significant quantities of private label products, which we do not produce on their behalf and which directly compete with our products, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Sales of certain of our products are seasonal and may cause our operating results and working capital requirements to fluctuate.
On a consolidated basis, our financial results are approximately equally weighted across our quarters, however, sales of certain product categories tend to be seasonal. Further discussion over the seasonality of our sales is included under Item 1 - Business above. As a result of this seasonality, our inventory and working capital needs fluctuate significantly throughout the year. In addition, orders from retailers are often made late in the period preceding the applicable peak season, making forecasting of production schedules and inventory purchases difficult. If we are unable to accurately forecast and prepare for customer orders or our working capital needs, or there is a general downturn in business or economic conditions during these periods, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.
Adverse weather conditions during our peak selling seasons for our home and garden products could have a material adverse effect on our home and garden business.
Weather conditions have a significant impact on the timing and volume of sales of certain of our lawn and garden and household insecticide and repellent products. For example, periods of dry, hot weather can decrease insecticide sales, while periods of cold and wet weather can slow sales of herbicides. Adverse weather conditions during the first six months of the calendar year (the Company’s second and third fiscal quarters), when demand for home and garden control products typically peaks, could have a material adverse effect on our home and garden business and our financial results during such period.
Our products utilize certain key raw materials; any significant increase in the price of, or change in supply and demand for, these raw materials could have a material and adverse effect on our business, financial condition and profits.
The principal raw materials used to produce our products, including petroleum-based plastic materials and corrugated materials (for packaging), are sourced either on a global or regional basis by us or our suppliers, and the prices of those raw materials are susceptible to price fluctuations due to supply and demand trends, energy costs, transportation costs, government regulations, duties and tariffs, changes in currency exchange rates, price controls, general economic conditions, inflation, and other unforeseen circumstances. Although we may seek to increase the prices of certain of our goods to our customers, we may not be able to pass all fromof these cost increases on to our customers. As a diverse background.result, our margins may be adversely impacted by such cost increases. We cannot provide any assurance that our sources of supply will not be interrupted due to changes in worldwide supply of or demand for raw materials or other events that interrupt material flow, which may have an adverse effect on our profitability and results of operations.
If we are not effective in managing our exposure to above average costs for an extended period of time, and we are unable to pass our raw materials costs on to our customers, our future profitability may be materially and adversely affected. Furthermore, with respect to transportation costs, certain modes of delivery are subject to fuel surcharges which are determined based upon the current cost of diesel fuel in relation to pre-established agreed upon costs. We may be unable to pass these fuel surcharges on to our customers, which may have an adverse effect on our profitability and results of operations.
In addition, we have exclusivity arrangements and minimum purchase requirements with certain of our suppliers for the home and garden business, which increase our dependence upon and exposure to those suppliers. Some of those agreements include caps on the price we pay for our supplies and in certain instances these caps have allowed us to purchase materials at below market prices. When we attempt to renew those contracts, the other parties to the contracts may not be willing to include or may limit the effect of those caps and could even attempt to impose above market prices in an effort to make up for any below market prices paid by us prior to the renewal of the agreement. Any failure to timely obtain suitable supplies at competitive prices could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
12

Table of Contents

Our dependence on a few suppliers for certain of our products makes us vulnerable to a disruption in the supply of our products.
Although we have long-standing relationships with many of our suppliers, we generally do not have long-term contracts with them. An adverse change in any of the following could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations:
our ability to identify and develop relationships with qualified suppliers;
the terms and conditions upon which we purchase products from our suppliers, including applicable exchange rates, transport and other costs, our suppliers’ willingness to extend credit to us to finance our inventory purchases and other factors beyond our control;
the financial condition of our suppliers;
political and economic instability in the countries in which our suppliers are located, as a result of war, terrorist attacks, pandemics, natural disasters or otherwise;
our ability to import outsourced products;
our suppliers’ noncompliance with applicable laws, trade restrictions and tariffs; or
our suppliers’ ability to manufacture and deliver outsourced products according to our standards of quality on a timely and efficient basis.
If our relationship with one of our key suppliers is adversely affected, we may not be able to quickly or effectively replace such supplier and may not be able to retrieve tooling, molds or other specialized production equipment or processes used by such supplier in the manufacture of our products. The loss of one or more of our suppliers, a material reduction in their supply of products or provision of services to us or extended disruptions or interruptions in their operations could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Our directors collectively representhome and garden products are mainly manufactured from our St. Louis, MO, facility and our aquatics products and certain companion animal products are manufactured in Blacksburg, VA, Bridgeton, MO, Noblesville IN and Melle, Germany. We are dependent upon the continued safe operation of these facilities.
Our facilities are subject to various hazards associated with the manufacturing, handling, storage, and transportation of chemical materials and products, including human error, leaks and ruptures, explosions, floods, fires, inclement weather and natural disasters, power loss or other infrastructure failures, mechanical failure, unscheduled downtime, regulatory requirements, the loss of certifications, technical difficulties, labor disputes, inability to obtain material, equipment or transportation, environmental hazards such as remediation, chemical spills, discharges or releases of toxic or hazardous substances or gases, and other risks. Many of these hazards could cause personal injury and loss of life, severe damage to, or destruction of, property and equipment and environmental contamination. In addition, the occurrence of material operation problems at our facilities due to any of these hazards could cause a robustdisruption in the production of products. We may also encounter difficulties or interruption as a result of the application of enhanced manufacturing technologies or changes to production lines to improve throughput or to upgrade or repair its production lines. The Company’s insurance policies have coverage in case of significant damage to its manufacturing facilities but may not fully compensate for the cost of replacement for any such damage and diverseany loss from business interruption. As a result, we may not be adequately insured to cover losses resulting from significant damage to its manufacturing facility. Any damage to its facility or interruption in manufacturing could result in production delays and delays in meeting contractual obligations which could have a material adverse effect on relationships with customers and on its results of operations, financial condition or cash flows in any given period.
We face risks related to our sales of products obtained from third-party suppliers.
We sell a significant number of products that are manufactured by third-party suppliers over which we have no direct control. While we have implemented processes and procedures to try to ensure that the suppliers we use are complying with all applicable regulations, there can be no assurances that such suppliers in all instances will comply with such processes and procedures or otherwise with applicable regulations. Noncompliance could result in our marketing and distribution of contaminated, defective or dangerous products which could subject us to liabilities and could result in the imposition by governmental authorities of procedures or penalties that could restrict or eliminate our ability to purchase products. Any or all of these effects could adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.
Additionally, the impact of economic conditions of our suppliers cannot be predicted and our suppliers may be unable to access financing or become insolvent and thus become unable to supply us with products. Development in tax policy, such as the imposition of tariffs on imported goods, could further have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and liquidity.
In addition, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act includes provisions regarding certain minerals and metals, known as conflict minerals, mined from the Democratic Republic of Congo and adjoining countries. These provisions require companies to undertake due diligence procedures and report on the use of conflict minerals in its products, including products manufactured by third parties. Compliance with these provisions causes us to incur costs to certify that our supply chain is conflict free and we may face difficulties if our suppliers are unwilling or unable to verify the source of their materials. Our ability to source these minerals and metals may also be adversely impacted. In addition, our customers may require that we provide them with a certification and our inability to do so may disqualify us as a supplier.
We face a number of local, regional, and global uncertainties and potential disruptions which could adversely impact our businesses.
We face a number of local, regional, and global uncertainties and potential disruptions which could adversely impact our businesses, our financial performance or liquidity, and our ability to carry out our go-forward plans and strategies. These economic uncertainties and potential disruptions include a slow-down in the general economy; reduced market growth rates; increased inflation rates and cost of goods; increased fuel and employee costs; higher interest rates; tighter credit markets; changes in government policies, including the imposition of tariffs or import costs; the deterioration of economic relations between countries or regions; actions taken by governmental authorities to contain the spread of COVID-19 and mitigate its public health effects;and the escalation or continuation of armed conflict, hostilities or economic sanctions between countries or regions, all of which can negatively impact our ability to manufacture, supply or sell our products and otherwise conduct our day-to-day operations. For instance, the conflict between Russia and Ukraine has led us to terminate, reduce or significantly change our business activities in these regions and certain surrounding regions. We have initiated the closure of our HPC operations within Russia and in the future, we may have to further reduce or cease doing business within the certain surrounding regions, which could have a negative impact on our ability to collect outstanding accounts receivables, or impose additional costs, further negatively impacting our business performance. In addition, the economic sanctions and hostilities in Russia and Ukraine may negatively impact our and our customers’ financial viability, which may negatively impact us or the demands or economic viability of our customers in Russia and in other parts of the world.
13

Table of Contents

Additionally, global economic conditions or restrictions from armed conflicts or the COVID-19 pandemic may cause our suppliers, distributors, contractors, or other third-party partners to suffer financial or operating difficulties that they cannot overcome, resulting in their inability to provide us with the materials and services we need, in which case our business and results of operations could be adversely affected. For instance, our suppliers in Asia and other parts of the world have, and may continue to experience, shutdown or limitations in their operations as result of the COVID-19 pandemic, which may contain or limit our ability to supply or distribute our products to our customers and negatively impact our business. Moreover, we have experienced, and may continue to experience, delays in the receipt of certain goods from international and domestic shipping origins as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic and more general global supply chain constraints in both fiscal 2021 and fiscal 2022. While we have taken certain remediating actions in response to the ongoing global supply chain challenges, these measures may not be sufficient and other supply chain challenges may continue to arise that are beyond our control and could negatively affect our business and financial performance.
Moreover, we have transitioned our third-party logistics service provider at our existing Edwardsville, IL distribution center and increased our warehouse capacity nearby. These efforts require incorporating a new service provider into our distribution capabilities and adding another distribution center into our operations. These efforts are complicated and require coordination among a number of our stakeholder, including our suppliers and transportation and logistics handlers. These changes and updates are inherently difficult and may be exacerbated by the other uncertainties and potential disruptions our business faces. We do not control the operations of these third parties and are dependent on them to execute our orders and deliver our products in a timely and efficient way. The failure of these third parties to fulfill all of their obligations to us could result in lost sales, penalties and other adverse effects on our business. While we believe that optimizing our distribution centers and other aspects of our supply chain and customer delivery network will allow us to manage our inventory more efficiently and more effectively respond to customer demands, there can be no assurance that we will realize such benefits. We have experienced, and may continue to experience, delays in executing these efforts. Our inability to execute, or timely execute these efforts, has resulted in us being unable to supply, or timely supply, our products to our customers or incurring higher costs and reductions in revenues, incurring penalties imposed by our customers, or may disrupt our business operations.
Furthermore, our raw materials are sourced from industries characterized by a limited supply base, and their cost can fluctuate substantially. Under many of our supply arrangements, the price we pay for raw materials fluctuates along with certain changes in underlying commodities costs. Price increases for our raw materials have placed pressure on our costs and could continue to do so, and we may not be able to effectively hedge or pass along any such increases to our customers or consumers. Furthermore, any price increases passed along to our customers or consumers could significantly reduce demand for our products and could negatively affect our business and financial performance.
If we are unable to negotiate satisfactory terms to continue existing or enter into additional collective bargaining agreements, we may experience an increased risk of labor disruptions and our results of operations and financial condition may suffer.
While we currently expect to negotiate continuations to the terms of these agreements, there can be no assurances that we will be able to obtain terms that are satisfactory to us or otherwise to reach agreement at all with the applicable parties. In addition, in the course of our business, we may also become subject to additional collective bargaining agreements. These agreements may be on terms that are less favorable than those under our current collective bargaining agreements. Increased exposure to collective bargaining agreements, whether on terms more or less favorable than our existing collective bargaining agreements, could adversely affect the operation of our business, including through increased labor expenses. While we intend to comply with all collective bargaining agreements to which we are subject, there can be no assurances that we will be able to do so and any noncompliance could subject us to disruptions in our operations and materially and adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition. For additional information see the discussion over the Company’s labor force subject to collective bargaining agreements under the caption Employees in Item 1 - Business above.
Significant changes in actual investment return on pension assets, discount rates, and other factors could affect our results of operations, equity and pension contributions in future periods.
Our results of operations may be positively or negatively affected by the amount of income or expense we record for our defined benefit pension plans. Accounting Principles Generally Accepted in the United States (“GAAP”) requires that we calculate income or expense for the plans using actuarial valuations. These valuations reflect assumptions about financial markets and other economic conditions, which may change based on changes in key economic indicators. The most significant assumptions we use to estimate pension income or expense are the discount rate and the expected long-term rate of return on plan assets. In addition, we are required to make an annual measurement of plan assets and liabilities, which may result in a significant change to equity. Although pension expense and pension funding contributions are not directly related, key economic factors that affect pension expense would also likely affect the amount of cash we would contribute to pension plans as required under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.
Our business may be materially affected by changes to fiscal and tax policies that could adversely affect our results of operations and cash flows.
We operate globally and changes in tax laws could adversely affect our results. On December 22, 2017, the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the “Tax Reform Act”) was signed into law. The legislation, which became effective on January 1, 2018, significantly changed U.S. tax law by, among other things, lowering corporate income tax rates, implementing a dividends received deduction for dividends from foreign subsidiaries, imposing a repatriation tax on deemed repatriated earnings of foreign subsidiaries, a minimum tax on foreign earnings, limitations on deduction of business interest expense and limits on deducting compensation to certain executive officers. Additional tax regulations and interpretations of the Tax Reform Act have been, and continue to be, issued, some with retroactive application dates and some which materially impacted the Company. The Company understands that other U.S. taxpayers have or plan to challenge the constitutionality of a set of skillsregulations that had a material impact on the Company. If the regulations were ruled unconstitutional, the Company could be favorably impacted. New or revised interpretations of the Tax Reform Act and experience, which we believe positionsstate conformity with its provisions could have a material impact on the valuation allowance recorded on U.S. state net operating losses. Certain of these changes could have a negative or adverse impact on the operating results and cash flows of the Company. See Note 16 – Income Taxes to the Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report for further discussion on the impact from the Tax Reform Act.
We may not be able to fully utilize our BoardU.S. tax attributes.
The Company has accumulated a substantial amount of U.S. federal and state net operating loss (“NOLs”) carryforwards, and federal and state tax credits that will expire if unused. We have concluded that it is more likely than not that the majority of the federal and state deferred tax assets will create tax benefits in the future. As a consequence of earlier business combinations and issuances of common stock, the Company and its committees wellsubsidiaries have had various changes of ownership that continue to effectively overseesubject a significant amount of the Company’s U.S. NOLs and other tax attributes to certain limitations; and therefore a valuation allowance is still recognized on certain federal and state tax asset carryforwards that are expected to expire due to the ownership change limitations or because we do not believe we will earn enough taxable income to utilize. Changes to state conformity to the provisions of the Tax Reform Act could have a material impact on the valuation allowance recorded on U.S. state net operating losses. If we are unable to fully utilize our NOLs to offset taxable income generated in the future, our future cash taxes could be materially and negatively impacted. For further discussion on the Company’s federal and state NOLs, credits, and applicable valuation allowance as of September 30, 2022, see Note 16 – Income Taxes to the Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report.
14

Table of Contents

Our strategic initiatives including acquisitions and divestitures may not be successful and may divert our management’s attention away from operations and could create general customer uncertainty.
Our growth strategy is based in part on growth through strategic initiatives including both acquisitions and divestitures, which poses a number of risks. We may not be successful in identifying appropriate acquisition candidates, achieving targeted values as part of a disposition, consummating an acquisition or divestiture on satisfactory terms, integrating any newly acquired or expanded business with our current operations, or separating a divested business or commingled operation effectively. We may issue additional equity, incur long-term or short-term indebtedness, spend cash or use a combination of these for all or part of the consideration paid in future acquisitions or expansion of our operations. Consideration received in a divestiture could be used to pay down indebtedness, repurchase shares, invest in future acquisitions or expansions, including capital investments, operating development and efficiency. The execution of our strategic initiatives could entail repositioning or similar actions that in turn require us to record impairments, restructuring and other charges. Any such charges would reduce our earnings. We cannot guarantee that any future business acquisitions or divestitures will be pursued or that any acquisitions or divestitures that are pursued will be consummated.
Additionally, successful integration and separation of operations, products and personnel may place a significant burden on our management and other internal resources. The diversion of management’s attention, and any difficulties encountered in the transition process, could harm our business, financial condition, and operating results. Moreover, our customers may, in response to the announcement or consummation of a transaction, delay or defer purchasing decisions. If our customers delay or defer purchasing decisions, our revenues could materially decline or any anticipated increases in revenue could be lower than expected.
The integration of the Tristar Business into our HPC segment may be more difficult, time-consuming, or costly than expected. Synergies and other anticipated benefits may not be realized within the expected time frames, or at all.
On February 18, 2022 we completed the acquisition of the Tristar Business. Our ability to realize the anticipated benefits of the acquisition of the Tristar Business depend, to a large extent, on our ability to integrate the acquired business into our current HPC segment in a manner that facilitates growth opportunities and achieves projected growth trends without adversely affecting revenue and investments in future growth. The failure to meet the challenges involved in combining the Tristar Business with our current HPC segment and to realize the anticipated benefits from such combination, including expected synergies, could adversely affect our results of operations.
The overall combination of our businesses may also result in material unanticipated problems, expenses, liabilities, competitive responses, and loss of customer and other business relationships. The difficulties of combining the operations of the companies include, among others: diversion of management’s attention to integration matters; difficulties in integrating operations and systems; challenges in conforming standards, controls, procedures and accounting and other policies, business cultures and compensation structures between the two companies; difficulties in integrating employees and attracting and retaining key personnel, challenges in retaining existing, and obtaining new customers, suppliers, employees and others; difficulties in achieving anticipated cost savings, synergies, business opportunities, financing plans and growth prospects from the combination; difficulties in managing the expanded operations of a larger HPC segment; challenges in continuing to develop valuable and widely accepted products; contingent liabilities that are larger than expected; and potential unknown liabilities, adverse consequences and unforeseen increased expenses associated with the acquisition of the Tristar Business.
Even if our combined operations are integrated successfully, the full benefits of the acquisition of the Tristar Business, including anticipated synergies, cost savings or sales or growth opportunities, may not be realized, and these benefits may not be achieved within our anticipated time frame or at all. Further, additional unanticipated costs may be incurred in the integration of our businesses. Many of these factors are outside of our control, and any one of them could result in lower revenues, higher costs and diversion of management time and energy, which could materially impact our business, financial condition, and results of operations.
Significant costs have been incurred and are expected to be incurred in connection with the consummation of recent and future strategic initiatives including the integration or separation of acquired or divested businesses within the Company.
We expect to incur one-time costs in connection with integrating our operations, products and personnel and those of the businesses we acquire or divest, in addition to costs related directly to completing such transactions. We would expect similar costs to be incurred with any future acquisition or divestiture. These costs may include expenditures for:
employee redeployment, relocation or severance;
integration or separation of operations and information systems;
combination or segregation of research and development teams and processes; and
reorganization or closures of facilities.
In addition, we expect to incur a number of non-recurring costs associated our operations with those strategic transactions. Additional unanticipated costs may yet be incurred as we integrate or separate our businesses. Although we expect that the elimination of duplicative costs, as well as the realization of other efficiencies may offset incremental transaction and transaction-related costs over time, this net benefit may not be achieved in the near term. Additionally, while we expect to benefit from leveraging distribution channels and brand names among the combined Company, we cannot assure you that we will achieve such benefits.
We may not realize the anticipated benefits of, and synergies from, our business acquisitions and may become responsible for certain liabilities and integration costs as a result.
Business acquisitions involve the integration of new businesses that have previously operated independently from us. The integration of our operations with those of acquired businesses is frequently expected to result in financial and operational benefits, including increased top line growth, margins, revenues and cost savings and be accretive to earnings per share, earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization and free cash flow before synergies. There can be no assurance, however, regarding when or the extent to which we will be able to realize increased top line growth, margins, revenues, cost savings or accretions to earnings per share, earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization or free cash flow or other benefits. Integration may also be difficult, unpredictable, and subject to delay because of possible company culture conflicts and different opinions on technical decisions and product roadmaps. We will often be required to integrate or, in some cases, replace, numerous systems, including those involving management information, purchasing, accounting and finance, sales, billing, employee benefits, payroll and regulatory compliance, many of which may be dissimilar. In some instances, we and certain acquired businesses have served the same customers, and some customers may decide that it is desirable to have additional or different suppliers. Difficulties associated with the integration of acquired businesses could have a material adverse effect on our business.
15

Table of Contents

We may also acquire partial or full ownership in businesses or may acquire rights to market and distribute particular products or lines of products. The acquisition of a business or the rights to market specific products or use specific product names may involve a financial commitment by us, either in the form of cash or equity consideration. In the case of a new license, such commitments are usually in the form of prepaid royalties and future minimum royalty payments. There is no guarantee that we will acquire businesses or product distribution rights that will contribute positively to our earnings. Anticipated synergies may not materialize, cost savings may be less than expected, sales of products may not meet expectations and acquired businesses may carry unexpected liabilities.
In addition, in connection with business acquisitions, we have assumed, and may assume in connection with future acquisitions, certain potential liabilities. To the extent such liabilities are not identified by us or to the extent the indemnifications obtained from third parties are insufficient to cover such liabilities, these liabilities could have a material adverse effect on our business.
We may not be able to retain key personnel or recruit additional qualified personnel, which could materially affect our business and require us to incur substantial additional costs to recruit replacement personnel.
We are highly dependent on the continuing efforts of our senior management team and other key personnel. Our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected if we lose any of these persons and are unable to attract and retain qualified replacements. Additionally, the agreements that we sign as a result of business acquisitions could affect our current and prospective employees due to uncertainty about their future roles. This uncertainty may adversely affect our ability to attract and retain key management, sales, marketing and technical personnel. Any failure to attract and retain key personnel could have a material adverse effect on our business. If any of our key personnel or those of our acquired businesses were to join a competitor or form a competing company, existing and potential customers or suppliers could choose to form business relationships with that competitor instead of us. There can be no assurance that confidentiality, non-solicitation, non-competition or similar agreements signed by former directors, officers, employees or stockholders of us, our acquired businesses or our transactional counterparties will be effective in preventing a loss of business. In addition, we currently do not maintain “key person” insurance covering any member of our management team.
The proposed sale of our HHI division to ASSA ABLOY AB ("ASSA") is subject to regulatory approval and is subject to a complaint filed by the U.S. Department of Justice ("DOJ") to enjoin the transaction.
The consummation of the acquisition of the HHI division by ASSA is subject to certain customary conditions, including, among other things, (i) the absence of a material adverse effect on HHI, (ii) the receipt of certain antitrust and other approvals in certain specified foreign jurisdictions, (iii) the accuracy of the representations and warranties of the parties (generally subject to a customary material adverse effect standard (as described in the Purchase Agreement) or other customary materiality qualifications), (iv) the absence of governmental restrictions on the consummation of the acquisition in certain jurisdictions, and (v) material compliance by the parties with their respective covenants and agreements under the Purchase Agreement. The Company may not receive the required approval and other clearances for the transaction, or they may not be received in a timely manner. If such approvals are received, they may impose terms, conditions or restrictions that may cause a failure of the closing conditions set forth in the Purchase Agreement or that could have a detrimental impact on the Company following completion of the transaction. A substantial delay in obtaining the required authorizations, approvals or consents or the imposition of unfavorable terms, conditions or restrictions could prevent the completion of the sale, and government authorities could seek to block or challenge the transaction as they deem necessary or desirable in the public interest.
On June 14, 2022, the Company and ASSA agreed to extend the outside date of the consummation of the acquisition to June 30, 2023 to provide additional time to secure necessary governmental approval. On September 15, 2022, the DOJ filed a complaint seeking to enjoin the transaction and block the acquisition of the HHI division by ASSA. The Company expects that the trial will occur in April 2023. Both the Company and ASSA have stated their disagreement with the DOJ'a concerns and are committed to completing the transaction and are confident that they will prevail in litigation. ASSA has also announced that, to resolve all the alleged competitive concerns surrounding the acquisition of HHI, it has initiated a process to sell its Emtek and its smart residential business in the U.S. and Canada. Despite our intentions and confidence that the court will agree with us and permit the consummation of the transaction, we cannot provide any assurance or guarantee that the resolution will be in our favor to. The Company continues to recognize the HHI division as held for sale and as a component of our discontinued operations. See Note 3 - Divestitures to the Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in our Annual Report.
Increased focus by governmental and non-governmental organizations, customers, consumers and investors on sustainability issues, including those related to climate change, may have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations and damage our reputation.
As climate change, land use, water use, deforestation, plastic waste, recyclability or recoverability of packaging, including single-use and other plastic packaging, and other sustainability concerns become more prevalent, governmental and non-governmental organizations, customers, consumers and investors are increasingly focusing on these issues. In particular, changing consumer preferences may result in increased customer and consumer concerns and demands regarding plastics and packaging materials, including single-use and non-recyclable plastic packaging, and their environmental impact on sustainability, a growing demand for natural or organic products and ingredients, or increased consumer concerns or perceptions (whether accurate or inaccurate) regarding the effects of ingredients or substances present in certain consumer products. This increased focus on environmental issues and sustainability may result in new or increased regulations and customer, consumer and investor demands that could cause us to incur additional costs or to make changes to our operations to comply with any such regulations and address demands. If we are unable to respond, or are perceived to be inadequately responding to sustainability concerns, customers and consumers may choose to purchase products from a competitor. Concern over climate change may result in new or increased legal and regulatory requirements to reduce or mitigate the effects of climate change on the environment. Increased costs of energy or compliance with emissions standards due to increased legal or regulatory requirements may cause disruptions in or increased costs associated with manufacturing our products. Any failure to achieve our goals with respect to reducing our impact on the environment or a perception (whether or not valid) of our failure to act responsibly with respect to the environment or to effectively respond to new, or changes in, legal or regulatory requirements concerning climate change or other sustainability concerns could adversely affect our business and reputation.
Our business could be negatively impacted by corporate citizenship and sustainability matters and/or our reporting of such matters.
There is an increasing focus from certain investors, customers, consumers, employees, and other stakeholders concerning corporate citizenship and sustainability matters. From time to time, we communicate certain initiatives, including goals, regarding environmental matters, responsible sourcing and social investments. We could fail, or be perceived to fail, in our achievement of such initiatives or goals, or we could fail in fully and accurately reporting our progress on such initiatives and goals. In addition, we could be criticized for the scope of such initiatives or goals or perceived as not acting responsibly in connection with these matters. Our business could be negatively impacted by such matters. Any such matters, or related corporate citizenship and sustainability matters, could have a material adverse effect on our business.
16

Table of Contents

Risks Related to our Indebtedness and Financing Activities
Our substantial indebtedness may limit our financial and operating flexibility, and we may incur additional debt, which could increase the risks associated with our substantial indebtedness.
We have, and we expect to continue to have, a significant amount of indebtedness. See Note 12 - Debt to the Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report for additional detail. Our substantial indebtedness has had, and could continue to have, material adverse consequences for our business, and may:
require us to dedicate a large portion of our cash flow to pay principal and interest on our indebtedness, which will reduce the availability of our cash flow to fund working capital, capital expenditures, research and development expenditures and other business activities;
increase our vulnerability to general adverse economic and industry conditions;
limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and the industry in which we operate;
restrict our ability to make strategic acquisitions, dispositions or to exploit business opportunities;
place us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors that have less debt; and
limit our ability to borrow additional funds (even when necessary to maintain adequate liquidity) or dispose of assets.
Under our senior credit agreement governing our secured facilities and the indentures governing our senior notes (together, our “debt agreements”), we may incur additional indebtedness. If new debt is added to our existing debt levels, the related risks that we now face would increase.
Furthermore, a portion of our debt bears interest at variable rates. Increases in market interest rates may raise the interest rate on our variable rate debt and create higher debt service requirements, which would adversely affect our cash flow and could adversely impact our results of operations. While we may enter into agreements limiting our exposure to higher debt service requirements, any such agreements may not offer complete protection from this risk. Upon completion of a divestiture, we may be required to pay down debt using proceeds from the sale.
Restrictive covenants in our debt agreements may restrict our ability to pursue our business strategies.
Our debt agreements each restrict, among other things, asset dispositions, mergers and acquisitions, dividends, stock repurchases and redemptions, other restricted payments, indebtedness and preferred stock, loans and investments, liens and affiliate transactions. Our debt agreements also contain customary events of default and covenants imposing operating and financial restrictions on our business. These covenants could, among other things, restrict our ability to incur additional indebtedness, liens or engage in sale and leaseback transactions, pay dividends or make distribution in respect of capital stock, make certain restricted payments, sell assets, engage in transactions with affiliates, except on an arms-length basis, or consolidate or merge with or sell substantially all of our assets. Further, these covenants could, among other things, limit our ability to fund future working capital and capital expenditures, engage in future acquisitions or development activities, or otherwise realize the value of our assets and opportunities fully. In addition, our debt agreements may require us to dedicate a portion of cash flow from operations to payments on debt and also contain borrowing restrictions based on, among other things, our fixed charge coverage ratio. Furthermore, the credit agreement governing our senior secured facilities contains a financial covenant relating to maximum leverage. Such requirements and covenants could limit the flexibility of our restricted entities in planning for, or reacting to, changes in the industries in which they operate. Our ability to comply with these covenants is subject to certain events outside our control. If we are unable to comply with these covenants, the lenders under our senior secured facilities could terminate their commitments and the lenders under our senior secured facilities or the holders of our senior notes could accelerate repayment of our outstanding borrowings and, in either case, we may be unable to obtain adequate refinancing of outstanding borrowings on favorable terms or at all. If we are unable to repay outstanding borrowings when due, the lenders under the senior secured facilities will also have the right to proceed against the collateral granted to them to secure the indebtedness owed to them. If our obligations under the senior secured facilities are accelerated, we cannot assure you that our assets would be sufficient to repay in full such indebtedness.
17

Table of Contents

Future financing activities may adversely affect our leverage and financial condition.
Subject to the limitations set forth in our debt agreements, we may incur additional indebtedness and issue dividend-bearing redeemable equity interests. We may incur substantial additional financial obligations to enable us to execute our business objectives. These obligations could result in:
default and foreclosure on our assets if our operating revenues after an investment or acquisition are insufficient to repay our financial obligations;
acceleration of our obligations to repay the financial obligations even if we make all required payments when due if we breach certain covenants that require the maintenance of certain financial ratios or reserves without a waiver or renegotiation of that covenant;
our immediate payments of all amounts owed, if any, if such financial obligations are payable on demand;
our inability to obtain additional financing if such financial obligations contain covenants restricting our ability to obtain such financing while the financial obligations remain outstanding;
our inability to pay dividends on our capital stock;
using a substantial portion of our cash flow to pay principal and interest or dividends on our financial obligations, which will reduce the funds available for dividends on our Common Stock if declared, expenses, capital expenditures, acquisitions and other general corporate purposes;
limitations on our flexibility in planning for and reacting to changes in our business and in the industries in which we operate;
an event of default that triggers a cross default with respect to other financial obligations, including our indebtedness;
increased vulnerability to adverse changes in general economic, industry, financial, competitive, legislative, regulatory and other conditions and adverse changes in government regulation; and
limitations on our ability to borrow additional amounts for expenses, capital expenditures, acquisitions, debt service requirements, execution of our strategy and other purposes and other disadvantages compared to advanceour competitors.
Risks Related to our International Operations
We are subject to significant international business risks that could hurt our business and cause our results of operations to fluctuate.
A significant portion of our net sales are to customers outside of the U.S. See Note 6 - Revenue Recognition and Note 21 – Segment Information to the Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in the Annual Report, for sales by geographic region. Our pursuit of international growth opportunities may require significant investments for an extended period before returns on these investments, if any, are realized. Our international operations are subject to risks including, among others:
currency fluctuations, including, without limitation, fluctuations in the foreign exchange rate of the Euro, British Pound, Canadian Dollar, Australian Dollar, Japanese Yen, Chinese Renminbi, and the Mexican Peso;
changes in the economic conditions or consumer preferences or demand for our products in these markets;
the risk that because our brand names may not be locally recognized, we must spend significant amounts of time and money to build brand recognition without certainty that we will be successful;
labor unrest;
political and economic instability, as a result of war, terrorist attacks, pandemics, natural disasters or otherwise;
lack of developed infrastructure;
longer payment cycles and greater difficulty in collecting accounts;
restrictions on transfers of funds;
import and export duties and quotas, as well as general transportation costs;
changes in domestic and international customs and tariffs;
compliance with laws and regulations concerning ethical business practices, such as U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act;
compliance with U.S. economic sanctions and laws and regulations (including those administered by the U.S. Department of the Treasury's Office of Foreign Assets Control ("OFAC") and export controls;
changes in foreign labor laws and regulations affecting our ability to hire and retain employees;
inadequate protection of intellectual property in foreign countries;
unexpected changes in regulatory environments;
actions taken by governmental authorities to contain the spread of COVID-19 and mitigate its public health effects;
difficulty in complying with foreign law; and
adverse tax consequences.
The foregoing factors may have a material adverse effect on our ability to increase or maintain our supply of products, financial condition or results of operations.
As a result of our international operations, we face a number of risks related to exchange rates and foreign currencies.
Our international sales and certain of our expenses are transacted in foreign currencies. During the fiscal year ended September 30, 2022, approximately 39% of our net sales were denominated in foreign currencies. We expect that the amount of our revenues and expenses transacted in foreign currencies will increase as our Latin American, European and Asian operations grow and as a result of acquisitions in these markets and, as a result, our exposure to risks associated with foreign currencies could increase accordingly. Significant changes in the value of the U.S. dollar in relation to foreign currencies will affect our sales through our pricing for certain segments or products sold in international jurisdictions, our purchasing activity and cost of goods sold, and our overall operating margins, which could result in exchange losses or otherwise have a material effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Changes in currency exchange rates may also affect our sales to, purchases from, and loans to, our subsidiaries, as well as sales to, purchases from, and bank lines of credit with, our customers, suppliers and creditors that are denominated in foreign currencies.
We source many products from China and other Asian countries. To the extent the Chinese Renminbi (“RMB”) or other currencies depreciate or appreciate with respect to the U.S. dollar ("USD"), we may experience fluctuations in our results of operations. The RMB is not pegged to the USD at a constant exchange rate and instead fluctuates versus a basket of currencies. Although the People’s Bank of China has historically intervened in the foreign exchange market to prevent significant short-term fluctuations in the exchange rate, the RMB may appreciate or depreciate within a flexible peg range against the USD in the medium to long term. Moreover, it is possible that in the future Chinese authorities may lift restrictions on fluctuations in the RMB exchange rate and lessen intervention in the foreign exchange market.
18

Table of Contents

Additionally, many products in our international operations are sourced through USD denominated transactions and sold within their respective markets using local currencies. We may experience fluctuations in our results of operations for changes in the local currency rates reflective of the USD. The deterioration of any local currency against the USD may impact our ability to appropriately price and realize operating margins for such products consistent to historical operations within those international markets. We may not be successful in implementing customer pricing or other actions in an effort to mitigate the impact of currency fluctuations and, consequently, our results of operations may be adversely impacted.
While we may enter into hedging transactions in the future, the availability and effectiveness of these transactions may be limited, and we may not be able to successfully hedge our exposure to currency fluctuations. See Note 14 - Derivatives to the Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report for further detail on related hedging activity.
Our international operations expose us to risks related to compliance with the laws and regulations of foreign countries.
Electronic and electrical products that depend on electric current to operate (“EEE”) that we sell in Europe are subject to regulation in EU markets under two key EU directives. Among our brands, this includes a limited range of products, such as aquarium pumps, heaters, and lighting. We are subject to two EU Directives that may have a material impact on our business: Restriction of the Use of Hazardous Substances in Electrical and Electronic Equipment (“RUHSEEE”) and Waste of Electrical and Electronic Equipment (“WEEE”). RUHSEEE requires us to eliminate specified hazardous materials from products we sell in EU member states. WEEE requires us to collect and treat, dispose of or recycle certain products we manufacture or import into the EU at our own expense. The costs associated with maintaining compliance or failing to comply with the EU Directives may harm our business. For example:
Although contracts with our suppliers address related compliance issues, we may be unable to procure appropriate RUHSEEE-compliant material in sufficient quantity and quality and/or be able to incorporate it into our product procurement processes without compromising quality and/or harming our cost structure.
We may face excess and/or obsolete inventory risk related to non-compliant inventory that we may hold for which there is reduced demand, and we may need to write down the carrying value of such inventories.
We believe that compliance with RUHSEEE does not have a material effect on our capital expenditures, financial condition, earnings or competitive position. To comply with WEEE requirements, we have partnered with other companies to create a comprehensive collection, treatment, disposal and recycling program as specified within the member countries we conduct business. As EU member states pass enabling legislation we currently expect our compliance system to be sufficient to meet such requirements. Our current estimated costs associated with compliance with WEEE are not significant based on our current market share. However, we continue to evaluate the impact of the WEEE legislation and implementing regulations as EU member states implement guidance and as our market share changes and, as a result, actual costs to our company could differ from our current estimates and may be material to our business, financial condition or results of operations.
Many of the developing countries in which we operate do not have significant governmental regulation relating to environmental safety, occupational safety, employment practices or other business matters routinely regulated in the U.S. and EU or may not rigorously enforce such regulation. As these countries and their economies develop, it is possible that new regulations or increased enforcement of existing regulations may increase the expense of doing business in these countries. In addition, social legislation in many countries in which we operate may result in significantly higher expenses associated with labor costs, terminating employees or distributors and closing manufacturing facilities. Increases in our costs as a result of increased regulation, legislation or enforcement could materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.
We face risks related to the impact on foreign trade agreements and relations.
Recent changes in the United States federal government have caused uncertainty about the future of trade partnerships and treaties, such as the North American Free Trade Agreement (“NAFTA”) and the World Trade Organization. The United States has withdrawn from the Trans Pacific Partnership Agreement (“TPPA”), which may affect the Company’s ability to leverage lower cost facilities in territories outside of the U.S. Additionally, on November 30, 2018 the U.S., Mexico, and Canada signed a replacement trade deal for NAFTA known as the U.S.-Mexico-Canada Agreement (“USMCA”), which was subsequently ratified by each government. The USMCA maintains duty-free access for most products and leaves most key provisions of the NAFTA agreement largely intact. Any additional assertive trade policies could result in further conflicts with U.S. trading partners, which could affect the Company’s supply chains, sourcing, and markets. Foreign countries may impose additional burdens on U.S. companies through the use of local regulations, tariffs or other requirements which could increase our operating costs in those foreign jurisdictions. It remains unclear what additional actions, if any, the current administration will take. If the United States were to materially modify or replace any international trade agreements to which it is a party, or if tariffs were raised on the foreign-sourced goods that we sell, such goods may no longer be available at a commercially attractive price, which in turn could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
We face risks relating to tariffs imposed by the United States and other governments.
The United States government has implemented tariffs on certain products imported into the United States, which has resulted in reciprocal tariffs from the European Union on goods imported from the United States. In addition, for a number of countries, including European countries and China, the United States government has placed a series of tariffs on imported goods. In response a number of countries, including several in Europe as well as China, have imposed tariffs on a wide range of American products. Additional tariffs could be imposed by the United States or on the United States’ response to actions taken by the United States government. These governmental actions could have, and any similar future action may have, a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and result of operations. For instance, a large percentage of our products that we sell in the United States are manufactured or sourced in China. While it is too early to predict the full extent of the impact of these actions on our business, the imposition of tariffs on products imported by us from China have in some cases required us to increase prices to our customers or and/or resulted in lowering our gross margin on products sold.
We face risks relating to the United Kingdom’s exit from the European Union.
Following the 2016 referendum in the United Kingdom (“UK”), the UK left the EU on January 1, 2020, but remained in the EU single market and customers union during a transition period that ended on December 31, 2020. As a result, there is significant uncertainty on a range of issues from the value of the pound, the impact on financial markets, to the impact on trade in goods and services between the UK and the EU. There is also significant uncertainty as to whether, and to what extent, laws, regulations, data privacy rules, and product and other standards in the UK will remain aligned with the EU or will diverge. There could be increased costs from re-imposition of tariffs on trade between the UK and EU, shipping delays due to the need for customs inspections and procedures, temporary shortages of certain goods or materials and other adverse impacts on supply chains. There could also be changes in tax rules that could affect us. Macro-economic trends could also be adversely affected. Increased costs for goods and services, as well as other effects of dislocations caused by the UK withdrawal, could adversely affect consumer confidence and business sentiment. Any of the foregoing could affect us, but due to the level of uncertainty, we are unable to predict the potential impact on our business, results of operations, financial condition, liquidity or cash flows, which could be material.
19

Table of Contents

We are subject to risks associated with importing goods and materials from foreign countries.
A portion of goods and materials may be sourced by vendors and by us outside of the United States. Although we have implemented policies and procedures designed to facilitate compliance with laws and regulations relating to doing business in foreign markets and importing merchandise from abroad, there can be no assurance that suppliers and other third parties with whom we do business will not violate such laws and regulations or our policies, which could subject us to liability and could adversely affect our results of operations.
We are subject to the various risks of importing merchandise from abroad and purchasing product made in foreign countries, such as:
potential disruptions in manufacturing, logistics and supply;
changes in duties, tariffs, quotas and voluntary export restrictions on imported goods;
strikes and other events affecting delivery;
product compliance with laws and regulations of the destination country;
product liability claims from customers or penalties from government agencies relating to products that are recalled, defective or otherwise noncompliance or alleged to be harmful;
concerns about human rights, working conditions and other labor rights and conditions and environmental impact in foreign countries where goods are produced and materials or components are sourced, and changing labor, environmental and other laws in these countries;
local business practice and political issues that may result in adverse publicity or threatened or actual adverse consumer actions, including boycotts;
compliance with laws and regulations concerning ethical business practices, such as the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act;
compliance with U.S. economic sanctions laws and regulations (including those administered by OFAC); and
economic, political or other problems in countries from or through which goods are imported.
Political or financial instability, trade restrictions, tariffs, currency exchange rates, labor conditions, congestion and labor issues at major ports, transport capacity and costs, systems issues, problems in third-party distribution and warehousing and other interruptions of the supply chain, compliance with U.S. and foreign laws and regulations and other factors relating to international trade and imported merchandise beyond our control could affect the availability and the price of our inventory. These risks and other factors relating to foreign trade could subject us to liability or hinder our ability to access suitable merchandise on acceptable terms, which could adversely impact our results of operations. In addition, developments in tax policy, such as the disallowance of tax deductions for imported merchandise, or the imposition of tariffs on imported goods, could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and liquidity
Risks Related to Data Privacy and Intellectual Property
We may not be able to adequately establish and protect our intellectual property rights, and the infringement or loss of our intellectual property rights could harm our business.
To establish and protect our intellectual property rights, we rely upon a combination of national, foreign and multinational patent, trademark and trade secret laws, together with licenses, confidentiality agreements and other contractual arrangements. The measures that we take to protect our intellectual property rights may prove inadequate to prevent third parties from infringing or misappropriating our intellectual property. We may need to resort to litigation to enforce or defend our intellectual property rights. If a competitor or collaborator files a patent application claiming technology also claimed by us, or a trademark application claiming a trademark, service mark or trade dress also used by us, in order to protect our rights, we may have to participate in expensive and time consuming opposition or interference proceedings before the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office or a similar foreign agency. Similarly, our intellectual property rights may be challenged by third parties or invalidated through administrative process or litigation. The costs associated with protecting intellectual property rights, including litigation costs, may be material. Furthermore, even if our intellectual property rights are not directly challenged, disputes among third parties could lead to the weakening or invalidation of our intellectual property rights, or our competitors may independently develop technologies that are substantially equivalent or superior to our technology. Obtaining, protecting and defending intellectual property rights can be time consuming and expensive, and may require us to incur substantial costs, including the diversion of the time and resources of management and technical personnel.
Moreover, the laws of certain foreign countries in which we operate or may operate in the future do not protect, and the governments of certain foreign countries do not enforce, intellectual property rights to the same extent as do the laws and government of the U.S., which may negate our competitive or technological advantages in such markets. Also, some of the technology underlying our products is the subject of nonexclusive licenses from third parties. As a result, this technology could be made available to our competitors at any time. If we are unable to establish and then adequately protect our intellectual property rights, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.
We license various trademarks, tradenames and patents from third parties for certain of our products. These licenses generally place marketing obligations on us and require us to pay fees and royalties based on net sales or profits. Typically, these licenses may be terminated if we fail to satisfy certain minimum sales obligations or if we breach the terms of the license. The termination of these licensing arrangements, failure to renew or enter into a new agreement on acceptable terms could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. When our right to use these trademarks, brand names and logos expires, we may not be able to maintain or enjoy comparable name recognition or status under our new brand. If we are unable to successfully manage the transition of our business to new brands, our reputation among our customers could be adversely affected, and our revenue and profitability could decline. Refer to Item 1 - Business included elsewhere in this Annual Report for further discussions on licensed tradenames and related contractual terms. There can be no assurance that we will be able to renew our existing licensing agreements for associated tradenames outside of their existing terms and options, or that we will be able to retain tradenames indefinitely that are not directly owned by the Company.
If we are unable to protect the confidentiality of our proprietary information and know-how, the value of our technology, products and services could be harmed significantly.
We rely on trade secrets, know-how and other proprietary information in operating our business. If this information is not adequately protected, then it may be disclosed or used in an unauthorized manner. To the extent that consultants, key employees or other third parties apply technological information independently developed by them or by others to our proposed products, disputes may arise as to the proprietary rights to such information, which may not be resolved in our favor. The risk that other parties may breach confidentiality agreements or that our trade secrets become known or independently discovered by competitors, could harm us by enabling our competitors, who may have greater experience and financial resources, to copy or use our trade secrets and other proprietary information in the advancement of their products, methods or technologies. The disclosure of our trade secrets would impair our competitive position, thereby weakening demand for our products or services and harming our ability to maintain or increase our customer base.
20

Table of Contents

Claims by third parties that we are infringing their intellectual property and other litigation could adversely affect our business.
From time to time in the past we have been subject to claims that we are infringing the intellectual property of others. We currently are the subject of such claims and it is possible that third parties will assert infringement claims against us in the future. An adverse finding against us in these or similar trademark or other intellectual property litigations may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Any such claims, with or without merit, could be time consuming and expensive, and may require us to incur substantial costs, including the diversion of the resources of management and technical personnel, cause product delays or require us to enter into licensing or other agreements in order to secure continued access to necessary or desirable intellectual property. If we are deemed to be infringing a third-party’s intellectual property and are unable to continue using that intellectual property as we had been, our business and results of operations could be harmed if we are unable to successfully develop non-infringing alternative intellectual property on a timely basis or license non-infringing alternatives or substitutes, if any exist, on commercially reasonable terms. In addition, an unfavorable ruling in intellectual property litigation could subject us to significant liability, as well as require us to cease developing, manufacturing or selling the affected products or using the affected processes or trademarks. Any significant restriction on our proprietary or licensed intellectual property that impedes our ability to develop and commercialize our products could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
A cybersecurity breach or failure of one or more key information technology systems could have a material adverse impact on our business or reputation.
We rely extensively on information technology (IT) systems, networks and services, including internet sites, data hosting and processing facilities and tools and other hardware, software and technical applications and platforms, some of which are managed, hosted, provided and/or used by third-parties or their vendors, to assist in conducting our business.
Our IT systems have been, and will likely continue to be, subject to computer viruses or other malicious codes, unauthorized access attempts, phishing and other cyber-attacks. We continue to assess potential threats and make investments seeking to address and prevent these threats, including monitoring of networks and systems and upgrading skills, employee training and security policies for the Company and its third-party providers. However, because the techniques used in these attacks change frequently and may be difficult to detect for periods of time, we may face difficulties in anticipating and implementing adequate preventative measures. To date, we have seen no material impact on our business or operations from these attacks; however, we cannot guarantee that our security efforts will prevent breaches or breakdowns to our or our third-party providers’ databases or systems. If the IT systems, networks or service providers we rely upon fail to function properly, or if we or one of our third-party providers suffer a loss, significant unavailability of or disclosure of our business or stakeholder information, and our business continuity plans do not effectively address these failures on a timely basis, we may be exposed to reputational, competitive and business harm as well as litigation and regulatory action. The costs and operational consequences of responding to breaches and implementing remediation measures could be significant.
Disruption or failures of our information technology systems could have a material adverse effect on our business.
Our IT systems are susceptible to security breaches, operational data loss, general disruptions in functionality, and may not be compatible with new technology. We depend on our IT systems for the effectiveness of our operations and to interface with our customers, as well as to maintain financial records and accuracy. Disruption or failures of our IT systems could impair our ability to effectively and timely provide our services and products and maintain our financial records, which could damage our reputation and have a material adverse effect on our business.
Our actual or perceived failure to adequately protect personal data could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
A continually evolving variety of state, national, foreign, and international laws and regulations apply to the collection, use, retention, protection, disclosure, transfer, and other processing of personal data. These privacy and data protection-related laws and regulations are evolving, with new or modified laws and regulations proposed and implemented frequently and existing laws and regulations subject to new or different interpretations. Compliance with these laws and regulations can be costly and can delay or impede the development of new products.
Our actual or alleged failure to comply with applicable laws and regulations, or a government's interpretation of its laws and regulations, or an actual or alleged failure to protect personal data, could result in enforcement actions and significant penalties against us, which could result in negative publicity, increase our operating costs, subject us to claims or other remedies and have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.
We are subject to data security and privacy risks that could negatively affect our results, operations or reputation.
In addition to our own sensitive and proprietary business information, we handle transactional and personal information about our customers, suppliers and vendors. Hackers and data thieves are increasingly sophisticated and operate social engineering, such as phishing, and large-scale, complex automated attacks that can evade detection for long periods of time. Any breach of our or our service providers' network, or other vendor systems, may result in the loss of confidential business and financial data, misappropriation of our consumers', users' or employees' personal information or a disruption of our business. Any of these outcomes could have a material adverse effect on our business, including unwanted media attention, impairment of our consumer and customer relationships, damage to our reputation; resulting in lost sales and consumers, fines, lawsuits, or significant legal and remediation expenses. We also may need to expend significant resources to protect against, respond to and/or redress problems caused by any breach.
In addition, we must comply with increasingly complex and rigorous regulatory standards enacted to protect business and personal data in the U.S., Europe and elsewhere. For example, the European Union adopted the General Data Protection Regulation (the “GDPR”), which became effective on May 25, 2018, and California passed the California Consumer Privacy Act (the "CCPA"), which became effective on January 1, 2020, and is being amended by the California Privacy Rights Act ("CPRA"), which will become effective on January 1, 2023. These laws impose additional obligations on companies such as ours regarding the handling of personal data and provides certain individual privacy rights to persons whose data is stored. Compliance with existing, proposed and recently enacted laws (including implementation of the privacy and process enhancements called for under GDPR, CCPA, CPRA and regulations can be costly; any failure to comply with these regulatory standards could subject us to legal and reputational risks. Misuse of or failure to secure personal information could also result in violation of data privacy laws and regulations, proceedings against the Company by governmental entities or others, damage to our reputation and credibility and could have a negative impact on revenues and profits.
Risks Related to Litigation and Regulatory Compliance
Class action and derivative action lawsuits and other investigations, regardless of their merits, could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
We and certain of our officers and directors have been named in the past, and, may be named in the future, as defendants of class action and derivative action lawsuits. In the past, we have also received requests for information from government authorities. Regardless of their subject matter or merits, class action lawsuits and other government investigations may result in significant cost to us, which may not be covered by insurance, may divert the attention of management or may otherwise have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
21

Table of Contents

We are subject to a number of claims and litigation and may be subject to future claims and litigation, any of which may adversely affect our business.
From time to time in the past we have been subject to a variety of claims and litigation and we may in the future be subject to additional claims and litigation (including class action lawsuits). For instance, following periods of volatility in the market price of our stock, we have become subject to the class action shareholder litigation. We are also subject to various other litigation and claims on a variety of matters. Based on the information currently available, we believe that our ultimate liability for the matters or proceedings presently pending against the Company will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business or financial condition. But, regardless of their merits, lawsuits (including class action lawsuits) may result in significant cost to the Company that may not be covered by insurance and may divert attention of management or may otherwise have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operation. See Note 20 - Commitments and Contingencies to the Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report for further discussion over material claims and litigation.
The Company may be subject to product liability claims and product recalls, which could negatively impact its profitability.
In the ordinary course of our business, the Company may be named as a defendant in lawsuits involving product liability claims. In any such proceedings, plaintiffs may seek to recover large and sometimes unspecified amounts of damages, and the matters may remain unresolved for several years. Any such matters could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and cash flows if we are unable to successfully defend against or settle these matters or if our insurance coverage is insufficient to satisfy any judgments against us or settlement related to these matters. The Company sells perishable treats for animal consumption, which involves risks such as product contamination or spoilage, product tampering, and other adulteration of food products. The Company may be subject to liability if the consumption of any of its products causes injury, illness, or death. In addition, the Company will voluntarily recall products in the event of contamination or damage. A significant product liability judgment or a widespread product recall may negatively impact the Company’s sales and profitability for a period of time depending on product availability, competitive reaction, and consumer attitudes. Even if a product liability claim is unsuccessful or is not fully pursued, the negative publicity surrounding any assertion that Company products caused illness or injury could adversely affect the Company’s reputation with existing and potential customers and its corporate and brand image. Although we have product liability insurance coverage and an excess umbrella policy, our insurance policies may not provide coverage for certain, or any, claims against us or may not be sufficient to cover all possible liabilities. We may not be able to maintain such insurance on acceptable terms, if at all, in the future. See Note 20 - Commitments and Contingencies to the Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report for further discussion on product liability.
Agreements, transactions and litigation involving or resulting from the activities of our predecessor and its former subsidiaries may subject us to future claims or litigation that could materially adversely impact our capital resources.
The Company was formerly known as HRG, which is the successor to Zapata Corporation, which was a holding company engaged, through its subsidiaries, in a number of business activities and over the course of HRG’s existence, acquired and disposed of a number of businesses. The activities of such entities may subject us to future claims or litigation regardless of the merit of such claims or litigation and the defenses available to us. The time and expense that we may be required to dedicate to such matters may be material to us and our subsidiaries and may adversely impact our capital resources. In certain instances, we may have continuing obligations pursuant to certain of these transactions, including obligations to indemnify other parties to agreements, and may be subject to risks resulting from these transactions.
We may incur material capital and other costs due to environmental liabilities.
We are subject to a broad range of federal, state, local, foreign and multi-national laws and regulations relating to the environment. These include laws and regulations that govern:
discharges to the air, water and land;
the handling and disposal of solid and hazardous substances and wastes; and
remediation of contamination associated with release of hazardous substances at our facilities and at off-site disposal locations.
Risk of environmental liability is inherent in our business. As a result, material environmental costs may arise in the future. In particular, we may incur capital and other costs to comply with increasingly stringent environmental laws and enforcement policies, such as the EU Directives: Restriction of the Use of Hazardous Substances in Electrical and Electronic Equipment and Waste of Electrical and Electronic Equipment discussed above. Our international operations may expose us to risks related to compliance with the laws and regulations of foreign countries. See the risk factor Our international operations may expose us to risks related to compliance with the laws and regulations of foreign countries included elsewhere in this Annual Report.
Moreover, there are adopted and proposed international accords and treaties, as well as federal, state and local laws and regulations, that would attempt to control or limit the causes of climate change, including the effect of greenhouse gas emissions on the environment. In the event that the U.S. government or foreign governments enact new climate change laws or regulations or make changes to existing laws or regulations, compliance with applicable laws or regulations may result in increased manufacturing costs for our products, such as by requiring investment in new pollution control equipment or changing the ways in which certain of our products are made. We may incur some of these costs directly and others may be passed on to us from our third-party suppliers. Although we believe that we are substantially in compliance with applicable environmental laws and regulations at our facilities, we may not always be in compliance with such laws and regulations or any new laws and regulations in the future, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
From time to time, we have been required to address the effect of historic activities on the environmental condition of our properties or former properties. We have not conducted invasive testing at all of our facilities to identify all potential environmental liability risks. Given the age of our facilities and the nature of our operations, material liabilities may arise in the future in connection with our current or former facilities. If previously unknown contamination of property underlying or in the vicinity of our manufacturing facilities is discovered, we could be required to incur material unforeseen expenses. If this occurs, it may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. We are currently engaged in investigative or remedial projects at a few of our facilities and any liabilities arising from such investigative or remedial projects at such facilities may have a material effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
In addition, in connection with certain business acquisitions, we have assumed, and in connection with future acquisitions may assume, certain potential environmental liabilities. To the extent we have not identified such environmental liabilities or to the extent the indemnifications obtained from our counterparties are insufficient to cover such environmental liabilities, these environmental liabilities could have a material adverse effect on our business.
22

Table of Contents

We are also subject to proceedings related to our disposal of industrial and hazardous material at off-site disposal locations or similar disposals made by other parties for which we are responsible as a result of our relationship with such other parties. These proceedings are under the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act (“CERCLA”) or similar state or foreign jurisdiction laws that hold persons who “arranged for” the disposal or treatment of such substances strictly liable for costs incurred in responding to the release or threatened release of hazardous substances from such sites, regardless of fault or the lawfulness of the original disposal. Liability under CERCLA is typically joint and several, meaning that a liable party may be responsible for all of the costs incurred in investigating and remediating contamination at a site. We occasionally are identified by federal or state governmental agencies as being a potentially responsible party for response actions contemplated at an off-site facility. At the existing sites where we have been notified of our status as a potentially responsible party, it is either premature to determine if our potential liability, if any, will be material or we do not believe that our liability, if any, will be material. We may be named as a potentially responsible party under CERCLA or similar state or foreign jurisdiction laws in the future for other sites not currently known to us, and the costs and liabilities associated with these sites may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
It is difficult to quantify with certainty the potential financial impact of actions regarding expenditures for environmental matters, particularly remediation, and future capital expenditures for environmental control equipment. See Note 20 - Commitments and Contingencies to the Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report for further discussion on estimated liabilities arising from such environmental matters. Nevertheless, based upon the information currently available, we believe that our ultimate liability arising from such environmental matters should not be material to our business or financial condition.
Compliance with various public health, consumer protection and other regulations applicable to our products and facilities could increase our cost of doing business and expose us to additional requirements with which we may be unable to comply.
Certain of our products sold through, and facilities operated under, each of our business segments are regulated by the Environmental Protection Agency (“EPA”), the Food and Drug Administration (“FDA”), the United States Department of Agriculture or other federal or state consumer protection and product safety agencies and are subject to the regulations such agencies enforce, as well as by similar state, foreign and multinational agencies and regulations. For example, in the U.S., all products containing pesticides must be registered with the EPA and, in many cases, similar state and foreign agencies before they can be manufactured or sold. Our inability to obtain, or the cancellation of, any registration could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. The severity of the effect would depend on which products were involved, whether another product could be substituted and whether our competitors were similarly affected. We attempt to anticipate regulatory developments and maintain registrations of, and access to, substitute chemicals and other ingredients, but we may not always be able to avoid or minimize these risks.
As a distributor of consumer products in the U.S., certain of our products are also subject to the Consumer Product Safety Act, which empowers the U.S. Consumer Product Safety Commission (the “Consumer Commission”) to exclude from the market products that are found to be unsafe or hazardous. Under certain circumstances, the Consumer Commission could require us to repair, replace or refund the purchase price of one or more of our products, or we may voluntarily do so. Any additional repurchases or recalls of our products could be costly to us and could damage the reputation or the value of our brands. If we are required to remove, or we voluntarily remove our products from the market, our reputation or brands could be tarnished, and we may have large quantities of finished products that could not be sold. Furthermore, failure to timely notify the Consumer Commission of a potential safety hazard can result in significant fines being assessed against us. Additionally, laws regulating certain consumer products exist in some states, as well as in other countries in which we sell our products, and more restrictive laws and regulations may be adopted in the future.
Certain of our products and packaging materials are subject to regulations administered by the FDA. Among other things, the FDA enforces statutory prohibitions against misbranded and adulterated products, establishes ingredients and manufacturing procedures for certain products, establishes standards of identity for certain products, determines the safety of products and establishes labeling standards and requirements. In addition, various states regulate these products by enforcing federal and state standards of identity for selected products, grading products, inspecting production facilities and imposing their own labeling requirements.
The Food Quality Protection Act (“FQPA”) established a standard for food-use pesticides, which is that a reasonable certainty of no harm will result from the cumulative effect of pesticide exposures. Under the FQPA, the EPA is evaluating the cumulative effects from dietary and non-dietary exposures to pesticides. The pesticides in certain of our products that are sold through our H&G business continue to be evaluated by the EPA as part of this program. It is possible that the EPA or a third-party active ingredient registrant may decide that a pesticide we use in our products will be limited or made unavailable to us. We cannot predict the outcome or the severity of the effect of the EPA’s continuing evaluations of active ingredients used in our products.
In addition, the use of certain pesticide products that are sold through our H&G business may, among other things, be regulated by various local, state, federal and foreign environmental and public health agencies. These regulations may require that only certified or professional users apply the product, that users post notices on properties where products have been or will be applied or that certain ingredients may not be used. Compliance with such public health regulations could increase our cost of doing business and expose us to additional requirements with which we may be unable to comply.
The United States Toxic Substances Control Act (“TSCA”) was amended in 2016, and the EPA is currently evaluating additional chemicals for regulation under that amended law. Certain of our products may be manufactured using chemicals or other ingredients that may be subject to regulation under current TSCA regulations, and other chemicals or ingredients may be regulated under the law in the future. We do not expect that compliance with current or future TSCA regulations will cause us to incur expenditures that are material to our business, financial condition or results of operations; however, it is possible that our future liability could be material.
The fish sold under the GloFish brand can be classified as an intragenic or transgenic species due to the addition of their bioluminescent genes, which means the FDA has the authority to regulate as the luminescence is caused by intentionally altered genomic DNA. Additional regulatory agencies, including the EPA, as well as agencies in U.S. and foreign states have authority to regulate these types of species. It is possible that the EPA, FDA, another U.S. federal agency, a U.S. state, or a foreign agency could in the future seek to exercise authority over the distribution and/or sale of GloFish brand fish. We will continue to monitor the development of any regulations that might apply to our bioluminescent fish.
Certain of our products may be regulated under programs within the United States, Canada, or in other countries that may require that those products and the associated product packaging be recycled or managed for disposal through a designated recycling program. Some programs are funded through assessment of a fee on the manufacturer and suppliers, including the Company. We do not expect that such programs will cause us to incur expenditures that are material to our business, financial condition or results of operations; however, it is possible that our future liability could be material.
Any failure to comply with these laws or regulations, or the terms of applicable environmental permits, could result in us incurring substantial costs, including fines, penalties and other civil and criminal sanctions or the prohibition of sales of our pest control products. Environmental law requirements and the enforcement thereof, change frequently, have tended to become more stringent over time and could require us to incur significant expenses.
23

Table of Contents

Most federal, state and local authorities require certification by Underwriters Laboratory, Inc. (“UL”), an independent, not-for-profit corporation engaged in the testing of products for compliance with certain public safety standards, or other safety regulation certification prior to marketing electrical appliances. Foreign jurisdictions also have regulatory authorities overseeing the safety of consumer products. Our products may not meet the specifications required by these authorities. A determination that any of our products are not in compliance with these rules and regulations could result in the imposition of fines or an award of damages to private litigants.
Public perceptions that some of the products we produce and market are not safe could adversely affect us.
On occasion, customers have alleged that some products failed to perform up to expectations or have caused damage or injury to individuals or property. Public perception that any of our products are not safe, whether justified or not, could impair our reputation, damage our brand names and have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, we rely on certain third-party trademarks, brand names and logos of which we do not have exclusive use of. Public perception that any such third-party trademarks, brand names and logos used by us are not safe, whether justified or not, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
If our goodwill, indefinite-lived intangible assets or other long-term assets become impaired, we will be required to record additional impairment charges, which may be significant.
A significant portion of our long-term assets consist of goodwill, other indefinite-lived intangible assets and finite-lived intangible assets recorded as a result of past acquisitions as well as through fresh start reporting. We do not amortize goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets, but rather review them for impairment on a periodic basis or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that their carrying value may not be recoverable. We consider whether circumstances or conditions exist which suggest that the carrying value of our goodwill and other long-lived intangible assets might be impaired. If such circumstances or conditions exist, further steps are required in order to determine whether the carrying value of each of the individual assets exceeds its fair value. If analysis indicates that an individual asset’s carrying value does exceed its fair value, the next step is to record a loss equal to the excess of the individual asset’s carrying value over its fair value.
The analysis required by GAAP entail significant amounts of judgment and subjectivity. Events and changes in circumstances that may indicate that there may be an impairment and which may indicate that interim impairment testing is necessary include, but are not limited to: strategic decisions to exit a business or dispose of an asset made in response to changes in economic, political and competitive conditions; the impact of the economic environment on the customer base and on broad market conditions that drive valuation considerations by market participants; our internal expectations with regard to future revenue growth and the assumptions we make when performing impairment reviews; a significant decrease in the market price of our assets; a significant adverse change in the extent or manner in which our assets are used; a significant adverse change in legal factors or the business climate that could affect our assets; an accumulation of costs significantly in excess of the amount originally expected for the acquisition of an asset; and significant changes in the cash flows associated with an asset. As a result of such circumstances, we may be required to record a significant charge to earnings in our financial statements during the period in which any impairment of our goodwill, indefinite-lived intangible assets or other long-term assets is determined. Any such impairment charges could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results. See Note 11 – Goodwill and Intangible Assets to the Consolidated Financial Statements, included elsewhere in this Annual Report for further detail.
The successful execution of our operational efficiency and multi-year restructuring initiatives are important to the long-term growth of our business.
We continue to engage in targeted restructuring initiatives to align our business operations in response to current and anticipated future market conditions and investment strategy. We will evaluate opportunities for additional initiatives to restructure or reorganize the business across our operating segments and functions with a focus on areas of strategic growth and optimizing operational efficiency. Significant risks associated with these actions may impair our ability to achieve the anticipated cost reduction or may disrupt our business including delays in shipping, implementation of workforce, redundant costs, and failure to meet operational targets. In addition, our ability to achieve the anticipated cost savings and other benefits from these actions within the expected timeframe is subject to many estimates and assumptions. These estimates and assumptions are subject to significant economic, competitive and other uncertainties, some of which are beyond our control. If these estimates and assumptions are incorrect, experience delays, or if other unforeseen events occur, our business and results of operation could be adversely affected. Refer to Note 5 - Restructuring Charges to the Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report for additional detail over restructuring related activity.
Risks Related to Investment in our Common Stock
Our Restated Bylaws provide that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the exclusive forum for substantially all disputes between us and our stockholders, which could limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us or our directors, officers or employees.
Our restated bylaws provide that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware is the exclusive forum for any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, any action asserting a breach of fiduciary duty, any action asserting a claim against us arising pursuant to the Delaware General Corporation Law, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or our restated bylaws, any action to interpret, apply, enforce, or determine the validity of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or bylaws, or any action asserting a claim against us that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine. The choice of forum provision may limit a stockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with us or our directors, officers or other employees, which may discourage such lawsuits against us and our directors, officers and other employees. Alternatively, if a court were to find the choice of forum provision contained in our restated bylaws to be inapplicable or unenforceable in an action, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such action in other jurisdictions, which could adversely affect our business and financial condition.
24

Table of Contents

Certain provisions of our charter, bylaws, and of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “DGCL”) have anti-takeover effects and could delay, discourage, defer or prevent a tender offer or takeover attempt that a stockholder might consider to be in the stockholder’s best interests.
Certain provisions of our charter and bylaws and the DGCL may have the effect of delaying or preventing changes in control if our board of directors determines that such changes in control are not in the best interests of the Company and its stakeholders. stockholders. Such provisions include, among other things, those that:
authorize the board of directors to issue preferred shares and to determine the terms, including the number of shares, voting powers, redemption provisions, dividend rates, liquidation preferences and conversion rights, of those shares, without stockholder approval;
permit the removal of directors by the stockholders only for cause and then only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding shares of our common stock;
opt in to Section 203 of the DGCL, which generally prohibits a Delaware corporation from engaging in a “business combination” with any interested stockholder (generally speaking a stockholder who holds 15% or more of our voting stock) for three years from the date such stockholder becomes an interested stockholder unless certain conditions are met; and
subject to certain exceptions, prohibit any person from acquiring shares of our common stock if such person is, or would become as a result of the acquisition, a “Substantial Holder” (as defined in our charter).
These provisions may frustrate or prevent attempts by stockholders to cause a change in control of the Company or to replace members of its board of directors.
Even though the Company’s common stock is currently traded on the NYSE, it has less liquidity than many other stocks quoted on a national securities exchange.
The trading volume in the Company’s common stock on the NYSE has been relatively low when compared with larger companies listed on the NYSE or other stock exchanges. Because of this, it may be more difficult for stockholders to sell a substantial number of shares for the same price at which stockholders could sell a smaller number of shares. We cannot predict the effect, if any, that future sales of the Company’s common stock in the market, or the availability of shares of its common stock for sale in the market, will have on the market price of the Company’s common stock. We can give no assurance that sales of substantial amounts of the Company’s common stock in the market, or the potential for large amounts of sales in the market, would not cause the price of the Company’s common stock to decline or impair the Company’s future ability to raise capital through sales of its common stock. Furthermore, because of the limited market and generally low volume of trading in the Company’s common stock that could occur, the share price of its common stock could be more likely to be affected by broad market fluctuations, general market conditions, fluctuations in our operating results, changes in the market's perception of our business, and announcements made by the Company, its competitors or parties with whom the Company has business relationships. The lack of liquidity in the Company’s common stock may also make it difficult for us to issue additional securities for financing or other purposes, or to otherwise arrange for any financing we may need in the future. In addition, we may experience other adverse effects, including, without limitation, the loss of confidence in us by current and prospective suppliers, customers, employees and others with whom we have or may seek to initiate business relationships.
The market price of the Company’s common stock is likely to be highly volatile and could fluctuate widely in price in response to various factors, many of which are beyond our control.
Factors that may influence the price of the common stock include, without limitation, the following:
loss of any of our key customers or suppliers, including our B&D licensing agreement with SBD;
additions or departures of key personnel;
sales of common stock;
our ability to execute our business plan;
announcements and consummations of business acquisitions;
operating results that fall below expectations;
amount and terms of borrowings with debtors and net leverage provisions;
additional issuances of common stock;
low volume of sales due to concentrated ownership of common stock;
intellectual property disputes;
industry developments;
economic and other external factors; and
period-to-period fluctuations in our financial results.
In addition, the securities markets have from time to time experienced significant price and volume fluctuations that are unrelated to the operating performance of particular companies. These market fluctuations may also materially and adversely affect the market price of the Company’s common stock. You should also be aware that price volatility might be worse if the trading volume of shares of the common stock is low.
Additional issuances of the Company’s common stock may result in dilution to its existing stockholders.
Under our 2011 equity incentive plan adopted by the shareholders in 2011, called the Spectrum Brands Holdings, Inc. 2011 Omnibus Equity Award Plan (the “2011 Equity Plan”), a total of 7.1 million shares of common stock of the Company, net of cancellations, have been authorized to be issued through the original authorization of 4.6 million shares during the 2011 shareholders meeting, an additional authorization of 1.0 million during the 2014 shareholders meeting, and a subsequent authorization of 1.5 million during the 2016 shareholders meeting. As of September 30, 2022, we have issued 6.9 million restricted stock units (or the equivalent number of shares of common stock upon the lapsing of the applicable restrictions) under the 2011 Equity Plan and have a remaining authorization to issue up to a total of 0.2 million shares of our common stock, or options or restricted stock units exercisable for shares of common stock. On July 28, 2020, the Company's shareholders approved the Spectrum Brands Holdings, Inc. 2020 Omnibus Equity Plan (the "2020 Equity Plan") pursuant to which 1.2 million shares of common stock were authorized to be issued. As of September 30, 2022, we have not issued restricted stock units (or the equivalent number of shares of common stock upon the lapsing of the applicable restrictions) under the 2020 Equity Plan and have a remaining authorization to issue up to a total of 1.2 million shares of our common stock or options or restricted stock units exercisable for shares of common stock.
In addition, the Company’s board of directors has the authority to issue additional shares of capital stock to provide additional financing or for other purposes in the future. The issuance of any such shares or exercise of any such options may result in a reduction of the book value or market price of the outstanding shares of common stock. If we do issue any such additional shares or any such options are exercised, such issuance or exercise also will cause a reduction in the proportionate ownership and voting power of all other stockholders. As a result of such dilution, the proportionate ownership interest and voting power of a holder of shares of common stock could be decreased.
25

Table of Contents

ITEM 1B.    UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS
None.
ITEM 2.    PROPERTIES
The following table summarizes some of the key categories of skillslists our principal owned or leased administrative, manufacturing, packaging, and experience of our current directors:
distribution facilities at September 30, 2022
Director Skills and Experience
100%
: International Business Experience
100%
: Business Operations
71%
: Consumer Products
100%
: Corporate Governance
100%
: Corporate Strategy & Business Development
71%
: Ethics/Corporate Social Responsibility
86%
: Executive Leadership & Management
86%
: Finance/Capital Management & Allocation
100%
: Mergers & Acquisitions
86%
: Public Company Executive Experience
71%
: Marketing/Sales & Brand Management
71%
: Accounting/Auditing
86%
: Human Resources & Compensation
86%
: Public Company Board Experience
In accordance with our Third Restated
By-laws
(our
“By-Laws”),
our Board currently consists of eight members. In accordance with our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (our “Charter”), our Board is divided into three classes (designated as Class I, Class II and Class III, respectively). One of the eight seats on the Board is currently vacant as we search for an appropriate candidate to fill the vacancy. The names of our seven current directors and their respective classes, ages, Board tenures and committee memberships are each set forth in the following table:
4

Table of Contents
                
Committee Membership***
   
    Name
  
Class*
  
Age
  
Tenure**
  
A
  
C
  
NCG
   
Sherianne James

Independent Director
  I  52  2018        
  
Norman S. Matthews

Independent Director
  I  88  2018    o  o  
  
Hugh R. Rovit

Independent Director
  II  60  2018  o      
  
Gautam Patel

Independent Director
  II  48  2020  o      
  
David M. Maura

Executive Chairman
  III  48  2018        
  
Terry L. Polistina

Lead Independent Director
  III  57  2018        
  
Anne S. Ward

Independent Director
  III  48  2020           
*
The term of our Class I directors expires at our 2022 annual stockholders meeting, our Class II directors expires at our 2023 annual stockholders meeting and our Class III directors expires at our 2021 annual stockholders meeting.
**
Tenure represents service on the Board of the Company following the Merger.
***
Committee membership: A = Audit Committee, C = Compensation Committee, NCG = NCG Committee; • indicates committee Chair, o indicates committee member.
Director Biographies
Set forth below are biographies for each of our directors, accompanied by descriptions of some of their key skills and experiences. The absence of any given category of key skills or experiences from the list preceding a director’s biography does not necessarily signify a lack of qualification in any such category.
Class I Directors
Sherianne James
  Independent Director since October 2018
Age: 52
Race/Ethnicity: African American
Gender: Female
Location
Function / UseOwned / Leased
U.S. Locations
Independence & Committees:
●   Independent Director
●   Chair of our NCG Committee
Alpharetta, Georgia
Key Skills/Experience:
●   BusinessCommercial Operations
●   Consumer Products
●   Corporate Governance
●   Corporate Strategy & Business Development
●   Executive Leadership & Management
●   International Business Experience
●   Marketing/Sales & Brand Management
●   Mergers & Acquisitions
Leased
Sherianne James was appointed to our Board in October 2018. Ms. James has served as Chief Marketing Officer of Essilor of America since August 2017Bentonville, Arkansas
Commercial OperationsLeased
Blacksburg, VirginiaGPC - Research & DevelopmentLeased
Blacksburg, VirginiaGPC - ManufacturingOwned
Bridgeton, MissouriGPC - ManufacturingLeased
DeForest, WisconsinHPC - Commercial OperationsLeased
Earth City, MissouriGPC Headquarters, H&G Headquarters and SVP of Customer Engagement since March 2020,NA Shared OperationsLeased
Edwardsville, IllinoisGPC - DistributionLeased
Edwardsville, IllinoisH&G - DistributionLeased
Meriden, ConnecticutHPC - DistributionLeased
Middleton, WisconsinCorporate Headquarters, HPC Headquarters and previously was Vice President, Consumer Marketing for the company since July 2016. From February 2011 to July 2016, she held positions of increasing responsibility in marketing and operations for Transitions Optical, a division of Essilor of America, culminating in her role as Vice President of Transitions Optical from April 2014 to July 2016. From July 2005 through December 2010, Ms. James was Senior Marketing Manager for Russell Hobbs/Applica. She previously held a number of key project manager, research manager and brand manager positions with Kraft Foods, Inc. and, later, Kraft/Nabisco Foods from June 1995 to June 2005. Ms. James earned a B.S. degree in chemical engineering from the University ofNA Shared OperationsLeased
Minneapolis, MinnesotaCommercial OperationsLeased
Miramar, Florida in 1994 and an MBA from Northwestern University’s Kellogg Graduate School of Management in 2002. Ms. James currently serves as chair of our NCG Committee.LATAM Shared OperationsLeased
Mooresville, North CarolinaCommercial OperationsLeased
Moorpark, CaliforniaCommercial OperationsLeased
New Britain, ConnecticutHPC - DistributionLeased
Noblesville, IndianaGPC - ManufacturingOwned
Pontoon Beach, IllinoisGPC - DistributionLeased
Palmas Catano, Puerto RicoCommercial Operations & DistributionLeased
Redlands, CaliforniaHPC - DistributionLeased
Reno, NevadaHPC - DistributionLeased
Riverview, FloridaGPC - Research & DevelopmentOwned
Sparks, NevadaHPC - DistributionLeased
St. Louis, MissouriH&G - ManufacturingLeased
Wyomissing, PennsylvaniaHPC - Commercial OperationsLeased
Non-U.S. Locations
Ballymount, IrelandCommercial OperationsLeased
Barcelona, SpainCommercial OperationsLeased
Bogota, ColombiaCommercial OperationsLeased
Borgholzhausen, GermanyGPC - DistributionLeased
Bucharest, RomaniaCommercial OperationsLeased
Buenos Aires, ArgentinaCommercial OperationsLeased
Coevorden, NetherlandsGPC - DistributionLeased
El Dorado, PanamaCommercial OperationsLeased
Guatemala, GuatemalaCommercial OperationsLeased
Istanbul, TurkeyCommercial OperationsLeased
Lisbon, PortugalCommercial OperationsLeased
Manchester, UKHPC - UK OperationsOwned
Mechelen, BelgiumCommercial OperationsLeased
Melle, GermanyGPC - ManufacturingOwned
Mentone, AustraliaAPAC Shared Operations & DistributionLeased
Mexico City, MexicoCommercial OperationsLeased
Milan, ItalyCommercial OperationsLeased
Moscow, RussiaCommercial OperationsLeased
Nottingham, UKGPC - UK OperationsOwned
Nuremberg, GermanyHPC - DistributionLeased
Paris, FranceCommercial OperationsLeased
Penrose, New ZealandCommercial OperationsLeased
San Jose, Costa RicaCommercial OperationsLeased
San Salvador, El SalvadorCommercial OperationsLeased
26
5

Table of ContentsContents

Norman S. Matthews
Independent Director since July 2018
Age: 88
Race/Ethnicity: Caucasian
Gender: Male
Independence & Committees:
●    Independent Director
●    NCG Committee
●    Compensation Committee
Key Skills/Experience:
●    Business Operations
●    Corporate Governance
●    Corporate Strategy & Business Development
●    Ethics/Corporate Social Responsibility
●    Executive Leadership & Management
●    Finance/Capital Management & Allocation
●    Human Resources & Compensation
●    International Business Experience
●    Marketing/Sales & Brand Management
●    Mergers & Acquisitions
●    Public Company Board Experience
●    Public Company Executive Experience
Norman S. Matthews was appointed to our Board in July 2018. From June 2010 to July 2018, Mr. Matthews served as one of the directors of SPB Legacy. Prior to that time, he had served as a director of Spectrum Brands, Inc., one of our subsidiaries (“SBI”), from August 2009 to June 2010. Mr. Matthews has over three decades of experience as a business leader in marketing and merchandising and is currently an independent business consultant. As former President of Federated Department Stores, he led the operations of one of the nation’s leading department store retailers with over 850 department stores, including those under the names of Bloomingdales, Burdines, Foley’s, Lazarus and Rich’s, as well as various specialty store chains, discount chains and Ralph’s Grocery. In addition to his senior management roles at Federated Department Stores, Mr. Matthews also served as Senior Vice President and General Merchandise Manager at E.J. Korvette and Senior Vice President of Marketing and Corporate Development at Broyhill Furniture Industries. Mr. Matthews is a Princeton University graduate and earned his MBA from Harvard Business School. He also currently serves on the Boards of Directors of Grocery Outlet Holding Corp., Party City Holdco, Inc. and The Children’s Place Retail Stores, Inc. and previously served as a director of Henry Schein, Inc., Sunoco, The Progressive Corporation, Toys “R” Us, Duff & Phelps Corporation and Federated Department Stores. He is a trustee emeritus at the American Museum of Natural History. Mr. Matthews is a member of our NCG Committee and our Compensation Committee.
6

Table of Contents
Class II Directors
Hugh R. Rovit
Independent Director since July 2018
Age: 60
Race/Ethnicity: Caucasian
Gender: Male
Independence & Committees:
●    Independent Director
●    Audit Committee
Key Skills/Experience:
●    Accounting/Auditing
●    Business Operations
●    Consumer Products
●    Corporate Governance
●    Corporate Strategy & Business Development
●    Ethics/Corporate Social Responsibility
●    Executive Leadership & Management
●    Finance/Capital Management & Allocation
●    Human Resources & Compensation
●    International Business Experience
●    Marketing/Sales & Brand Management
●    Mergers & Acquisitions
●    Public Company Board Experience
●    Public Company Executive Experience
●    Supply Chain/Logistics
Hugh R. Rovit was appointed to our Board in July 2018. From June 2010 until July 2018, Mr. Rovit served as one of the directors of SPB Legacy. Prior to that time, he served as a director of SBI from August 2009 to June 2010. Mr. Rovit is currently Chief Executive Officer of S’well, Inc., a global manufacturer and marketer of reusable stainless-steel bottles and accessories. He previously served as Chief Executive Officer of Ellery Homestyles, a leading supplier of branded and private label home fashion products to major retailers, offering curtains, bedding, throws and specialty products, from May 2013 until its sale in September 2018 to a strategic competitor. Previously, Mr. Rovit served as Chief Executive Officer of Sure Fit Inc., a marketer and distributor of home furnishing products from 2006 through 2012 and was a Principal at turnaround management firm Masson & Company from 2001 through 2005. Previously, Mr. Rovit held the positions of Chief Financial Officer of Best Manufacturing, Inc., a manufacturer and distributor of institutional service apparel and textiles, from 1998 through 2001 and Chief Financial Officer of Royce Hosiery Mills, Inc., a manufacturer and distributor of men’s and women’s hosiery, from 1991 through 1998. Mr. Rovit is also a director of PlayPower, Inc., GSC Technologies, Inc. and previously served as a director of Nellson Nutraceuticals, Inc., Kid Brands Inc., Atkins Nutritional, Inc., Oneida, Ltd., Cosmetic Essence, Inc., Xpress Retail and Twin Star International. Mr. Rovit received his B.A. degree from Dartmouth College and has an MBA from Harvard Business School. Mr. Rovit is a member of our Audit Committee.
7

Table of Contents
Gautam Patel
Independent Director since October 2020
Age: 48
Race/Ethnicity: Asian
Gender: Male
Independence & Committees:
●    Independent Director
●    Audit Committee
Key Skills/Experience:
●    Accounting/Auditing
●    Business Operations
●    Corporate Governance
●    Corporate Strategy & Business Development
●    Finance/Capital Management & Allocation
●    Human Resources & Compensation
●    International Business Experience
●    Mergers & Acquisitions
●    Public Company Board Experience
Gautam Patel was appointed to our Board in October 2020. Mr. Patel has served as Managing Director of Tarsadia Investments, a private investment firm based in Newport Beach, California, since 2012. In that role, Mr. Patel has led a team of investment professionals to identify, evaluate and execute principal control equity investments across sectors including life sciences, financial services and technology. Prior to joining Tarsadia, Mr. Patel served as Managing Director at Lazard from 2008 to 2012, where he led financial and strategic advisory efforts in sectors including transportation and logistics, private equity and healthcare. Prior to that, Mr. Patel served in a variety of advisory roles at Lazard from 1999 to 2008, including restructuring, bankruptcy and corporate reorganization assignments in 2001 and 2008. From 1994 to 1997, Mr. Patel was an Analyst at Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette, where he worked on mergers and acquisitions as well as high-yield and equity financings. Mr. Patel is currently a Board Member of Amneal Pharmaceuticals (NYSE: AMRX). Mr. Patel also serves on the board of Casita Maria Center for Arts and Education, a New York-based nonprofit organization which aims to empower children through arts-based education. Mr. Patel received a B.A. from Claremont McKenna College, a B.S. from Harvey Mudd College, an MSc from the London School of Economics and an MBA from the University of Chicago. Mr. Patel is a member of our Audit Committee.
8

Table of Contents

Class III Directors
David M. Maura
Director since July 2018
Age: 48
Race/Ethnicity: Caucasian
Gender: Male
Independence & Committees:
●    None
Key Skills/Experience:
●    Accounting/Auditing
●    Business Operations
●    Consumer Products
●    Corporate Governance
●    Corporate Strategy & Business Development
●    Ethics/Corporate Social Responsibility
●    Executive Leadership & Management
●    Finance/Capital Management & Allocation
●    Human Resources & Compensation
●    International Business Experience
●    Mergers & Acquisitions
●    Public Company Board Experience
●    Public Company Executive Experience
●    Risk Management & Oversight
David M. Maura was appointed our Executive Chairman and our Chief Executive Officer in July 2018. Previously, he had served as the Executive Chairman, effective as of January 2016, and as Chief Executive Officer, effective as of April 2018, of SPB Legacy. Prior to such appointment, Mr. Maura served as
non-executive
Chairman of the board of directors of SPB Legacy since July 2011 and served as interim Chairman and as one of the directors of SPB Legacy since June 2010. Mr. Maura was a Managing Director and the Executive Vice President of Investments at HRG Group, Inc. (“HRG Legacy”) from October 2011 until November 2016 and had been a member of HRG Legacy’s board of directors from May 2011 until December 2017. Mr. Maura previously served as a Vice President and Director of Investments of Harbinger Capital Partners LLC (“Harbinger Capital”) from 2006 until 2012. Prior to joining Harbinger Capital in 2006, Mr. Maura was a Managing Director and Senior Research Analyst at First Albany Capital, Inc., where he focused on distressed debt and special situations, primarily in the consumer products and retail sectors. Prior to First Albany, Mr. Maura was a Director and Senior High Yield Research Analyst in Global High Yield Research at Merrill Lynch & Co. Previously, Mr. Maura was a Vice President and Senior Analyst in the High Yield Group at Wachovia Securities, where he covered various consumer product, service, and retail companies. Mr. Maura began his career at ZPR Investment Management as a Financial Analyst.
Mr. Maura served as Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of Mosaic Acquisition Corp., a special purpose acquisition company, from October 2017 to January 2020, when the company merged with Vivint Smart Home, Inc. (“Vivint”). Mr. Maura served as an outside director on Vivint’s board until March 2020 when he resigned from the board of Vivint. He previously served on the boards of directors of Ferrous Resources, Ltd., Russell Hobbs, and Applica. Mr. Maura received a B.S. degree in Business Administration from Stetson University and is a CFA charterholder.
9

Table of Contents
Terry L. Polistina
Lead Independent Director since July 2018
Age: 57
Race/Ethnicity: Caucasian
Gender: Male
Independence & Committees:
●    Independent Director
●    Chair of our Audit Committee
●    Chair of our Compensation Committee
Key Skills/Experience:
●    Accounting/Auditing
●    Business Operations
●    Consumer Products
●    Corporate Governance
●    Corporate Strategy & Business Development
●    Ethics/Corporate Social Responsibility
●    Executive Leadership & Management
●    Finance/Capital Management & Allocation
●    Human Resources & Compensation
●    International Business Experience
●    Marketing/Sales & Brand Management
●    Mergers & Acquisitions
●    Public Company Board Experience
●    Public Company Executive Experience
●    Risk Management & Oversight
●    Supply Chain/Logistics
Terry L. Polistina was appointed to our Board in July 2018. From June 2010 until July 2018, Mr. Polistina served as one of the directors of SPB Legacy. Since July 2018, Mr. Polistina has also served as the Lead Independent Director of the Board. Prior to that, he served as a director of SBI from August 2009 to June 2010. Mr. Polistina served as the President, Small Appliances of SPB Legacy beginning in June 2010 and became President - Global Appliances of SPB Legacy in October 2010 until September 2013. Prior to that, Mr. Polistina served as the Chief Executive Officer and President of Russell Hobbs from 2007 until 2010. Mr. Polistina served as Chief Operating Officer at Applica from 2006 to 2007 and Chief Financial Officer from 2001 to 2007, at which time Applica combined with Russell Hobbs. Mr. Polistina previously served as a director of privately held Entic, Inc. Mr. Polistina received an undergraduate degree in finance from the University of Florida and holds an MBA from the University of Miami. Mr. Polistina is the Chair of our Audit Committee and Compensation Committee and serves as the Lead Independent Director of the Board.
10

Table of Contents
Anne S. Ward
Independent Director since October 2020
Age: 48
Race/Ethnicity: African American
Gender: Female
Independence & Committees:
●    Independent Director
Key Skills/Experience:
●    Accounting/Auditing
●    Business Operations
●    Consumer Products
●    Corporate Governance
●    Corporate Strategy & Business Development
●    Ethics/Corporate Social Responsibility
●    Executive Leadership & Management
●    Finance/Capital Management & Allocation
●    Human Resources & Compensation
●    International Business Experience
●    Marketing/Sales & Brand Management
●    Mergers & Acquisitions
●    Public Company Board Experience
●    Public Company Executive Experience
●    Risk Management & Oversight
●    Supply Chain/Logistics
Anne S. Ward was appointed to our Board in October 2020. Ms. Ward currently serves as the Chief Executive Officer of CURiO Brands, a privately held consumer goods company that manufactures and sells a portfolio of personal care and home fragrance brands. She joined the company in April 2012 as the CEO of Thymes and subsequently led a merger with DPM Fragrance to form CURiO. Prior to CURiO, Ms. Ward founded The FORWARD Group, a consulting firm focused on developing growth strategies for
mid-sized
companies and key executives and served as its CEO from July 2010 until April 2012. From October 2007 until July 2010, Ms. Ward was the President and Chief Operating Officer of Johnson Publishing Company where she led the Ebony, Jet and Fashion Fair Cosmetics business units. Prior to her role at Johnson Publishing Company, Ms. Ward served as an Assistant Vice President of marketing for The Coca-Cola Company from September 2006 until September 2007 leading growth strategies for Coca-Cola, Sprite, Dasani and other key brands. Ms. Ward also held several positions of increasing responsibility within manufacturing and brand management at Procter & Gamble between May 1994 and August 2006. She led well-established, global brands including Pampers and Clairol as well as consumer growth strategies for the Beauty division. Ms. Ward currently serves as a Board Member of SPS Commerce, Inc. (NASDAQ: SPSC) and Vanda Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (NASDAQ: VNDA). She holds a B.S. in Mechanical Engineering and Material Science from Duke University and an MBA from Duke University’s Fuqua School of Business.
Our Executive Officers
Our executive officers serve at the discretion of our Board. Our Board selected each of our executive officers because his or her background provides each executive with the experience and skillset geared toward helping us succeed in our business strategy. Our management team is composed of seasoned executives who all focus on the performance of our Company to drive long-term outcomes for us. We are committed to ensuring that female and minority candidates are among the pool of individuals from which new executive officers are selected. During Fiscal 2019, we made progress in advancing this objective by appointing to our executive team a woman and a candidate from a diverse background. We are committed to further progressing this objective in the future.
Included in the discussion below is information regarding our executive officers who do not serve as directors of our Company. See “
Our Board of Directors
” above for certain information regarding David Maura, our only director-employee.
11

Table of Contents
Randal D. Lewis
Executive Vice President, Chief Operating Officer since October 2018
Age: 54
Race/Ethnicity: Caucasian
Gender: Male
Randal D. Lewis was appointed our Chief Operating Officer in October 2018 and Executive Vice President in September 2019. He has direct responsibility for all operating divisions. Mr. Lewis was previously the President of our Global Consumer Division from March 2018, which included our Global Auto Care, Global Pet Care and Home & Garden business units. Prior to that, he was President of our Pet, Home & Garden business units since November 2014. Previous to that, he was Senior Vice President and General Manager of our Home & Garden business since January 2011. From April 2005 to January 2011, Mr. Lewis served as our Home & Garden business’s Vice President, Manufacturing and Vice President, Operations. Prior to that, Mr. Lewis held various leadership roles from October 1997 to April 2005 with the former owners of United Industries Corporation, which is now owned by the Company and from January 1989 to October 1997 Mr. Lewis worked at Unilever. Mr. Lewis earned a B.S. degree in mechanical engineering from the University of Illinois, Urbana-Champaign.
Rebeckah Long
Senior Vice President, Global Human Resources since September 2019
Age: 46
Race/Ethnicity: Caucasian
Gender: Female
Rebeckah Long was appointed our Senior Vice President, Global Human Resources in September 2019 and has direct responsibility for consistent delivery and execution of the Human Resource function globally. Ms. Long previously served as Vice President of Global Human Resources of Spectrum Brands since April 2019. Prior to that, she was Human Resource Business Partner for several business divisions within Spectrum Brands since March 2008, with a focus on talent strategy and organizational effectiveness. Prior to joining Spectrum Brands, she was the Regional Human Resources Manager for United Rentals, Inc. from June 2000 to February 2008 and was responsible for the integration of over 25 businesses into the United Rentals portfolio. Ms. Long earned a B.S. degree in Economics from Illinois State University.
  Jeremy W. Smeltser
  Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer since November 2019
  Age: 46
  Race/Ethnicity: Caucasian
  Gender: Male
Jeremy W. Smeltser was appointed our Executive Vice President on October 1, 2019 and was appointed our Chief Financial Officer on November 17, 2019. He previously served as Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of SPX Flow, Inc. (“SPX Flow”). Prior to his role at SPX Flow, he served as Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of SPX Corporation, where he served in various roles, including as Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, Flow Technology and became an officer of SPX Corporation in April 2009. Mr. Smeltser joined SPX Corporation in 2002 from Ernst & Young LLP, where he was an audit manager in Tampa, Florida. Prior to that, he held various positions with Arthur Andersen LLP in Tampa, Florida and Chicago, Illinois, focused primarily on assurance services for global manufacturing clients. Mr. Smeltser earned a B.S. degree in Accounting from Northern Illinois University.
12

Table of Contents
Ehsan Zargar
Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary since October 2018
Age: 43
Race/Ethnicity: Asian (Middle East)
Gender: Male
Ehsan Zargar was appointed our Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary on October 1, 2018. Mr. Zargar is responsible for the Company’s legal, environmental, social and governance (“ESG”), health and safety, insurance and real estate functions. From June 2011 until July 2018, Mr. Zargar held a number of increasingly senior positions with HRG Legacy, including serving as its Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer from January 2017 until July 2018, as its General Counsel since April 2015 and as Corporate Secretary since February 2012. From August 2017 until July 2018, Mr. Zargar served as a director of SPB Legacy. From November 2006 to June 2011, Mr. Zargar worked in the New York office of Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP. Previously, Mr. Zargar practiced law at another major law firm focusing on general corporate matters. Mr. Zargar received a law degree from Faculty of Law at the University of Toronto and a B.A. from the University of Toronto.
Corporate Governance
The following table provides an overview of our corporate governance, including recent enhancements and existing practices.
Recent Enhancements
Location
Function / Use
Existing Practices
Owned / Leased
✓  Increased diversity among Board and executive team
✓  Adopted majority voting and a director resignation policy
✓  Strengthened our stock ownership guidelines
✓  Strengthened our anti-hedging policy
✓  Adopted an anti-pledging policy
✓  Hired a new independent compensation consultant
✓  Adopted a Board Diversity Policy
Santa Domingo, Dominican Republic
Commercial Operations
✓  Independent lead director
✓  Majority of the Board composed of independent directors
✓  All committees composed entirely of independent directors
✓  Anti-hedging policy
✓  Robust clawback policy
✓  All three members of our Audit Committee are financial experts
✓  Completed our transition to a stand-alone independent company
Leased
Shenzhen, ChinaAPAC Shared Operations & DistributionLeased
Singapore, SingaporeCommercial OperationsLeased
Stockholm, SwedenCommercial OperationsLeased
Sulzbach, GermanyEMEA Shared OperationsLeased
Tegucigalpa, HondurasCommercial OperationsLeased
Utrecht, NetherlandsCommercial OperationsLeased
Vantaa, FinlandCommercial OperationsLeased
Warsaw, PolandCommercial OperationsLeased
West Byfleet, UKCommercial OperationsLeased
Wombourne, UKDistributionLeased
Xiamen, ChinaCommercial OperationsLeased
Yokohama, JapanCommercial OperationsLeased
We also contract with third parties to operate distribution centers, sales and other administrative offices throughout the world in support of our business. We believe that our existing facilities are suitable and adequate for our present purposes and that the productive capacity in such facilities is substantially being utilized or we have plans to utilize it.
ITEM 3.    LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
We have disclosed all matters of legal proceedings believed to have an adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition, liquidity or cash flows in the notes to our consolidated financial statements. See Note 20 - Commitments and Contingencies in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements, included elsewhere in this Annual Report for additional detail.
ITEM 4.    MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES
Not applicable

Board Structure
Lead Independent Director
Mr. Polistina was appointed to our Board as our Lead Independent Director in July 2018. In his capacity as our Lead Independent Director, Mr. Polistina:
presides at all meetings of the Board at which the Chairman of the Board is not present;27

Table of Contents

PART II
ITEM 5.    MARKET FOR THE REGISTRANTS’ COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES
SBH’s common stock trades on the New York Stock Exchange (the “NYSE”) under the symbol “SPB”. Effective July 13, 2018, SBH completed the planned Spectrum Merger. Prior to the Spectrum Merger, SBH was a holding company, doing business as HRG, conducting its operations principally through its majority owned subsidiaries, and trading on the NYSE under the symbol “HRG”.
As of November 18, 2022, there were approximately 1,193 holders of record based upon data provided by the transfer agent for the SBH’s common stock. This number does not include the stockholders for whom shares are held in a “nominee” or “street” name.
SB/RH is a wholly-owned subsidiary of SBH and accordingly, there is no established public trading market for its equity securities. As of November 18, 2022, there is only one record holder of its equity securities. During the years ended September 30, 2022 and 2021, SB/RH paid dividends of $194.7 million and $192.3 million, respectively, to its parent company, SBH. Certain restrictive covenants within the Company’s debt facilities impose limitations on payment of dividends by SB/RH’s subsidiaries to SB/RH and to SBH.
Equity Plans
Equity based incentive and performance compensation awards provided to employees, directors, officers and consultants were issued pursuant to the following awards plans:
Spectrum Brands Holdings, Inc. 2011 Omnibus Equity Awards Plan as approved and amended by the Spectrum Legacy stockholders.
Spectrum Brands Holdings, Inc. 2020 Omnibus Equity Plan, as approved by the Spectrum stockholders.
The following is a summary of the authorized and available shares per the respective plans:
(number of shares, in millions)AuthorizedAvailable
Spectrum Brands Holdings, Inc. 2011 Omnibus Equity Awards Plan7.1 0.2 
Spectrum Brands Holdings, Inc. 2020 Omnibus Equity Plan1.2 1.2 
Refer to Note 18 – Share Based Compensation in Notes to our Consolidated Financial Statement included elsewhere in this Annual Report, for additional information.

Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers
On May 4, 2021, the Board of Directors approved a new share repurchase program authorizing the purchase of up to $1 billion of our common stock. The new share repurchase program commenced immediately and replaced the previous share repurchase program. The authorization is effective for 36 months. The share repurchase program permits shares to be repurchased in the open market or through privately negotiated transactions, including by direct purchases or purchases pursuant to derivative instruments or other transactions (including pursuant to accelerated share repurchase agreements, the writing and settlement of put options and the purchase and exercise of call options). The number of shares to be repurchased and the timing of any repurchases will depend on factors such as the share price, economic and market conditions, and corporate and regulatory requirements. The share repurchase program may be suspended, amended or discontinued at any time. The following summarizes the activity of common stock repurchases under the program in the fourth quarter of the year ended September 30, 2022:
Total Number
of Shares
Purchased
Average
Price Paid
Per Share
Total Number
of Shares Purchased
as Part of Plan
Approximate Dollar Value
of Shares that may
Yet Be Purchased
As of July 4, 20222,239,367 $95.72 2,239,367 $785,647,294 
July 5, 2022 to July 31, 2022— — — 785,647,294 
August 1, 2022 to August 28, 2022— — — 785,647,294 
August 29, 2022 to September 30, 2022— — — 785,647,294 
As of September 30, 20222,239,367 $95.72 2,239,367 $785,647,294 
The repurchase of additional shares in the future will depend upon many factors, including the Company’s financial condition, liquidity and legal requirements, and may use funds received from its divestitures to support the common stock repurchase program.
Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities
None.

presides at all executive sessions28

Table of Contents

StockPerformance Graph
The following graph compares the cumulative total stockholder return on our Common Stock to the cumulative total return of the independent membersRussell 1000 Financial Index and Spectrum Peer Group selected in good faith, which is composed of the Boardfollowing companies (alphabetical order): Allegion PLC, Central Garden and Pet Company, Church & Dwight Co., Inc., Edgewell Personal Care Company, Energizer Holdings, Inc., Fortune Brands Home & Security, Inc., Hamilton Beach Brands Holding Company, Helen of Troy Limited, Newell Brands, Inc., Nu Skin Enterprises, Inc., Stanley Black & Decker, Inc., The Clorox Company, and The Scotts Miracle-Gro Company.
The comparison below assumes that $100 was invested in the common stock of SBH from September 30, 2017 until September 30, 2022. The comparison is based upon the closing price of the common stock, as applicable, and assumes the reinvestment of all dividends, if any. The returns of each of the companies in our peer group are weighted according to the respective company’s stock market capitalization at the beginning of each period for which a return is indicated. The stockholder return shown on the graph below is not necessarily indicative of future performance and will not make or endorse any predictions as to future stockholder returns.
spb-20220930_g10.jpg
ITEM 6.    RESERVED.



29

Table of Contents

ITEM 7.    MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
The following is management’s discussion of the financial results, liquidity and other key items related to our performance and should be read in conjunction with our Consolidated Financial Statements and related notes included elsewhere in this Annual Report. The following is a combined report of SBH and SB/RH, and the following discussion includes SBH and certain matters related to SB/RH as signified below. Unless the context indicates otherwise, the terms the “Company,” “we,” “our” or “us” are used to refer to SBH and its subsidiaries and SB/RH and its subsidiaries, collectively.
Business Overview
The following section provides a general description of our business as well as recent developments for the years ended September 30, 2022 and 2021, which we believe are important to understanding our results of operations, financial condition, and understanding anticipated future trends. Refer to Item 1 - Business and Note 1 – Description of Business in Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements, included elsewhere in this Annual Report for an overview of our business. For a discussion of our fiscal 2020 results, please refer to Item 7, "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" for the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended September 30, 2021 filed with the SEC on November 23, 2021.
Acquisitions, Divestitures and Other Business Development Initiatives
The Company periodically evaluates strategic transactions that may result in the acquisition of a business or assets that qualify as a business combination, or a divestiture of a business or assets that may be recognized as either a component of continuing operations or discontinued operations, depending on the significance to the consolidated group. Acquisitions may impact the comparability of the consolidated or segment financial information, with the inclusion of the operating results for the acquired business in periods subsequent to acquisition date, the inclusion of acquired assets, both tangible and intangible (including goodwill), and the related amortization, depreciation or other non-cash purchase accounting adjustments of acquired assets. Divestitures may impact the comparability of the consolidated or segment financial information with the recognition of an impairment loss when held for sale, gain or loss on disposition, or change in classification to discontinued operations for a qualifying transactions. Moreover, the comparability of consolidated or segment financial information may be impacted by incremental costs to facilitate and effect such transactions and initiatives to integrate acquired business or separate divested operations and assets with the consolidated group. The following strategic transactions have been considered as having a significant impact on the comparability of the financial results on the consolidated financial statements and segment financial information.
Tristar Business Acquisition - On February 18, 2022, the Company acquired 100% of the Tristar Business that includes a portfolio of home appliances and cookware products sold under the PowerXL®, Emeril, and Copper Chef® brands. The net assets and operating results of the Tristar Business are included in the Consolidated Financial Statements and reported within the HPC reporting segment as of and for the year ended September 30, 2022, effective as of the transaction date. See Note 4 - Acquisitions in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements, included elsewhere in this Annual Report, for further detail. In addition to the transaction costs of $13.5 million to effect the close of the transaction, recognized during the year ended September 30, 2022, the Company incurred incremental costs to combine and integrate the acquired business with the HPC segment, primarily towards the integration of systems and processes, merger of commercial operations and supply chain, professional fees to facilitate in the consolidation of financial records, plus incremental retention costs for personnel supporting the transition and integration efforts.Costs attributable to the integration of the Tristar Business were initiated with the close of the transaction and are projecting to continue through the year ending September 30, 2023.
Rejuvenate Acquisition - On May 28, 2021, the Company acquired 100% of the membership interests in For Life Products, LLC ("FLP"), a manufacturer of household cleaning, maintenance, and restoration products sold under the Rejuvenate® brand. The net assets and operating results of FLP are included in the Consolidated Financial Statements and reported within the H&G reporting segment as of and for the years ended September 30, 2022 and 2021, effective as of the transaction date. See Note 4 - Acquisitions in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements, included elsewhere in this Annual Report, for further detail. In addition to the transaction costs of $5.3 million to effect the close of the transaction, recognized during the year ended September 30, 2021, the Company incurred incremental costs to combine and integrate the acquired business with the H&G segment, primarily towards the integration of systems and processes, transfer of inventory and integration of distribution with an existing H&G distribution center, retention costs for personnel supporting transition and integration efforts, plus incremental trade spend realized from the alignment of commercial operations practices and policies (recognized as a reduction in net sales). Costs attributable to the integration of the Rejuvenate business have been substantially complete.
Armitage Acquisition - On October 26, 2020, the Company completed the acquisition of Armitage Pet Care Ltd ("Armitage"), a pet treats and toys business in Nottingham, UK including a portfolio of brands that include the dog treats brand, Good Boy®, cat treats brand, Meowee!®, and Wildbird® bird feed products, among others, that are predominantly sold within the UK. The net assets and results of operations of Armitage are included in the Consolidated Financial Statements and reported within the GPC reporting segment as of and for the years ended September 30, 2022 and 2021, effective as of the transaction date. See Note 4 - Acquisitions in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report, for further detail. In addition to the transaction costs of $5.1 million to effect the close of the transaction recognized during the year ended September 30, 2021, the Company incurred incremental costs to combine and integrate the acquired business with the GPC segment, primarily towards the integration of systems and processes, transfer of inventory and integration to existing GPC supply chain and distribution centers within the EMEA region, plus retention costs for personnel supporting the transition and integration efforts. Costs attributable to the integration of the Armitage business have been substantially complete.
Omega Acquisition - On March 10, 2020, the Company acquired Omega Sea, LLC ("Omega"), a manufacturer and marketer of premium fish foods and consumable goods for the home and commercial aquarium markets, primarily consisting of the Omega brand. The net assets and results of operations of Omega are included in the Consolidated Financial Statements and reported within GPC segment as of and for the years ended September 30, 2022 and 2021. The Company incurred incremental costs to combine and integrate the acquired business within the GPC segment, primarily towards the integration of systems and process, transfer of inventory and production to an existing GPC facility, including related exit and disposal costs of the assumed leased facility, related start-up costs and operational inefficiencies attributable to the transferred production, plus retention costs for personnel supporting the transition and integration after the transaction date. Costs attributable to the integration of the Omega business have been substantially complete.
30

Table of Contents

HHI Divestiture - On September 8, 2021, the Company entered into an Asset and Stock Purchase Agreement ("ASPA") with ASSA ABLOY AB ("ASSA") to sell its HHI segment. The consummation of the transaction is pending and subject to customary conditions, including the absence of a material adverse effect of HHI and certain antitrust conditions or other governmental restrictions, amongst others. On September 15, 2022, the DOJ filed a complaint seeking to enjoin the transaction and block the acquisition of the HHI division by ASSA. The Company expects that the trial will occur in April 2023. Both the Company and ASSA have stated their disagreement with the DOJ's concerns. The Company and ASSA will jointly defend the transaction in the litigation. ASSA has also announced that, to resolve all the alleged competitive concerns surrounding the acquisition of HHI, it has initiated a process to sell its Emtek and its smart residential business in the U.S. and Canada. The Company continues to recognize the HHI division as held for sale and as a component of our discontinued operations and are reported separately for all periods presented. The parties are committed to closing the HHI transaction and the Company and ASSA both continue to expect that they will obtain all the required governmental clearances and will close the HHI transaction. See Note 3 - Divestitures in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements, included elsewhere in this Annual Report for further detail. The Company has incurred incremental costs attributable to the pending transaction, primarily consisting of legal and professional fees to effect the realization of the ASPA, facilitate antitrust or other governmental restrictions to consummate the transaction, preparation for separation of systems and processes supporting the divested business and enabling functions under a transition services agreement ("TSA"), plus incremental retention costs for personnel supporting the transition efforts. Incremental costs are expected to be incurred through the consummation of the pending transaction to support TSA processes and mitigation following the close of the sale, which are expected to be incurred for a transition period of approximately 12-24 months following the close of the transaction.
HPC Separation - The Company has entered into various initiatives to facilitate a strategic separation of the Company's ownership in the HPC segment in the most advantageous way to realize value for both the HPC business through a spin, merger or other strategic transaction and the retained GPC and H&G businesses of the Company. Costs are primarily attributable to legal and professional fees incurred to assess strategic opportunities, evaluate transaction considerations for a potential separation, including tax and compliance implications to the consolidated group, costs directly attributable to the legal entity separation and transfer of net assets of the HPC operations from commingled operations of the Company, plus the segregation of systems and processes. The realization of the transaction, if any, is likely not to occur until after completion of the HHI divestiture discussed above. Costs attributable to the initiative are expected to be incurred until a transaction is realized or otherwise cancelled.
Coevorden Operations - On March 29, 2020, the Company completed the sale of its dog and cat food ("DCF") production facility and distribution center in Coevorden, Netherlands with United Petfood Producers NV ("UPP"). See Note 3 - Divestitures included in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report for further detail. Following the separation of the Coevorden Operations, the Company has incurred incremental costs attributable to a tolling charge for the continued production of DCF products through a three-year manufacturing agreement with the buyer entered into concurrently with the sale, rent charges associated with the transferred warehouse operated by the Company during an 18-month transition period following the sale, plus costs to facilitate the transfer of the warehouse operations to the buyer and the movement of inventory and distribution center operations from the Coevorden facility to a new distribution center supporting GPC operations in EMEA. Incremental costs attributable to the tolling arrangement are expected to be completed in March 2023.
The following is a summary of costs attributable to strategic transactions and business development costs for the respective projects during the years ended September 30, 2022 and 2021. In addition to the initiatives discussed above, the Company regularly engages in other business development initiatives that may incur incremental costs which may not result in a realized transaction or are less significant, and therefore have been separately disclosed and recognized as other project costs.
(in millions)20222021
Tristar Business acquisition and integration$24.3 $0.1 
Rejuvenate acquisition and integration6.8 10.8 
Armitage acquisition and integration1.4 10.9 
Omega integration4.6 1.3 
HHI divestiture6.3 9.6 
HPC separation initiatives19.1 14.2 
Coevorden operations separation8.8 11.6 
Other project costs1.0 5.4 
Total$72.3 $63.9 
Reported as:
Net sales$0.7 $— 
Cost of goods sold9.4 6.9 
General & administrative expense57.9 57.0 
Other non-operating expense, net4.3 — 
Restructuring and Optimization Initiatives
We continually seek and develop operating strategies to improve our operational efficiency, match our capacity and product costs to market demand and better utilize our manufacturing and distribution resources in order to reduce costs, increase revenues, and maintain or increase our current profit margins. We have undertaken various initiatives to reduce manufacturing and operating costs, which may have a significant impact on the comparability of financial results on the consolidated financial statements. These changes and updates are inherently difficult and are made even more difficult by current global economic conditions. Our ability to achieve the anticipated cost savings and other benefits from such operating strategies may be affected by a number of other macro-economic factors such as COVID-19, or inflation and increased interest rates, many of which are beyond our control. The following initiatives have been considered as having a significant impact on the comparability of the financial results on the consolidated financial statements and segment financial information.
Fiscal 2022 Restructuring - During the year ended September 30, 2022, the Company entered into a new initiative in response to changes observed within consumer products and retail markets, continued inflationary cost pressures and headwinds, resulting in the realization of a headcount reduction. See Note 5 - Restructuring Charges in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report for further detail on related exit or disposal costs attributable to this initiative. Costs attributable to the initiative are substantially complete as of September 30, 2022.
31

Table of Contents

Global ERP Transformation - During the year ended September 30, 2021, the Company entered into a SAP S/4 HANA ERP transformation project to upgrade and implement our enterprise-wide operating systems to SAP S/4 HANA on a global basis. This is a multi-year project that includes various costs, including software configuration and implementation costs that would be recognized as either capital expenditures or deferred costs in accordance with applicable accounting policies, with certain costs recognized as operating expense associated with project development and project management costs, and professional services with business partners engaged towards planning, design and business process review that would not qualify as software configuration and implementation costs. The Company has substantially completed the design phase of the project and has moved into the authoritybuild phase. Costs are anticipated to call meetingsbe incurred through various deployments expected through September 30, 2024.
GPC Distribution Transition - During the year ended September 30, 2021, the GPC segment entered into an initiative to update its supply chain and distribution operations within the U.S. to address capacity needs, optimize and improve fill rates attributable to recent growth in the business and consumer demand, and improve overall operational effectiveness and throughput. The initiative includes the transition of its third party logistics (3PL) service provider at its existing distribution center, incorporating new facilities into the distribution footprint by expanding warehouse capacity and securing additional space to support long-term distribution and fulfillment, plus updating engagement and processes with suppliers and its transportation and logistics handlers. Incremental costs include one-time transition, implementation and start-up cost with the new 3PL service provider, including the integration of provider systems and technology, incentive-based compensation to maintain performance during transition, duplicative and redundant costs, and incremental costs for various disruptions in the operations during the transition period including supplemental transportation and storage costs, incremental detention and demurrage costs. See Note 5 - Restructuring Charges in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report for further detail on costs attributable to the program. Additionally, the Company experienced an increase in customer fines and penalties during the transition period (recognized as a reduction in net sales). Costs attributable to the initiative are substantially complete as of September 30, 2022.
Global Productivity Improvement Program - During the year ended September 30, 2019, the Company initiated a company-wide, multi-year program, consisting of various restructuring related initiatives to redirect resources and spending to drive growth, identify cost savings and pricing opportunities through standardization and optimization, develop organizational and operating optimization, and reduce overall operational complexity across the Company. With the Company’s divestitures of GBL and GAC during the year ended September 30, 2019, the project focus included the transition of the independent membersCompany’s continuing operations in a post-divestiture environment and exiting of TSAs, which were fully exited in January 2022. The initiative included review of global processes and organization design and structures, headcount reductions and transfers, and rightsizing the Company’s shared operations and commercial business strategy and exit of certain internal production to third-party suppliers, among others, resulting in the recognition of severance benefits and other exit and disposal costs to facilitate such activity. See Note 5 - Restructuring Charges in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report for further detail on costs attributable to the program. Costs attributable to the initiative are substantially complete as of September 30, 2022.
HPC Brand Portfolio Transitions - In light of the Board;acquisition of the Tristar Business and the PowerXL® brand, the Company has initiated a project within its HPC segment to assess and evaluate the current utilization of tradenames and brands across its portfolio of home and kitchen appliance products. The project will require incremental costs to facilitate potential transitions of branded product offerings on global basis, including investment with our supply base and retail partners to manage inventory and transition new branded products to market. Costs are anticipated to be incurred through September 30, 2025.
Russia Closing Initiative - The Company initiated the closing of its in-country commercial operations in Russia supporting the HPC segment, and is assessing other commercial activity directly impacted by the Russia-Ukraine conflict. The Company has recognized impairment costs of inventory and receivables that are at risk of recoverability as the Company has discontinued importing products directly into Russia, impairment of long-lived assets and expected lease termination costs. The initiative also includes costs for severance and other exit and disposal costs to facilitate such activity. See Note 5 - Restructuring Charges in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this Annual report for further detail on exit and disposal costs attributable to the program. Cost attributable to the initiative are expected to be incurred through September 30, 2023.
The following is a summary of impact to operating results attributable to restructuring initiatives and other optimization projects, incurred for the respective projects during the years ended September 30, 2022 and 2021. In addition to the projects and initiatives discussed above, the Company regularly incurs cost and engages in less significant restructuring initiatives and optimization engagements that individually are not substantial and occur over a shorter time period (generally less than 12 months).
(in millions)20222021
Fiscal 2022 restructuring$9.8 $— 
Global ERP transformation13.1 4.3 
GPC distribution center transition35.8 15.2 
Global productivity improvement program5.1 21.2 
HPC brand portfolio transitions1.3 — 
Russia closing initiative1.9 — 
Other project costs11.1 2.0 
Total$78.1 $42.7 
Reported as:
Net sales$5.0 $3.7 
Cost of goods sold1.0 1.3 
Selling expense31.3 11.5 
General & administrative expense40.8 26.2 


32

Table of Contents

Refinancing Activity
The following recent financing activity has a significant impact on the comparability of financial results on the consolidated financial statements.
During the year ended September 30, 2022, the Company entered into the third amendment to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement (the "Credit Agreement") that provides for incremental capacity on the Revolver Facility of $500 million that was used to support the acquisition of the Tristar Business and the continuing operations and working capital requirements of the Company. Borrowings under the incremental capacity are subject to a borrowing rate which is subject to SOFR plus margin ranging from 1.75% to 2.75%, per annum or base rate plus margin ranging from 0.75% to 1.75% per annum, with an increase by 25 basis points 270 days after the effective date of the third amendment and an additional 25 basis points on each 90 day anniversary of such date.
During the year ended September 30, 2021, the Company completed its offering of $500.0 million aggregate principal amount of its 3.875% Notes and entered into a new Term Loan Facility in the aggregate principal amount of $400.0 million on March 3, 2021. The Company also redeemed $250.0 million of the 6.125% Notes and $550.0 million of the 5.75% Notes, with a call premium of $23.4 million and non-cash write-off of unamortized debt issuance costs of $7.9 million recognized as interest expense.
See Note 12 - Debt in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements, included elsewhere in this Annual Report for additional detail regarding debt and refinancing activity.
Russia-Ukraine Conflict
The impacts of the Russia-Ukraine conflict and the sanctions imposed by other nations in response to the conflict are evolving and may have an impact on the Company's consolidated operations and cash flow attributable to operations and distribution within the region. The Company does not maintain a significant level of operations within Ukraine and has discontinued importing goods and initiated the closing of its HPC operations within Russia. The Company does not maintain material assets within Russia, which mostly consist of working capital associated with the in-country distribution operations. The Company has adjusted our risks associated with the collectability and realizable value for working capital within the region. The Company continues to evaluate its strategy and existing operations within the surrounding territory as matters evolve. Depending on the strategic directions taken within the region and results from closing our HPC operations in Russia, there may be incremental costs or potential impairments to remediate.
COVID-19
The COVID-19 pandemic and the resulting regulations have caused economic and social disruptions that contribute to ongoing uncertainties and may have an impact on the operations, cash flow and net assets of the Company. Such impacts may include, but are not limited to, volatility of demand for our products; disruptions and cost implications in manufacturing and supply arrangements; inability of third parties to meet obligations under existing arrangements; and significant changes to the political and economic environments in which we manufacture, sell, and distribute our products. The Company expects a significant continuing inflationary environment, marked with higher manufacturing, employment, and logistics costs as well as continued constraints with transportation and supply chain disruptions. Additionally, there have also been changes in consumer needs and spending during the COVID-19 pandemic, and while we experienced an increase in demand for our products resulting from changes driven by the pandemic, our teams continue to monitor demand shifts and there can be no assurance as to the level of demand that will continue to prevail in future periods. We believe the severity and duration of the COVID-19 pandemic to be uncertain and may contribute to retail volatility and consumer purchase behavior changes.
The COVID-19 pandemic has not had a materially negative impact on the Company’s liquidity position and we have not observed any material impairments. We continue to actively monitor our global cash and liquidity, and if necessary, could reinitiate mitigating efforts to manage non-critical spending and assess operating spend to preserve cash and liquidity. We expect the ultimate significance of the impact on our financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows will be dictated by the length of time that such circumstances continue, which will ultimately depend on the unforeseeable duration and severity of the COVID-19 pandemic, the emergence of variants and the effectiveness of vaccines against these variants, and any governmental and public actions taken in response.
Inflation and Supply Chain Constraints
Our business continues to experience challenges towards product availability to meet customer demand. We have experienced increased labor shortages in the wake of the COVID-19 pandemic resulting in transportation and supply chain disruptions. Together with labor shortages and higher demand for talent, the current economic environment is driving higher wages. Our ability to meet labor needs, control wage and labor-related costs and minimize labor disruptions will be key to our success of operating our business and executing our business strategies. Furthermore, our business is operating in an inflationary environment, which has negatively impacted our gross margin rates. We are unable to predict how long the current inflationary environment, including increased energy costs, will continue. Additionally, we have experienced further supply chain disruptions from unanticipated shutdowns in our supply base and limitations within transportation and logistics impacting availability and increasing freight costs within the overall global supply chain. We expect the economic environment to remain uncertain as we navigate the current geopolitical environment, the COVID-19 pandemic, labor challenges, supply chain constraints and the current inflationary environment, including increasing energy and commodity prices.
33

Table of Contents

Non-GAAP Measurements
Our consolidated and segment results contain non-GAAP metrics such as organic net sales and Adjusted EBITDA (earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization). While we believe organic net sales and Adjusted EBITDA are useful supplemental information, such adjusted results are not intended to replace our financial results in accordance with Accounting Principles Generally Accepted in the United States (“GAAP”) and should be read in conjunction with those GAAP results.
Organic Net Sales. We define organic net sales as net sales excluding the effect of changes in foreign currency exchange rates and/or impact from acquisitions (where applicable). We believe this non-GAAP measure provides useful information to investors because it reflects regional and segment performance from our activities without the effect of changes in currency exchange rate and/or acquisitions. We use organic net sales as one measure to monitor and evaluate our regional and segment performance. Organic growth is calculated by comparing organic net sales to net sales in the prior year. The effect of changes in currency exchange rates is determined by translating the period’s net sales using the currency exchange rates that were in effect during the prior comparative period. Net sales are attributed to the geographic regions based on the country of destination. We exclude net sales from acquired businesses in the current year for which there are no comparable sales in the prior period.
The following is a reconciliation of net sales to organic net sales of SBH and SB/RH for the year ended September 30, 2022 compared to net sales for the year ended September 30, 2021:

September 30, 2022Net Sales September 30, 2021Variance
(in millions, except %)Net SalesEffect of Changes in CurrencyNet Sales Excluding Effect of Changes in CurrencyEffect of Acquisitions
Organic
Net Sales
HPC$1,370.1 $59.0 $1,429.1 $(189.7)$1,239.4 $1,260.1 $(20.7)(1.6 %)
GPC1,175.3 35.9 1,211.2 (8.8)1,202.4 1,129.9 72.5 6.4 %
H&G587.1 — 587.1 (26.6)560.5 608.1 (47.6)(7.8 %)
Total$3,132.5 $94.9 $3,227.4 $(225.1)$3,002.3 $2,998.1 $4.2 0.1 %



serves34

Table of Contents

Adjusted EBITDA. Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP metric used by management that we believe provides useful information to investors because it reflects the ongoing operating performance and trends of our segments, excluding certain non-cash based expenses and/or non-recurring items during each of the comparable periods. It also facilitates comparisons between peer companies since interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization can differ greatly between organizations as liaisona result of differing capital structures and tax strategies. Adjusted EBITDA is also used for determining compliance with the Company’s debt covenants. See Note 12 - Debt in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report for additional detail.
EBITDA is calculated by excluding the Company’s income tax expense, interest expense, depreciation expense and amortization expense (from intangible assets) from net income. Adjusted EBITDA further excludes:
Stock based compensation costs consists of costs associated with long-term compensation arrangements that generally consist of non-cash stock based compensation. During the year ended September 30, 2021, compensation costs included incentive bridge awards previously issued due to changes in the Company's Long-Term Incentive Plan ('LTIP") that allowed for cash based payment upon employee election but do not quality for share based compensation, which were fully vested in November 2020. See Note 18 - Share Based Compensation in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements, included elsewhere in this Annual Report, for further details;
Incremental amounts attributable to strategic transactions and business development initiatives including, but not limited to, the acquisition or divestitures of a business, costs to effect and facilitate a transaction, including such cost to integrate or separate the respective business. These amounts are excluded from our performance metrics as they are reflective of incremental investment by the Company towards business development activities, incremental costs attributable to such transactions and are not considered recurring or reflective of the continuing ongoing operations of the consolidated group or segments;
Incremental amounts realized towards restructuring and optimization projects including, but not limited to, costs towards the development and implementation of strategies to optimize operations and improve efficiency, reduce costs, increase revenues, increase or maintain our current profit margins, including recognition of one-time exit or disposal costs. These amounts are excluded from our ongoing performance metrics as they are reflective of incremental investment by the Company towards significant initiatives controlled by management, incremental costs directly attributable to such initiatives, indirect impact or disruption to operating performance during implementation, and are not considered recurring or reflective of the continuing ongoing operations of the consolidated group or segments;
Unallocated shared costs associated with discontinued operations from certain shared and center-led administrative functions supporting the Company's business units excluded from income from discontinued operations as they are not a direct cost of the discontinued business but a result of indirect allocations, including but not limited to, information technology, human resources, finance and accounting, supply chain, and commercial operations. Amounts attributable to unallocated shared costs would be mitigated through subsequent strategic or restructuring initiatives, TSAs, elimination of extraneous costs, or re-allocations or absorption of existing continuing operations following the completed sale of the discontinued operations. See Note 3 - Divestitures in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report for further details;
Non-cash purchase accounting adjustments recognized in earnings from continuing operations subsequent to an acquisition, including, but not limited to, the costs attributable to the step-up in inventory value and the incremental value in operating lease assets with below market rent, among others;
Non-cash gain from the remeasurement of the contingent consideration liability recognized during the year ended September 30, 2022, associated with the Tristar Business acquisition. See Note 4 - Acquisitions in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report for further details;
Non-cash asset impairments or write-offs realized and recognized in earnings from continuing operations;
Gains attributable to the Company’s investment in Energizer common stock. During the year ended September 30, 2021, the Company sold its remaining shares in Energizer common stock. See Note 7 – Fair Value of Financial Instruments in Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements, included elsewhere in this Annual Report, for further details;
Incremental reserves for non-recurring litigation or environmental remediation activity including the proposed settlement on outstanding litigation matters at our H&G division attributable to significant and unusual nonrecurring claims with no previous history or precedent recognized during the years ended September 30, 2022 and 2021. See Note 20 – Commitments and Contingencies in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report for further detail;
Early settlement on certain foreign currency cash flow hedges in our EMEA region prior to their stated maturity due to changes in the Company's legal entity organizational structure and forecasted purchasing strategy of HPC finished goods inventory within the region, resulting in the recognition of realized gains during the third quarter ended July 3, 2022, plus the proforma effect of assumed losses following the early settlement date for the subsequent settlement periods through the original stated maturities. See Note 14- Derivatives in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements, included elsewhere in this Annual Report for further details;
Incremental costs recognized by the HPC segment attributable to the realization of product recalls initiated by the Company during the year ended September 30, 2022. See Note 20 - Commitments and Contingencies in Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements, included elsewhere in this Annual Report for further details; and
Other adjustments primarily attributable to (1) costs associated with Salus operations as they are not considered a components of the continuing commercial products company and (2) other key executive severance related costs (3) asset write-off for exit of certain GPC brands within China during year ended September 30, 2022, and (4) write-off of cost based investment previously held by the GPC segment during the year ended September 30, 2022.

35

Table of Contents

The following is a reconciliation of net income (loss) from continuing operations to Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin for SBH and its segments for the year ended September 30, 2022.
(in millions)HPCGPCH&GCorporateConsolidated
Net income (loss) from continuing operations$25.4 $75.2 $57.2 $(234.8)$(77.0)
Income tax benefit— — — (13.3)(13.3)
Interest expense— — — 99.4 99.4 
Depreciation12.4 14.8 7.2 14.6 49.0 
Amortization16.3 22.6 11.4 — 50.3 
EBITDA54.1 112.6 75.8 (134.1)108.4 
Share and incentive based compensation— — — 10.2 10.2 
Tristar Business acquisition and integration24.3 — — — 24.3 
Rejuvenate integration— — 6.8 — 6.8 
Armitage integration— 1.4 — — 1.4 
Omega production integration— 4.6 — — 4.6 
HHI divestiture— — — 6.3 6.3 
HPC separation initiatives— — — 19.1 19.1 
Coevorden operations divestiture— 8.8 — — 8.8 
Fiscal 2022 restructuring initiatives4.9 3.6 0.7 0.6 9.8 
Global ERP transformation— — — 13.1 13.1 
GPC distribution center transition— 35.8 — — 35.8 
Global productivity improvement program2.4 0.8 — 1.9 5.1 
Russia closing initiatives1.9 — — — 1.9 
HPC brand portfolio transitions1.3 — — — 1.3 
Other project costs0.5 0.1 — 11.5 12.1 
Unallocated shared costs— — — 27.6 27.6 
Non-cash purchase accounting adjustments8.3 — — — 8.3 
Gain from remeasurement of contingent consideration liability(28.5)— — — (28.5)
Legal and environmental— — 1.5 — 1.5 
Early settlement of foreign currency cash flow hedges(5.1)— — — (5.1)
HPC product recall5.5 — — — 5.5 
Salus and other adjustments— 0.9 1.4 2.5 4.8 
Adjusted EBITDA$69.6 $168.6 $86.2 $(41.3)$283.1 
Net Sales$1,370.1 $1,175.3 $587.1 $— $3,132.5 
Adjusted EBITDA Margin5.1 %14.3 %14.7 %— 9.0 %
36

Table of Contents

The following is a reconciliation of net income (loss) from continuing operations to Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin for SBH and its segments for the year ended September 30, 2021.
(in millions)HPCGPCH&GCorporateConsolidated
Net income (loss) from continuing operations$46.1 $127.7 $83.7 $(242.2)$15.3 
Income tax benefit— — — (26.4)(26.4)
Interest expense— — — 116.5 116.5 
Depreciation13.8 15.4 8.1 14.6 51.9 
Amortization30.2 23.8 11.1 — 65.1 
EBITDA90.1 166.9 102.9 (137.5)222.4 
Share and incentive based compensation— — — 29.4 29.4 
Tristar Business acquisition— — — 0.1 0.1 
Rejuvenate acquisition and integration— — 10.8 — 10.8 
Armitage acquisition and integration— 10.9 — — 10.9 
Omega production integration— 1.3 — — 1.3 
HHI divestiture— — — 9.6 9.6 
HPC separation initiatives— — — 14.2 14.2 
Coevorden operations divestiture— 11.6 — — 11.6 
Global ERP transformation— — — 4.3 4.3 
GPC distribution center transition— 15.2 — — 15.2 
Global productivity improvement program8.0 2.4 0.4 10.4 21.2 
Other project costs4.5 0.4 — 2.5 7.4 
Unallocated shared costs— — — 26.9 26.9 
Non-cash purchase accounting adjustments— 3.4 3.9 — 7.3 
Gain on Energizer investment— — — (6.9)(6.9)
Legal and environmental— — 6.0 — 6.0 
Salus and other adjustments— — — 0.1 0.1 
Adjusted EBITDA$102.6 $212.1 $124.0 $(46.9)$391.8 
Net Sales$1,260.1 $1,129.9 $608.1 $— $2,998.1 
Adjusted EBITDA Margin8.1 %18.8 %20.4 %— 13.1 %

37

Table of Contents

The following is a reconciliation of net income (loss) from continuing operations to Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin for SB/RH and its segments for the year ended September 30, 2022.
(in millions)HPCGPCH&GCorporateConsolidated
Net income (loss) from continuing operations$25.4 $75.2 $57.2 $(232.8)$(75.0)
Income tax benefit— — — (12.9)(12.9)
Interest expense— — — 99.8 99.8 
Depreciation12.4 14.8 7.2 14.6 49.0 
Amortization16.3 22.6 11.4 — 50.3 
EBITDA54.1 112.6 75.8 (131.3)111.2 
Share and incentive based compensation— — — 9.1 9.1 
Tristar Business acquisition and integration24.3 — — — 24.3 
Rejuvenate integration— — 6.8 — 6.8 
Armitage integration— 1.4 — — 1.4 
Omega production integration— 4.6 — — 4.6 
HHI divestiture— — — 6.3 6.3 
HPC separation initiatives— — — 19.1 19.1 
Coevorden operations divestiture— 8.8 — — 8.8 
Fiscal 2022 restructuring initiatives4.9 3.6 0.7 0.6 9.8 
Global ERP transformation— — — 13.1 13.1 
GPC distribution center transition— 35.8 — — 35.8 
Global productivity improvement program2.4 0.8 — 1.9 5.1 
Russia closing initiatives1.9 — — — 1.9 
HPC brand portfolio transitions1.3 — — — 1.3 
Other project costs0.5 0.1 — 11.5 12.1 
Unallocated shared costs— — — 27.6 27.6 
Non-cash purchase accounting adjustments8.3 — — — 8.3 
Gain from remeasurement of contingent consideration liability(28.5)— — — (28.5)
Legal and environmental— — 1.5 — 1.5 
Early settlement of foreign currency cash flow hedges(5.1)— — — (5.1)
HPC product recall5.5 — — — 5.5 
Other— 0.9 1.4 2.2 4.5 
Adjusted EBITDA$69.6 $168.6 $86.2 $(39.9)$284.5 
Net Sales$1,370.1 $1,175.3 $587.1 $— $3,132.5 
Adjusted EBITDA Margin5.1 %14.3 %14.7 %— 9.1 %
38

Table of Contents

The following is a reconciliation of net income (loss) from continuing operations to Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin for SB/RH and its segments for the year ended September 30, 2021.
(in millions)HPCGPCH&GCorporateConsolidated
Net income (loss) from continuing operations$46.1 $127.7 $83.7 $(240.2)$17.3 
Income tax benefit— — — (25.0)(25.0)
Interest expense— — — 116.8 116.8 
Depreciation13.8 15.4 8.1 14.6 51.9 
Amortization30.2 23.8 11.1 — 65.1 
EBITDA90.1 166.9 102.9 (133.8)226.1 
Share and incentive based compensation— — — 27.7 27.7 
Tristar Business acquisition— — — 0.1 0.1 
Rejuvenate acquisition and integration— — 10.8 — 10.8 
Armitage acquisition and integration— 10.9 — — 10.9 
Omega production integration— 1.3 — — 1.3 
HHI divestiture— — — 9.6 9.6 
HPC separation initiatives— — — 14.2 14.2 
Coevorden operations divestiture— 11.6 — — 11.6 
Global ERP transformation— — — 4.3 4.3 
GPC distribution center transition— 15.2 — — 15.2 
Global productivity improvement program8.0 2.4 0.4 10.4 21.2 
Other project costs4.5 0.4 — 2.5 7.4 
Unallocated shared costs— — — 26.9 26.9 
Non-cash purchase accounting adjustments— 3.4 3.9 — 7.3 
Gain on Energizer investment— — — (6.9)(6.9)
Legal and environmental— — 6.0 — 6.0 
Other— — — 0.1 0.1 
Adjusted EBITDA$102.6 $212.1 $124.0 $(44.9)$393.8 
Net Sales$1,260.1 $1,129.9 $608.1 $— $2,998.1 
Adjusted EBITDA Margin8.1 %18.8 %20.4 %— 13.1 %

39

Table of Contents

Consolidated Results of Operations
The following section provides an analysis of our operations for the years ended September 30, 2022 and 2021. For a discussion of our fiscal 2020 results, please refer to Item 7, "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" for the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended September 30, 2021 filed with the SEC on November 23, 2021.
SBH
The following is summarized consolidated results of operations for SBH for the years ended September 30, 2022 and 2021, respectively:
(in millions, except %)20222021Variance
Net sales$3,132.5 $2,998.1 $134.4 4.5 %
Gross profit990.4 1,034.6 (44.2)(4.3 %)
Gross profit margin31.6 %34.5 %(290)bps
Operating expenses$967.2 $937.5 $29.7 3.2 %
Interest expense99.4 116.5 (17.1)(14.7 %)
Other non-operating expense (income), net14.1 (8.3)22.4 n/m
Income tax benefit(13.3)(26.4)13.1 (49.6 %)
Net (loss) income from continuing operations(77.0)15.3 (92.3)n/m
Income from discontinued operations, net of tax149.7 174.3 (24.6)(14.1 %)
Net income72.7 189.6 (116.9)(61.7 %)
n/m = not meaningful
Net Sales. The following is a summary of net sales by segment for the years ended September 30, 2022 and 2021 and the principal components of changes in net sales for the respective periods.
(in millions, except %)20222021Variance
HPC$1,370.1 $1,260.1 $110.0 8.7 %
GPC1,175.3 1,129.9 45.4 4.0 %
H&G587.1 608.1 (21.0)(3.5 %)
Net Sales$3,132.5 $2,998.1 134.4 4.5 %
(in millions)2022
Net Sales for the year ended September 30, 2021$2,998.1 
Increase due to acquisition225.1 
Increase in GPC72.5 
Decrease in HPC(20.7)
Decrease in H&G(47.6)
Foreign currency impact, net(94.9)
Net Sales for the year ended September 30, 2022$3,132.5 
Gross Profit. Gross profit and gross profit margin for the year ended September 30, 2022 decreased primarily due to accelerated freight and input cost inflation pacing ahead of pricing actions taken during the year, increased costs attributable to constrained supply chain and lower volumes compared to the prior year which benefited from reopening trends and stimulus spending.
Operating Expenses. Operating expenses for the year ended September 30, 2022 increased due to higher selling expenses of $79.1 million from higher distribution and transportation costs, increase in warehousing and inventory management costs, operating inefficiencies from labor inflation and turnover, and decrease in general and administrative costs of $17.8 million primarily from reduction in incentive related compensation costs and cost saving initiatives during the second half of the year, partially offset by increased expenses towards strategic transaction and other restructuring related initiatives during the year, plus realized gain of $28.5 million from the contingent consideration liability associated with the Tristar Business acquisition. See Note 4 - Acquisitions in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report for additional detail.
Interest Expense. Interest expense for the year ended September 30, 2022, decreased due to one-time refinancing charges in the prior year, offset by a higher level of outstanding borrowings on the Revolver Facility used to fund the Tristar Business acquisitions and working capital requirements with increased borrowing rates on variable rate debt. See Note 12 - Debt in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report.
Other Non-Operating Expense, Net. Other non-operating expense, net for the year ended September 30, 2022 increased due to unfavorable foreign currency exchange rates, primarily from the weakening of the British Pound and Euro, with realized gains in the prior year from our previously held investment in Energizer common stock, which was sold in January 2021. See Note 7 - Fair Value of Financial Instruments in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report for additional detail.
Income Taxes. The effective tax rate was 14.8% for the year ended September 30, 2022 compared to 237.8% for the year ended September 30, 2021. Our annual effective tax rate is significantly impacted by income earned outside the U.S. that is subject to U.S. tax including the U.S. tax on global intangible low taxed income, certain nondeductible expenses, state income taxes, and foreign rates that differ from the U.S. federal statutory rate. The tax expense for the year ended September 30, 2022 was significantly impacted by a valuation allowance increase and share based compensation. Pretax income from continuing operations in the year ended September 30, 2021 was close to breakeven and therefore many items have a sizeable impact on the effective tax rate. The tax expense for the year ended September 30, 2021 was also significantly impacted by valuation allowance release, tax expense due to an increase to the United Kingdom's future tax rate, and tax benefits from retroactive law changes for global intangible low taxed income. See Note 16 – Income Taxes in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements, included elsewhere in this Annual Report for additional detail.
40

Table of Contents

Income From Discontinued Operations. Discontinued operations primarily reflects the income from the discontinued operations of the HHI business and the incremental changes to tax and legal indemnifications associated with the Company's previous divestitures of its Global Batteries and Lighting ("GBL") and Global Auto Care ("GAC") divisions. Income from discontinued operations attributable to the HHI business decreased during the year ended September 30, 2022 due to lower sales volume following post-pandemic volumes in the prior year, increasing inflationary costs and higher freight spend outpacing pricing actions taken during the year, partially offset by lower depreciation and amortization while held for sale. See Note 3 - Divestitures in Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report for additional detail.
SB/RH
The following is summarized consolidated results of operations for SB/RH for the years ended September 30, 2022 and 2021:
(in millions, except %)20222021Variance
Net sales$3,132.5 $2,998.1 $134.4 4.5 %
Gross profit990.4 1,034.6 (44.2)(4.3 %)
Gross profit margin31.6 %34.5 %(290)bps
Operating expenses$964.5 $933.8 $30.7 3.3 %
Interest expense99.8 116.8 (17.0)(14.6 %)
Other non-operating expense (income), net14.0 (8.3)22.3 n/m
Income tax benefit(12.9)(25.0)12.1 (48.4 %)
Net (loss) income from continuing operations(75.0)17.3 (92.3)n/m
Income from discontinued operations, net of tax149.7 174.3 (24.6)(14.1 %)
Net income74.7 191.6 (116.9)(61.0 %)
n/m = not meaningful
For the years ended September 30, 2022 and 2021, the change in net sales, gross profit and gross profit margin, operating expenses, interest expense and other non-operating expenses (income) are primarily attributable to changes in SBH previously discussed. Income from discontinued operations is attributable to SBH previously discussed. The effective tax rate was 14.6% for the year ended September 30, 2022 compared to 324.7% for the year ended September 30, 2021. The change in tax rate is primarily attributable to the changes in SBH previously discussed.
Segment Financial Data
This section provides an analysis of our results of reportable segments for the years ended September 30, 2022 and 2021. For a discussion of our fiscal 2020 results, please refer to Item 7, "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" for the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended September 30, 2021 filed with the SEC on November 23, 2021.
Home & Personal Care (HPC)
(in millions, except %)20222021Variance
Net sales$1,370.1 $1,260.1 $110.0 8.7 %
Operating income30.2 46.4 (16.2)(34.9)%
Operating income margin2.2 %3.7 %(150)bps
Adjusted EBITDA$69.6 $102.6 $(33.0)(32.2 %)
Adjusted EBITDA margin5.1 %8.1 %(300)bps
Net sales for the year ended September 30, 2022 increased due to acquisition sales from the Tristar Business of $189.7 million, with significant unfavorable foreign currency impact of $59.0 million, predominantly impacting EMEA sales due to the weakening of the British Pound and Euro, and resulting in a decrease in organic net sales of $20.7 million, or 1.6%. The decrease is be attributable to lower category demand compared to prior year reopening trends and reduced replenishment orders in the second half of the year driven by high retail inventory levels, partially offset by positive pricing adjustments on inflationary costs, strong market growth in LATAM driven by higher consumer demand and expanded distribution and post-pandemic gains in garment care product categories.
Operating income, adjusted EBITDA and margins for the year ended September 30, 2022 decreased due to accelerated freight and input cost inflation ahead of incremental pricing actions taken during the year, incremental distribution and inventory management costs due to supply chain challenges, negative impact of foreign currency with the weakening of the British Pound and Euro, with incremental transaction and integration related costs attributable to the Tristar Business acquisition and related non-cash purchase accounting adjustments further impacting operating income and margin, partially offset by the recognition of a $28.5 million gain from the remeasurement of contingent consideration liability associated with the Tristar Business acquisition. See Note 4 -Acquisitions for further detail on Tristar Business acquisition.

41

Table of Contents

Global Pet Care (GPC)
(in millions, except %)20222021Variance
Net sales$1,175.3 $1,129.9 $45.4 4.0 %
Operating income78.3 129.9 (51.6)(39.7 %)
Operating income margin6.7 %11.5 %(480)bps
Adjusted EBITDA$168.6 $212.1 $(43.5)(20.5 %)
Adjusted EBITDA margin14.3 %18.8 %(450)bps
Net sales for the year ended September 30, 2022 increased with greater demand in dog chews and treats and aquatic consumables partially offset by lower sales on hard goods and aquatic equipment fueled by new hobbyist that entered the category during the pandemic. Pricing adjustments implemented during the year to address inflationary costs positively impacted net sales with improved fulfillment following transitions at our U.S. distribution center, partially mitigated by a temporary shut-down of key supplier manufacturing facilities and supply chain capacity constraints impacting fulfillment earlier in the fiscal year and the weakening of the British Pound and Euro negatively impacting EMEA sales. Organic net sales increased $72.5 million, or 6.4% excluding significant unfavorable foreign exchange impact of $35.9 million and acquisition sales from Armitage of $8.8 million.
Operating income, adjusted EBITDA and margins for the year ended September 30, 2022 decreased due to higher freight and input cost inflation ahead of pricing actions, additional distribution and inventory management costs, operating cost inefficiencies from distribution transitions and labor turnover, unfavorable product mix, and negative impact of foreign currency with the weakening of the British Pound and Euro, with incremental costs to facilitate the transition of its U.S. distribution operations further impacting operating income and margin.
Home & Garden (H&G)
(in millions, except %)20222021Variance
Net sales$587.1 $608.1 $(21.0)(3.5 %)
Operating income57.3 83.7 (26.4)(31.5 %)
Operating income margin9.8 %13.8 %(400)bps
Adjusted EBITDA$86.2 $124.0 $(37.8)(30.5 %)
Adjusted EBITDA margin14.7 %20.4 %(570)bps
Net sales for the year ended September 30, 2022 decreased primarily from unfavorable weather conditions across the U.S. with a cold, wet start to the season and excess heat and drought conditions late in the season driving down demand, most significantly impacting repellent products, and reducing POS and foot traffic at home center retailers which adversely impacted sales across all categories, increased retail inventory levels and reduced retailer replenishment orders. Net sales were positively impacted by pricing adjustments implemented during the year to address inflationary costs and acquisition sales from Rejuvenate of $26.6 million. Organic net sales decreased $47.6 million, or 7.8%, excluding acquisition sales.
Operating income, adjusted EBITDA and margins for the year ended September 30, 2022 decreased due to lower volumes, higher freight and input cost inflation outpacing pricing actions taken during the year and unfavorable product mix.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
This section provides a discussion of our financial condition and an analysis of our cash flows for the years ended September 30, 2022 and 2021. For a discussion of our fiscal 2020 results, please refer to Item 7, "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" for the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended September 30, 2021 filed with the SEC on November 23, 2021. This section also provides a discussion of our contractual operations and other commercial commitments as well as our ability to fund future commitments and operating activities through sources of capital as of September 30, 2022.
The following is a summary of the Company’s net cash flows from continuing operations for the years ended September 30, 2022 and 2021:
SBHSB/RH
(in millions)2022202120222021
Operating activities$(231.5)$89.2 $(263.5)$81.7 
Investing activities$(335.9)$(400.7)$(335.9)$(400.7)
Financing activities$490.7 $(206.9)$523.1 $(197.1)
Cash flows from operating activities
Cash flows from operating activities by SBH continuing operations for the year ended September 30, 2022 decreased $320.7 million due to a decrease in operating results with an increase in cash towards inflationary costs on raw materials and products, labor and freight, and increased supply chain costs contributing to higher inventory levels, plus increase in cash paid towards strategic transactions and other restructuring related initiatives. Cash flows used in SB/RH continuing operations decreased $345.2 million primarily due to the SBH items previously discussed.
Cash flows from investing activities
Cash flows used in investing activities by SBH continuing operations for the year ended September 30, 2022 decreased $64.8 million primarily due to the decrease in cash used for acquisitions, net of cash acquired, for the purchase of the Tristar Business of $272.1 million compared to the purchase of Armitage and Rejuvenate for $429.9 million in the prior year, offset by the net proceeds from the sale of Energizer common stock of $73.1 million in the prior year, with an increase in capital expenditures of $20.4 million predominantly due to incremental investment in updating the Company's enterprise-wide operating systems. Cash flow used in investing activities for SB/RH continuing operations decreased due to the SBH items previously discussed.
42

Table of Contents

Cash flows from financing activities
Cash flows provided by financing activities by SBH continuing operations increased $697.6 million for the year ended September 30, 2022 primarily due to increased borrowings on the Revolver Facility to support the Tristar Business acquisition and working capital requirements, partially offset by an increase in stock repurchase activity earlier in the year and higher share based stock award withholding payments from the vesting of LTIP grants. During the year ended September 30, 2022, the Company realized $740.0 million of proceeds from the Revolver Facility with amortizing payment on other outstanding debt of $12.7 million. Refer to Note 12 - Debt in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report for additional information. During the year ended September 30, 2022 the Company repurchased $134.0 million of treasury stock at an average cost of $97.34, primarily through the Company's 10b5-1 repurchase plan. There was no issuance of common stock, other than through the Company's share-based compensation plan and which is recognized as a non-cash financing activity. See Note 17 - Shareholder's Equity and Note 18 - Share Based Compensation in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report for additional information. Cash dividend payments decreased due to lower shares outstanding with a consistent quarterly dividend rate of $0.42 per shares. Cash flows from financing activities for SB/RH continuing operations for the year ended September 30, 2022 are highly dependent upon the financing cash flow activity of SBH.
Liquidity Outlook
Our ability to generate significant cash flow from operating activities coupled with our expected ability to access the credit markets, enables us to execute our growth strategies and return value to our shareholders. Our ability to make principal and interest payments on borrowings under our debt agreements and our ability to fund planned capital expenditures will depend on the ability to generate cash in the future, which, to a certain extent, is subject to general economic, financial, competitive, regulatory and other conditions. Based upon our current level of operations, existing cash balances, the anticipated proceeds from HHI divestitures and availability under our credit facility, we expect cash flows from operations to be sufficient to meet our operating and capital expenditure requirements for at least the next 12 months. Additionally, we believe the availability under our credit facility and access to capital markets are sufficient to achieve our longer-term strategic plans. As of September 30, 2022, the Company had borrowing availability of $342.4 million, net of outstanding letters of credit of $17.6 million, under our credit facility. Liquidity and capital resources of SB/RH are highly dependent upon the cash flow activities of SBH.
Short-term financing needs primarily consist of working capital requirements, restructuring initiatives, capital spending, and periodic principal and interest payments on our long-term debt. Long-term financing needs depend largely on potential growth opportunities, including acquisition activity, repayment or refinancing of our long-term obligations, and repurchases of our common stock. We may, from time-to-time, seek to repurchase shares of our common stock. Such repurchases, if any, will depend on prevailing market conditions, our liquidity requirements, and other factors. During the fourth quarter ended September 30, 2021, SBH entered into a $150 million rule 10b5-1 repurchase to facilitate daily market share repurchases through September 2022 or until the cap was reached or agreement was terminated. The Company completed share repurchases under its $150 million rule 10b5-1 repurchase plan during the year ended September 30, 2022. On August 16, 2022, the Inflation Reduction Act of 2022 ("IRD") was enacted into law which imposes a 1% excise tax on stock repurchases made after December 31, 2022. See Note 17 - Shareholder's Equity in Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report for additional information. Our long-term liquidity may be influenced by our ability to borrow additional funds, renegotiate existing debt, and raise equity under terms that are favorable to us. We also have long-term obligations associated with defined benefit plans with expected minimum required contributions that are not considered significant to the consolidated group.
We maintain a capital structure that we believe provides us with sufficient access to credit markets. When combined with strong levels of cash flow from operations, our capital structure has provided the flexibility necessary to pursue strategic growth opportunities and return value to our shareholders. The Company’s access to capital markets and financing costs may depend on the Company’s credit ratings. None of the Company’s current borrowings are subject to default or acceleration as a result of a downgrading of credit ratings, although a downgrade of the Company’s credit ratings could increase fees and interest charges on future borrowings. At September 30, 2022, we were in compliance with all covenants under the Credit Agreement and the indentures governing the 5.75% Notes due July 15, 2025, the 4.00% Notes due October 1, 2026, the 5.00% Notes due October 1, 2029, the 5.50% Notes due July 15, 2030, and the 3.875% Notes due March 15, 2031. Subsequent to the year ended September 30, 2022, on November 17, 2022, the Company entered into an amendment to the Credit Agreement to temporarily increase the maximum consolidated total net leverage ratio permitted to be no greater than 7.0 to 1.0, before returning to 6.0 to 1.0 at the earliest of (i) September 29, 2023, or (ii) 10 business days after the closing of the HHI divestiture or receipt of the related termination fee.
A portion of our cash balance is located outside the U.S. given our international operations. We manage our worldwide cash requirements centrally by reviewing available cash balances across our worldwide group and the cost effectiveness with which this cash can be accessed. We generally repatriate cash from non-U.S. subsidiaries, provided the cost of the repatriation is not considered material. The counterparties that hold our deposits consist of major financial institutions. At September 30, 2022, we believe there is approximately $40-60 million of foreign cash available for repatriation.
The majority of our business is not considered seasonal with a year round selling cycle that is overall consistent during the fiscal year with the exception of our H&G segment. H&G sales typically peak during the first six months of the calendar year (the Company's second and third fiscal quarters) due to customer seasonal purchasing patterns and the timing of promotional activity. This seasonality requires the Company to ship large quantities of product ahead of peak consumer buying season that can impact cash flow demands to meet manufacturing and inventory requirements earlier in the fiscal year, as well as extended credit terms and/or promotional discounts throughout the peak season.
From time to time, the Company enters into factoring agreements and customers' supply chain financing arrangements to provide for the sale of certain trade receivables to unrelated third-party financial institutions. The factored receivables are accounted for as a sale without recourse, and the balance of the receivables sold are removed from the Consolidated Balance Sheet at the time of the sales transaction, with the proceeds received recognized as an operating cash flow. Amounts received from customers for factored receivables are recognized as a payable and remitted to the factor based upon the terms of the factoring agreements. The Company has factored certain of its trade receivables as of and during the year ended September 30, 2022. Additionally, the Company facilitates a voluntary supply chain financing program to provide certain of its suppliers with the opportunity to sell receivables due from the Company (the Company's trade payables) to an unrelated third-party financial institution under the sole discretion of the supplier and the participating financial institution. There are no guarantees provided by the Company or its subsidiaries and we do not enter into any agreements with the suppliers regarding their participation. The Company's responsibility is limited to payments on the original terms negotiated with its suppliers, regardless of whether the suppliers sell their receivables to the financial institution, and continue to be recognized as accounts payable on the Company's Consolidated Statement of Financial Position with cash flow activity recognized as an operating cash flow.
43

Table of Contents

The COVID-19 pandemic has not, as of the date of this report, materially impacted our operations or demand for our products and has not had a materially negative impact on the Company’s liquidity position. The Company has realized supply chain disruptions which has impacted our cash flow to facilitate increased investment in inventory to ensure timely supply to meet customer demands along with shortened payment dates for some suppliers to account for longer shipping cycles. There can be no assurance that it won't have a material negative impact on us in the future. Nonetheless, we continue to actively monitor our global cash balances and liquidity, and if necessary, could reinitiate mitigating efforts to manage non-critical capital spend and assess operating spend to preserve cash and liquidity, including the suspension of our share repurchase activity. During the year ended September 30, 2022, we experienced an increased demand on cash requirements and liquidity due to inflationary costs and economic trends realized during the year and have taken measures to reduce operating costs and non-critical capital spend, which we expect to continue into the following year. Despite these increased demands, we continue to generate operating cash flows to meet our short-term liquidity needs, along with our other tools previously discussed to manage working capital requirements throughout the fiscal year. We expect to maintain access to the capital markets, although there can be no assurance of our ability to do so. However, the spread of COVID-19 has led to disruption and volatility in the global capital markets, which, depending on future developments, could impact our capital resources and liquidity in the future.
Debt obligations
Our debt obligations, excluding finance leases, have varying maturity dates with no material outstanding principal payments due within the following 12 months. Our Term Loan Facility is subject to quarterly amortizing payments of $1.0 million. Refer to Note 12 - Debt in the notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report for expiration dates and maturity schedules on outstanding debt obligations for the following 5 years and thereafter. In addition to the outstanding principal on our debt, we anticipate annual interest payments of $175.2 million in the aggregate and includes interest under our: (i) Term Loan of $21.7 million, subject to variable interest rates based upon annualized rate of 5.54%, (ii) Revolver Facility of $54.1 million, subject to variable interest rates, based upon an annualized rate of 6.59% and outstanding balance based on projected utilization of the Revolver Facility during the following 12 months; (iii) 5.75% Notes of $25.9 million; (iv) 4.00% Notes of $16.9 million; (v) 5.00% Notes of $15.0 million; (vi) 5.50% Notes of $16.5 million; (vii) 3.875% Notes of $19.4 million; and (viii) interest of approximately $5.8 million attributable to finance leases. Interest on the notes is payable semi-annually in arrears and interest under the Term Loan and Revolver Facility is payable on various interest payment dates as provided in the Credit Agreement.
Lease obligations
The Company enters into leases primarily pertaining to real estate for manufacturing facilities, distribution centers, office space, warehouses, and various equipment including automobiles, machinery, computers, and office equipment, amongst others. Lease obligations with a term in excess of 12 months are recognized on the Company's Consolidated Statement of Financial Position. See Note 13 - Leases of Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statement included elsewhere in the Annual Report for further detail, including maturity schedule on outstanding finance and operating lease obligations for the following 5 years and thereafter, including imputed interest not reflected on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Position.
Employee benefit plan obligations
The Company and its subsidiaries are sponsors to various defined benefit pension plans covering some of its employees that provide post-employment benefits of stated amounts for each year of service, including a number of other non-U.S. pension arrangements, including various retirement and termination benefit plans, some of which are covered by local law or coordinated with government-sponsored plans. The Company's recognizes an actuarial determined unfunded projected benefit obligation recognized as Other Long-Term Liabilities on the Company's Consolidated Statement of Financial Position, net fair value of dedicated plan assets. See Note 15 - Employee Benefit Plans of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report for further detail included projected payments towards the future obligation for the following 5 years and thereafter. The Company anticipates that benefit obligations will be predominantly paid through dedicated plan assets. Future contributions to defined benefit plans are not expected to be material to the operations and cash flow for the Company.
Other commitments and obligations
Other commitments and obligations include an outstanding mandatory repatriation tax liability of $16.9 million that is payable over the next 4 years, with $2.2 million due and payable in the next 12 months but will be offset by previous payments and credits. The remaining balance due is net of refundable tax credits and overpayments that must be applied to the mandatory tax installments, and due to the credits and overpayments, the Company does not expect to make an additional payment for mandatory repatriation until Fiscal 2025. See Note 16 - Income Taxes of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report.
Our Consolidated Statements of Financial Position also includes reserves for uncertain tax positions; however, it is not possible to predict or estimate the amount and timing of payments for uncertain tax positions and those liabilities have been excluded from the obligations above. The Company cannot reasonably predict the ultimate outcome of income tax audits currently in progress for certain of our companies. It is reasonably possible that during the next 12 months, some portion of our unrecognized tax benefits could be recognized. See Note 16 – Income Taxes of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report for additional discussion on uncertain tax positions.
The Company has recognized other payables associated with indemnifications following divestitures, including tax indemnifications, that we cannot reasonably predict the ultimate outcome of our obligation; however it is reasonably possible that during the next 12 months, some portion of our indemnification payable could be recognized. As of September 30, 2022, there are $7.0 million of indemnification liabilities recognized as Other Current Accruals and $15.3 million recognized as Other Long-Term Liabilities on the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position. See Note 3 – Divestitures of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report.
44

Table of Contents

Guarantor Statements - SB/RH
SBI has issued the 5.75% Notes under the 2025 Indenture, the 4.00% Notes under the 2026 Indenture, the 5.00% Notes under the 2029 Indenture, the 5.50% Notes under the 2030 Indenture, and the 3.875% Notes under the 2031 Indentures (collectively, the “Notes”). The Notes are unconditionally guaranteed, jointly and severally, on a senior unsecured basis by SB/RH and SBI’s domestic subsidiaries. The Notes and the related guarantees rank equally in right of payment with all of SBI and the guarantors’ existing and future senior indebtedness and rank senior in right of payment to all of SBI and the guarantors’ future indebtedness that expressively provide for its subordination to the Notes and the related guarantees. Non-guarantor subsidiaries primarily consist of SBI’s foreign subsidiaries.
The following financial information consists of summarized financial information of the Obligor, presented on a combined basis. The “Obligor” consists of the financial statements of SBI as the debt issuer, SB/RH as a parent guarantor, and the domestic subsidiaries of SBI as subsidiary guarantors. Intercompany balances and transactions between SBI and the guarantors have been eliminated. Investments in non-guarantor subsidiaries and the earnings or losses from those non-guarantor subsidiaries have been excluded.
(in millions)2022
Statement of Operations Data
Third-party net sales$1,955.8 
Intercompany net sales to non-guarantor subsidiaries14.4 
Total net sales1,970.2 
Gross profit551.2 
Operating loss(190.4)
Net loss from continuing operations(263.2)
Net loss(174.7)
Net loss attributable to controlling interest(174.7)
Statement of Financial Position Data
Current Assets$2,634.4 
Noncurrent Assets2,169.9 
Current Liabilities1,634.1 
Noncurrent Liabilities3,423.4 
The Obligor’s amounts due from, due to the non-guarantor subsidiaries as of September 30, 2022 are as follows:
(in millions)2022
Statement of Financial Position Data
Current receivables from non-guarantor subsidiaries$8.1 
Long-term receivable from non-guarantor subsidiaries74.6 
Current payable to non-guarantor subsidiaries311.2 
Long-term debt with non-guarantor subsidiaries2.0 
45

Table of Contents

CriticalAccountingPolicies and Estimates
Our Consolidated Financial Statements have been prepared in accordance with GAAP and fairly present our financial position and results of operations. The preparation of the consolidated financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. The Company bases its accounting estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances and evaluates its estimates on an ongoing basis. The following section identifies and summarizes those accounting policies considered by management to be the most critical to understanding the judgments that are involved in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements and the uncertainties that could impact our results of operations, financial position and cash flows. The application of these accounting policies requires judgment and use of assumptions as to future events and outcomes that are uncertain and, as a result, actual results could differ from these estimates. Refer to Note 2 - Significant Accounting Policies and Practices of Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report for all relevant accounting policies.
Goodwill, Intangible Assets and Other Long-Lived Assets
The Company’s goodwill, intangible assets and tangible fixed assets are stated at historical cost, net of depreciation and amortization, less any provision for impairment. Intangible and tangible assets with determinable lives are amortized or depreciated on a straight line basis over estimated useful lives. Refer to Note 2 - Significant Accounting Policies and Practices of Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report for more information about useful lives.
On an annual basis, during the fourth quarter of the fiscal year, or more frequently if triggering events occur, the Company tests for impairment of goodwill by either performing a qualitative assessment or quantitative test for some or all reporting units. Our reporting units are consistent with our operating segments. See Note 21 - Segment Information of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report for further discussion of operating and reporting segments. The Company evaluates qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. In performing a qualitative assessment, the Company considers events and circumstances, including, but not limited to macroeconomic conditions, industry and market conditions, cost factors, overall financial performance, changes in management or key personnel, changes in strategy, changes in customers, changes in market value, composition or carrying amount of a reporting unit's net asset, and considering change in the market price of the Company's common stock. If we determine that it is more likely than not the carrying value is greater than the fair value of a reporting unit after assessing the totality of facts and circumstances, a quantitative assessment is performed to determine the reporting unit fair value and measure the impairment. If the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying value, an impairment loss is recorded for the difference between the managementfair value of the reporting unit goodwill and its carrying value. The estimated fair value represents the amount at which a reporting unit could be bought or sold in a current transaction between willing parties on an arms-length basis. In estimating the fair value of the reporting unit, we use a discounted cash flows methodology, which requires us to estimate future revenues, expenses, and capital expenditures and make assumptions about our weighted average cost of capital and perpetuity growth rate, among other variables. We test the aggregate estimated fair value of our reporting units by comparison to our total market capitalization, including both equity and debt capital. For the year ended September 30, 2022, we did not recognize an impairment of goodwill.
In addition to goodwill, the Company has indefinite-lived intangible assets that consist of acquired tradenames. On an annual basis, during the Company’s fourth quarter, or more frequently if triggering events occur, the Company tests for impairment by either performing a qualitative assessment or quantitative test for some or all indefinite-lived intangible assets. The Company evaluates qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of the indefinite lived intangible assets is less than its carrying amount. In performing a qualitative assessment, the Company considers events and circumstances including, but not limited to, macroeconomic conditions, industry and market conditions, cost factors, changes in strategy and overall financial performance. If we determine that it is more likely than not the carrying value is greater than the fair value of an indefinite lived intangible asset, a quantitative assessment is performed to determine the fair value and measure the impairment. If the fair value is less than its carrying value, an impairment loss is recorded for the excess. The fair value of indefinite-lived intangible assets is determined using an income approach, the relief-from-royalty methodology, which requires us to make estimates and assumptions about future revenues, royalty rates, and the independent membersdiscount rate, among others. For the year ended September 30, 2022, we did not recognize an impairment of indefinite-lived intangible assets.
While we have not recognized an impairment of goodwill or intangible assets during the year ended September 30, 2022, we have identified a potential risk of impairment associated with the HPC reporting unit goodwill, with a carrying cost of $108.1 million as of September 30, 2022, and the Rejuvenate® tradename, with a carrying cost of $119.1 million as of September 30, 2022. We do not anticipate that these assets will be subject to future impairment based upon our projections and forecasts used in evaluating the current market value but cannot guarantee that no future impairment will be realized. The risk of future impairment for the HPC reporting unit is based upon the results realized during year ended September 30, 2022, macro-economic headwinds from inflationary costs and foreign currency fluctuations, retail and consumer spending activity, and risks associated with the Tristar Business integration and branding strategy transitions. The risk of future impairment for the Rejuvenate® tradename is based upon the results realized during the year ended September 30, 2022, and dependency upon the timing and realization of market expansion milestones and synergies associated with the acquired business.
The Company also reviews other definite-lived intangible assets and tangible fixed assets for impairment when events or changes in business circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the Boardassets may not be fully recoverable. Circumstances such as the discontinuation of a product or product line, a sudden or consistent decline in the sales forecast for a product, changes in technology or in the way an asset or asset group is being used, a history of operating or cash flow losses or an adverse change in legal factors or in the business climate, among others, may trigger an impairment review. If such indicators are present, the Company performs undiscounted cash flow analyses to determine if impairment exists. The asset value would be deemed impaired if the undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated by the asset or asset group did not exceed its carrying value. If impairment is determined to exist, any related impairment loss is calculated based on fair value. For the year ended September 30, 2022, there was no impairment of definite-lived intangible assets or tangible fixed assets.
A considerable amount of judgment and providesassumptions are required in performing the impairment tests, principally in determining the fair value of each reporting unit and assets subject to impairment testing. While the Company has not recognized an impairment for its goodwill, intangible assets or other long-lived assets, the assessment requires the consideration of a significant level of judgement and subjectivity, including the use of prospective financial information, which may be impacted by changes in the economic environment, future strategic business decisions, political, legal or regulatory conditions, competitive or market risk factors not readily identifiable or present, or other changes that may negatively impact prospective revenue generation or cash flow. Such changes may not be determinable, but could adversely impact the fair value of the its reporting unit goodwill, intangible assets or other long-lived assets and increase the risk of impairment, particularly associated with those assets recently acquired through a business without generating excess value since the initial acquisition. The Company believes its judgments and assumptions are reasonable, but different assumptions could change the estimated fair value, increasing the risk of impairment and potentially additional impairment charges could be required. The Company is subject to financial statement risk in the event that business or economic conditions unexpectedly decline and impairment is realized.
See Note 11 - Goodwill and Intangible Assets of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements elsewhere included in this Annual Report.
46

Table of Contents

Income Taxes
The Company is subject to income taxes in the U.S. and numerous foreign jurisdictions. Significant judgment is required in determining our worldwide provision for income taxes and recording the related deferred tax assets and liabilities.
The Company assesses its income tax positions and records tax liabilities for all years subject to examination based upon management’s evaluation of the facts and circumstances and information available for reporting. For those income tax positions where it is more likely than not that a tax benefit will be sustained upon conclusion of an examination, the Company has recorded a reserve based upon the largest amount of tax benefit having a cumulatively greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement with the applicable taxing authority assuming that it has full knowledge of all relevant information. For those income tax positions where it is more likely than not that a tax benefit will not be sustained, the Company did not recognize a tax benefit. As of September 30, 2022, the total amount of unrecognized tax benefits, including interest and penalties, that if not recognized would affect the effective tax rate in future periods was $100.9 million. Our effective tax rate includes the impact of income tax reserves and changes to those reserves when considered appropriate. A number of years may elapse before a particular matter for which we have established a reserve is finally resolved. Unfavorable settlement of any particular issue may require the use of cash or a reduction in our net operating loss carryforwards or tax credits. Favorable resolution would be recognized as a reduction to the effective rate in the year of resolution.
The Company recognizes deferred tax assets and liabilities for future tax consequences attributable to differences between financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases, net operating losses, tax credit, and other carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The Company does not adjust its measurement for proposed future tax rate changes that have not yet been enacted into law. The Company regularly reviews its deferred tax assets for recoverability and establishes a valuation allowance based on historical losses, projected future taxable income, expected timing of the reversals of existing temporary differences, and ongoing prudent and feasible tax planning strategies. We base these estimates on projections of future income, including tax planning strategies, in certain jurisdictions. Changes in industry conditions and other economic conditions may impact our ability to project future income. Should we determine that we would not be able to realize all or part of our net deferred tax asset in the future, an adjustment to the deferred tax asset would be charged to income in the period we make that determination.
As of September 30, 2022, we have U.S. federal net operating loss carryforwards (“NOLs”) of $1,382.3 million, with a federal tax benefit of $290.3 million and future tax benefits related to state NOLs of $77.8 million. Our total valuation allowance for the tax benefit of deferred tax assets that may not be realized is $337.4 million at September 30, 2022. Of this amount, $257.5 million relates to U.S. net deferred tax assets and $79.9 million relates to foreign net deferred tax assets. We estimate that $154.4 million of valuation allowance related to domestic deferred tax assets cannot be released regardless of the amount of domestic operating income generated due to prior period ownership changes that limit the amount of NOLs and credits we can use.
As of September 30, 2022, we have provided no significant residual U.S. taxes on earnings not yet taxed in the U.S. As of September 30, 2022, we project $2.0 million of additional tax from non-U.S. withholding and other taxes expected to be incurred on repatriation of foreign earnings.
See Note16 - Income Taxes of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements elsewhere included in this Annual Report.
New Accounting Pronouncements
See Note 2 – Significant Accounting Policies and Practices of Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements elsewhere included in this Annual Report for information about recent accounting pronouncements not yet adopted.
ITEM 7A.    QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
Market Risk Factors
We have market risk exposure from changes in interest rates, foreign currency exchange rates, tariffs, and commodity prices. When appropriate, we use derivative financial instruments to mitigate the risk from such exposures. A discussion of our accounting policies for derivative financial instruments is included in Note 14 - Derivatives of Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report.
Interest Rate Risk
Our Revolver Facility and Term Loan Facility have variable interest rates. If market interest rates increase, the interest rate on our variable rate debt will increase and will create higher debt service requirements, which would adversely affect our cash flow and could adversely impact our results of operations. The general levels of U.S., European Union interest rates and LIBOR affect interest expense. As of September 30, 2022, we had $1,134.0 million subject to variable interest rates, or 35.5% of total debt. Assuming an increase to market rates of 1% as of September 30, 2022, we would incur an increase to interest expense of $11.5 million. Our Term Loan Facility and Revolver Facility allows for the LIBOR rate to be phased out and replaced with the Secured Overnight Financing Rate and therefore we do not anticipate a material impact by the expected upcoming LIBOR transition.
Foreign Exchange Risk
We are subject to risk from sales and loans to and from our subsidiaries as well as sales to, purchases from and bank lines of credit with third-party customers, suppliers and creditors denominated in foreign currencies. Foreign currency sales and purchases are made primarily in Euro, Pounds Sterling, Mexican Pesos, Canadian Dollars, and Australian Dollars. We manage our foreign exchange exposure from such sales, accounts receivable, intercompany loans, firm purchase commitments, accounts payable and credit obligations through the use of naturally occurring offsetting positions (borrowing in local currency), forward foreign exchange contracts, foreign exchange rate swaps and foreign exchange options. The related amounts payable to, or receivable from, the contract counter-parties are included in accounts payable or accounts receivable.
At September 30, 2022, we had $425.6 million equivalent of debt denominated in foreign currencies, which consist primarily of the Euro-denominated 4.00% Notes to the equivalent of $417.1 million, which are recorded in a U.S. Dollar functional entity, and the remaining debt primarily consist of finance leases recorded in countries with the same functional currency as the debt. The 4.00% Notes are held as a net investment hedge of the translation of the Company’s net investments in Euro-denominated subsidiaries. See Note 14 - Derivatives in Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements, included elsewhere in this Annual Report, for further discussion.
At September 30, 2022, the potential change in fair value of outstanding foreign exchange derivative instruments, assuming a 10% unfavorable change in the underlying exchange rates, would be a loss of $73.6 million. The net impact on reported earnings, after also including the effect of the change in the underlying foreign currency-denominated exposures, would be a net gain of $38.9 million.
47

Table of Contents

ITEM 8.    FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
The information required for this Item is included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K within Item 15, Exhibits, Financial Statements and Schedules, and is incorporated herein by reference. This report is a combined report of SBH and SB/RH. The notes to the consolidated financial statements include consolidated SBH Notes and certain distinct information specific to SB/RH when required.
ITEM 9.    CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE
None.
ITEM 9A.    CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
Spectrum Brands Holdings, Inc.
Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures. An evaluation was performed under the supervision and participation of SBH’s management, including the Principal Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of SBH’s disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) of the Exchange Act), as of September 30, 2022. Based on that evaluation, SBH’s management, including the Principal Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer, concluded that as of September 30, 2022, our disclosure controls and procedures were effective to provide reasonable assurance that the information required to be disclosed by us in this Annual Report on Form 10-K was reported within the time periods specified by SEC rules and regulations, and communicated to our management, including our Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) and other membersChief Financial Officer, as appropriate, to allow for timely decisions regarding the required disclosures.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, there can be no assurance that SBH's controls and procedures will detect or uncover all failures of management with feedback from executive sessionspersons within SBH to disclose material information otherwise required to be set forth in SBH's periodic reports. There are inherent limitations to the effectiveness of any system of disclosure controls and procedures, including the possibility of human error and circumvention or overriding of the independent memberscontrols and procedures. Accordingly, even effective disclosure controls and procedures can only provide reasonable, not absolute, assurance of achieving their control objectives.
Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. SBH’s management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting for SBH, as such term is defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(f). Internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. Internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that: (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of SBH’s assets; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of the Board;financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures are being made only with proper authorizations; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of SBH’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. These inherent limitations are an intrinsic part of the financial reporting process. Therefore, although SBH's management is unable to eliminate this risk, it is possible to develop safeguards to reduce it. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
SBH’s management, under the oversight of the principal executive and principal financial officers, and Board of Directors, conducted an assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting based upon the framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission in Internal Control-Integrated Framework (2013) (COSO 2013 Framework). Based on this assessment, management has concluded that its internal control over financial reporting was effective as of September 30, 2022 to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP. SBH's internal control over financial reporting as of September 30, 2022 has been audited by KPMG LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in its attestation report, which is included herein.
Under guidelines established by the SEC, companies are allowed to exclude acquisitions from their first assessment of internal control over financial reporting following the date of the acquisition. SBH’s management excluded the acquisition of the Tristar Business, which was completed on February 18, 2022, from the assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting. The total assets of $381.9 million and total net sales of 189.7 million associated with the acquisition are included in the consolidated financial statements of SBH as of and for the year ended September 30, 2022.
Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. There was no change in SBH's internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rules 13a15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 as amended) that occurred during our fiscal fourth quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, SBH's internal control over financial reporting.
SB/RH Holdings, LLC
Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures. An evaluation was performed under the supervision and participation of SB/RH’s management, including the Principal Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of SB/RH’s disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) of the Exchange Act), as of September 30, 2022. Based on that evaluation, SB/RH’s management, including the Principal Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer, concluded that as of September 30, 2022 our disclosure controls and procedures were effective to provide reasonable assurance that the information required to be disclosed by us in this Annual Report on Form 10-K was reported within the time periods specified by SEC rules and regulations, and communicated to our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate, to allow for timely decisions regarding the required disclosures.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, there can be no assurance that SB/RH's controls and procedures will detect or uncover all failures of persons within SB/RH to disclose material information otherwise required to be set forth in SB/RH's periodic reports. There are inherent limitations to the effectiveness of any system of disclosure controls and procedures, including the possibility of human error and circumvention or overriding of the controls and procedures. Accordingly, even effective disclosure controls and procedures can only provide reasonable, not absolute, assurance of achieving their control objectives.
48

Table of Contents

Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. SB/RH’s management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting for SB/RH, as such term is defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(f). Internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. Internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that: (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of SB/RH’s assets; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of the financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures are being made only with proper authorizations; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of SB/RH’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. These inherent limitations are an intrinsic part of the financial reporting process. Therefore, although SB/RH's management is unable to eliminate this risk, it is possible to develop safeguards to reduce it. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
SB/RH’s management, under the oversight of the principal executive and principal financial officers, and Board of Directors, conducted an assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting based upon the framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission in Internal Control-Integrated Framework (2013) (COSO 2013 Framework). Based on this assessment, management has concluded that its internal control over financial reporting was effective as of September 30, 2022 to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP.
Under guidelines established by the SEC, companies are allowed to exclude acquisitions from their first assessment of internal control over financial reporting following the date of the acquisition. SB/RH’s management excluded the acquisition of the Tristar Business, which was completed on February 18, 2022, from the assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting. The total assets of $381.9 million and total net sales of $189.7 million associated with the acquisition are included in the consolidated financial statements of SB/RH as of and for the year ended September 30, 2022. This annual report does not include an attestation report of SB/RH's registered public accounting firm due to the established rules of the SEC.
Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. There was no change in SB/RH's internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rules 13a15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 as amended) that occurred during our fiscal fourth quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, SB/RH's internal control over financial reporting.
ITEM 9B.    OTHER INFORMATION
None.
reviews and approves the information to be provided to the Board;
13
49

Table of ContentsContents
reviews and approves meeting agendas and coordinates with management to develop such agendas;
PART III
ITEM 10.    DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
approves meeting schedulesThe information required by Item 401 of Regulation S-K concerning the directors and executive officers of SBH is incorporated herein by reference to assure therethe disclosures which will be included in in a subsequent amendment to the Form 10-K, which will be filed no later than 120 days after the end of the SBH’s fiscal year ended September 30, 2022.
Audit Committee and Audit Committee Financial Expert
The information required by Items 407(d)(4) and 407(d)(5) of Regulation S-K is sufficient timeincorporated herein by reference from the disclosure which will be included in a subsequent amendment to the Form 10-K.
Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance
The information required by Item 405 of Regulation S-K is incorporated herein by reference from the disclosure which will be included in a subsequent amendment to the Form 10-K.
Code of Ethics
We have adopted the Code of Ethics for discussionthe Principal Executive Officer and Senior Financial Officers that applies to our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and other senior finance organization employees. The Code of Ethics for the Principal Executive Officer and Senior Financial Officers is publicly available on our website at www.spectrumbrands.com under “Investor Relations—Corporate Governance.” We intend to disclose amendments to, and, if applicable, waivers of, this code of ethics on that section of our website.
We have also adopted the Spectrum Brands Code of Business Conduct and Ethics that applies to all agenda items;
of our directors, officers and employees. The Spectrum Brands Code of Business Conduct and Ethics is publicly available on our website at www.spectrumbrands.com under “Investor Relations—Corporate Governance.” Any amendments to this code of ethics or any waiver of this code of ethics for executive officers or directors may be made only by our Board of Directors as a whole or our Audit Committee and will be promptly disclosed to our shareholders via that section of our website.
ITEM 11.    EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
ExecutiveCompensation
if requestedThe information required by major shareholders, ensures that heItem 402 of Regulation S-K is available for consultationincorporated herein by reference from the disclosures which will be included in a subsequent amendment to the Form 10-K.
Compensation Committee Interlocks and direct communication;Insider Participation
The information required by Item 407(e)(4) of Regulation S-K is incorporated herein by reference from the disclosure which will be included in a subsequent amendment to the Form 10-K.
Report of the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors
The information required by Item 407(e)(5) of Regulation S-K is incorporated herein by reference from the disclosure which will be included in a subsequent amendment to the Form 10-K.
ITEM 12.    SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
Ownership of Common Shares of Spectrum Brands Holdings, Inc.
interviews, along withThe information required by Item 404 of Regulation S-K is incorporated herein by reference from the Chair of our NGC Committee, Board and senior management candidates and makes recommendations with respectdisclosures which will be included in a subsequent amendment to Board candidates and hiring of senior management;
the Form 10-K.
ITEM 13.    CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE
consultsReview, Approval or Ratification of Transactions with other membersRelated Persons
The information required by Item 404 of our Compensation Committee with respectRegulation S-K is incorporated herein by reference from the disclosures which will be included in a subsequent amendment to the performance review of our CEO and other member of our senior management team; andForm 10-K.
performs such other functions and responsibilities as requested by the Board from time to time.
Mr. Maura serves as our Executive Chairman and our CEO. Given Mr. Maura’s broad experience in mergers and acquisitions, the consumer products and retail sectors and finance and investments, as well as his role in SPB Legacy’s strategy and growth since 2010, our Board believes that it is in the best interest of the Company for Mr. Maura to concurrently serve as our Executive Chairman and CEO.
Director Independence
In accordance withThe information required by Item 407(a) of Regulation S-K is incorporated herein by reference from the New York Stock Exchange Listed Company Manual (the “NYSE Rules”) and our Corporate Governance Guidelines,disclosures which will be included in a majority of our Board is requiredsubsequent amendment to be composed of independent directors. All of our directors, except for David Maura (our Chairman and CEO), qualify as independent directors. More specifically, our Board has affirmatively determined that none of the following directors has a material relationship with the Company (either directly or as a partner, stockholder or officer of an organization that has a relationship with the Company): Sherianne James, Norman S. Matthews, Terry L. Polistina, Hugh R. Rovit, Gautam Patel and Anne S. Ward. Our Board has adopted the definition of “independent director” set forth under Section 303A.02 of the NYSE Rules to assist it in making determinations of independence. Our Board has determined that the directors referred to above currently meet these standards and qualify as independent.
Form 10-K.
Meetings of Independent Directors50

TEM 14.    PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES
The Company generally holds executive sessions at each Board and committee meeting. In his capacity as our Lead Independent Director, Mr. Polistina presides over executive sessions offollowing table summarizes the entire Board and the Chair of each committee presides over the executive sessions of that committee.
Committees Established by Our Board of Directors
Our Board has designated three principal standing committees: our Audit Committee, our Compensation Committee and our NCG Committee, each of which has a written charter addressing each such committee’s purpose and responsibilities. Each such committee is composed entirely of independent directors.
Audit Committee
Our Audit Committee has been established in accordance with Section 303A.06 of the NYSE Rules and Rule
10A-3
of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), for the purpose of overseeing the Company’s accounting and financial reporting processes and audits of our financial statements. Our Audit Committee is responsible for monitoring (i) the integrity of our financial statements, (ii)fees KPMG LLP, our independent registered public accounting firm’s qualificationsfirm, billed to the Company.
(in millions)20222021
Audit Fees$5.6 $5.5 
Audit-Related Fees5.1 4.4 
Tax Fees— — 
All Other Fees0.3 — 
Total$11.0 $9.9 
In the above table, in accordance with the SEC’s definition and independence, (iii)rules, “Audit Fees” are fees paid to KPMG LLP for professional services for the audits of SBH and SB/RH, and our consolidated financial statements included in our Form 10-K and the review of our financial statements included in Forms 10-Q, or services that are normally provided by the accountant in connection with statutory and regulatory filings or engagements, such as issuance of comfort letters and statutory audits required for certain of our foreign subsidiaries. “Audit-Related Fees” are fees for assurance and related services that are reasonably related to the performance of our internalthe audit function and independent auditors and (iv) our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements. The responsibilities and authorityor review of our financial statements, including the due diligence activities relating to mergers and acquisitions and the audit of standalone carve-out financial statements as required. “Tax Fees” are fees for tax compliance, tax advice, and tax planning. Such fees were attributable to services for tax compliance assistance and tax advice. “All Other Fees” are fees, if any, for any services not included in the first three categories.
Pre-Approval of Independent Auditors Services and Fees
The Audit Committee are described in further detail inapproved the Charter ofaudit services engagement performed by KPMG LLP for the year ended September 30, 2022. In accordance with the Audit Committee’s Pre-Approval Policy, the Audit Committee as adoptedhas pre-approved other specified audit, or audit related services, provided that the fees incurred by our BoardKPMG LLP in July 2018, a copy of which is available at our website www.spectrumbrands.com under “
Investor Relations—Corporate Governance Documents
.”
connection with any individual engagement do not exceed $200,000 in any 12-month period. The current members of our Audit Committee are Terry L. Polistina (Chair), Hugh R. Rovit and Gautam Patel. Our Board has determined that each member of ourmust approve for an engagement by engagement basis any individual non-audit or tax engagement in any 12-month period. The Audit Committee qualifieshas delegated to its Chairman the authority to pre-approve any other specific audit or specific non-audit service which was not previously pre-approved by the Audit Committee, provided that any decision of the Chairman to pre-approve other audit or non-audit services shall be presented to the Audit Committee at its next scheduled meeting.
PART IV
ITEM 15.    EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SCHEDULES
(a)    The following documents are filed as an “audit committeepart of or are included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K:
1.The financial expert” as definedstatements of Spectrum Brands Holdings, Inc. and SB/RH Holdings, LLC listed in the rules promulgated byIndex to Consolidated Financial Statements, filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
2.The exhibits listed in the SEC in furtheranceExhibit Index filed as part of Section 407 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. Our Board has determined that all of the members of our Audit Committee qualify as independent, as such term is defined in Section 303A.02 of the NYSE Rules, Section 10A(m)(3)(B) of the Exchange Act and Exchange Act Rule
10A-3(b).
this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
14
51

Table of ContentsContents
Compensation Committee

Our Compensation CommitteeINDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULE
This report is responsible for (i) overseeing our compensationa combined report of Spectrum Brands Holdings, Inc. (“SBH”) and employee benefits plans and practices, including our executive compensation plans and our incentive compensation and equity-based plans, (ii) evaluating and approving the performance of our Executive Chairman and CEO and other executive officers in light of those goals and objectives and (iii) reviewing and discussing with management our compensation discussion and analysis disclosure and compensation committee reports in order to comply with our public reporting requirements.SB/RH Holdings, LLC (“SB/RH”). The responsibilities and authority of our Compensation Committee are described in further detail in the Charter of the Compensation Committee, as adopted by our Board in November 2020, a copy of which is available at our website www.spectrumbrands.com under “
Investor Relations—Corporate Governance Documents
.”
The current members of our Compensation Committee are Terry L. Polistina (Chair) and Norman S. Matthews . Our Board has determined that all of the members of our Compensation Committee qualify as independent, as such term is defined in Section 303A.02 of the NYSE Rules.
NCG Committee
Our NCG Committee is responsible for (i) identifying and recommending to our Board individuals qualified to serve as our directors and on our committees of our Board, (ii) advising our Board with respect to board composition, procedures and committees, (iii) developing and recommending to our Board a set of corporate governance principles applicablenotes to the Company and (iv) overseeing the evaluation process of our Board, the committees of the Board, the individual directors and our Executive Chairman and CEO. The responsibilities and authority of our NCG Committee are described in further detail in the Charter of the NCG Committee, as adopted by our Board in July 2018, a copy of which is available at our website www.spectrumbrands.com under “
Investor Relations—Corporate Governance Documents.
The current members of our NCG Committee are Sherianne James (Chair) and Norman S. Matthews. Ms. James was appointed as a member of the NCG Committee on January 28, 2020 and was appointed Chair of the NCG Committee on June 18, 2020. Our Board has determined that all of the members of our NCG Committee qualify as independent, as such term is defined in Section 303A.02 of the NYSE Rules.
Board and Committee Activities
During Fiscal 2020, our Board held a total of nine meetings and acted by unanimous written consent on a total of three occasions. Our Audit Committee held a total of four meetings during Fiscal 2020. Our Compensation Committee held six meetings and acted by unanimous written consent on two occasions during Fiscal 2020. Our NCG Committee held six meetings and acted by unanimous written consent on one occasion during Fiscal 2020.
During Fiscal 2020, all of our directors attended at least 75% of the meetings of the Board and committees on which they served.
Our Practices and Policies
Corporate Governance Guidelines and Code of Ethics and Business Conduct
Our Board has adopted our Corporate Governance Guidelines to assist it in the exercise of its responsibilities. These guidelines reflect our Board’s commitment to monitor the effectiveness of policy and decision-making both at our Board and management level, with a view to enhancing stockholder value over the long term. Our Corporate Governance Guidelines address, among other things, our Board and Board committee composition and responsibilities, director qualifications standards and selection and evaluation of our CEO. In addition, pursuant to these guidelines, our Board has formalized a process by which our directors are assessed annually by our NCG Committee. The assessment includes a peer review process and evaluates the Board as a whole, the committees of the Board and the individual directors. In carrying out this assessment, we may retain an external evaluator to assist our Board and NCG Committee at least every three years. Our Board has adopted a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics Policy for directors, officers and employees and a Code of Ethics for the Principal Executive and Senior Financial Officers to provide guidance to our CEO, chiefconsolidated financial officer (“CFO”), principal accounting officer or controller and our business segment chief financial officers or persons performing similar functions.
15

Majority Voting and Director Resignation Policy
During Fiscal 2019, our Board adopted a majority voting policy for the election of directors. Pursuant to this policy, which applies in the case of uncontested director elections, a director must be elected by a majority of the votes cast with respect to the election of such director. For purposes of this policy, a “majority of the votes cast” means that the number of shares voted “for” a director must exceed the number of shares voted “against” that director and abstentions and broker
non-votes
are not counted as “votes cast.”
The policy also provides that in the event that an incumbent director nominee receives a greater number of votes “against” than votes “for” his or her election, he or she must (within five business days following the final certification of the related election results) offer to tender his or her written resignation from the Board to the NCG Committee. The NCG Committee will review such offer of resignation and will consider such factors and circumstances as it may deem relevant, and, within 90 days following the final certification of the election results, will make a recommendation to the Board concerning the acceptance or rejection of such tendered offer of resignation. The policy requires the decision of the Board to be promptly publicly disclosed.
Board Diversity Policy
In October 2020, our Board adopted a Board Diversity Policy. The purpose of this policy is to set out the basic principles to be followed to ensure that the Board has the appropriate balance of skills, experience and diversity of perspectives necessary to enhance the effectiveness of the Board and to maintain the highest standards of corporate governance. Pursuant to this policy, selection of Board candidates shall be based on a range of perspectives with reference to the Company’s business model and specific needs, including, but not limited to, talents, skills and expertise, industry experience, professional experience, gender, age, race, language, cultural background, educational background and other similar characteristics.
Anti-Hedging Policy
The Company believes it is improper and inappropriate for our directors, officers and employeesstatements include consolidated SBH footnotes and certain of their family members (each, a “Subject Person”)footnotes related to engage in hedging, short-term or speculative transactions involving the Company’s securities. Our anti-hedging policy, which we further strengthened during Fiscal 2019, applies to all Subject Persons. The Company prohibits Subject Persons from engaging in (i) derivative, speculative, hedging or monetization transactions in Company securities (including, but not limited to, any trading on derivatives (such as swaps, forwards, and/or futures) of Company securities that allow a stockholder to lock in the value of Company securities in exchange for all or part of the potential upside appreciation in the value of such stock), (ii) short sales (i.e., selling stock the Subject Person does not own and borrowing shares to make delivery) and (iii) buying or selling puts, calls, options or other derivatives in respect of Company securities.
Anti-Pledging Policy
In addition, the Company believes it is improper and inappropriate for any Subject Person to engage in pledging transactions involving the Company’s securities. During Fiscal 2019, we adopted a robust anti-pledging policy, which prohibits Subject Persons from pledging or encumbering Company securities as collateral for a loan or other indebtedness. This prohibition includes, but is not limited to, holding such shares in a margin account as collateral for a margin loan or borrowing against Company securities on margin. Any pledges (and any modifications or replacements of such pledges) that existed prior to the adoption of our policy are grandfathered unless otherwise prohibited by applicable law or Company policy and so long as any modification or replacement of any
pre-existing
pledge does not result in additional shares being pledged.
Securities Trading Policy
Our Company believes that it is appropriate to monitor and prohibit certain trading in the securities of our Company. Accordingly, trading of the Company’s securities by directors, executive officers and certain other employees who are so designated by the office of the Company’s General Counsel is subject to trading period limitations or must be conducted in accordance with a previously established trading plan that meets SEC requirements. At all times, including during approved trading periods, directors, executive officers and certain other employees notified by the office of the Company’s General Counsel are required to obtain preclearance from the Company’s General Counsel or his designee prior to entering into any transactions in Company securities, unless those transactions occur in accordance with a previously established trading plan that meets SEC requirements.
16

Transactions subject to our securities trading policy include, among others, purchases and sales of Company stock, bonds, options, puts and calls, derivative securities based on securities of the Company, gifts of Company securities, contributions of Company securities to a trust, sales of Company stock acquired upon the exercise of stock options, broker-assisted cashless exercises of stock options, market sales to raise cash to fund the exercise of stock options and trades in Company’s stock made under an employee benefit plan.
Stock Ownership Guidelines
Our Board believes that our directors, named executive officers (“NEOs”) and certain of the Company’s other officers and employees should own and hold Company common stock to further align their interests with the interests of stockholders and to further promote the Company’s commitment to sound corporate governance.
To memorialize this commitment, effective January 29, 2013, our Board, upon the recommendation of our Compensation Committee, established stock ownership and retention guidelines (the “SOG”) applicable to the Company’s directors, NEOs and all other officers of the Company and its subsidiaries with a level of Vice President or above (such officers and our NEOs, our “Covered Officers”). Effective January 1, 2020, the Company improved and enhanced the SOG to further align it with best practices by: (i) increasing our directors’ and Covered Officers’ retention requirement from 25% to 50% of their net
after-tax
shares received under awards granted (other than equity awards granted pursuant to the annual cash bonus plan) until they reach their required stock ownership under the SOG; and (ii) extending the applicable time period for our directors and Covered Officers to achieve the minimum ownership requirements to five years from the date of eligibility or promotion. Even when the required stock ownership is obtained, all employee incentive plan participants, including NEOs, are subject to an additional stock retention requirement requiring them to retain at least 25% of their net
after-tax
shares of Company stock received under awards for one year after the date of vesting.
Under the updated SOG, our directors are expected to achieve stock ownership with a value of at least five times their annual cash retainer. In addition, our Covered Officers are expected to achieve the levels of stock ownership indicated below (which equal a dollar value of stock based on a multiple of the Covered Officer’s base salary).
SB/RH.
Position                                                                                                                                                                                
$ Value of Stock to be
    Retained (Multiple of Base    
Salary or Cash Retainer)
  Years to  
   Achieve   
Page
Spectrum Brands Holdings, Inc. Consolidated Financial Statements
5x Cash Retainer5 years
SB/RH Holdings, LLC Consolidated Financial Statements
  Executive Chairman and CEO
Consolidated Statements of Financial Position
5x Base Salary5 years
Spectrum Brands Holdings, Inc. and SB/RH Holdings, LLC Combined
  Chief Operating Officer, CFO, General Counsel and Presidents of our Business Units
Combined Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
3x Base Salary5 years
  Senior Vice Presidents69
2x Base Salary5 years
  Vice Presidents
1x Base Salary5 years
52

The stock ownership levels attained by a director or a Covered Officer are

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Shareholders and Board of Directors
Spectrum Brands Holdings, Inc.:
Opinion on the Consolidated Financial Statements
We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of financial position of Spectrum Brands Holdings, Inc. and subsidiaries (the Company) as of September 30, 2022 and 2021, the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended September 30, 2022, and the related notes (collectively, the consolidated financial statements). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of September 30, 2022 and 2021, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended September 30, 2022, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of September 30, 2022, based on shares directly ownedcriteria established in Internal Control–Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the director or Covered Officer, whether through earnedCommittee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission, and vested restricted stock units (“RSU”) or performance stock units (“PSU”) or restricted stock grants or open market purchases. Unvested restricted shares, unvested RSUsour report dated November 18, 2022 expressed an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.
Basis for Opinion
These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and PSUs and stock options do not count toward the ownership goals; provided, that, effective January 1, 2020, unvested time-based restricted stock and unvested time-based RSUs count toward the ownership goals. On an annual basis, our Compensation Committee reviews the progress of our directors and Covered Officers in meeting these guidelines. In some circumstances, failureare required to meet the guidelines by a director or a Covered Officer could result in additional retention requirements or other actions by our Compensation Committee.
Compensation Clawback Policy
We have adopted a Compensation Clawback Policy setting forth the conditions under which applicable incentive compensation provided to our executive officers may be subject to forfeiture, disgorgement, recoupment or diminution (“clawback”). This policy provides that our Board or our Compensation Committee shall require the clawback or adjustment of incentive-based compensationindependent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
Critical Audit Matters
The critical audit matters communicated below are matters arising from the current period audit of the consolidated financial statements that were communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that: (1) relate to accounts or disclosures that are material to the consolidated financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the consolidated financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matters below, providing separate opinions on the critical audit matters or on the accounts or disclosures to which they relate.
Sufficiency of audit evidence related to held for sale classification
As discussed in Notes 1and 3 to the consolidated financial statements, on September 8, 2021, the Company entered a definitive agreement with ASSA ABLOY AB (ASSA) to sell its Hardware and Home Improvement (HHI) segment, subject to certain antitrust approvals, and has presented the HHI segment as assets held for sale since then. On September 15, 2022, the Department of Justice (DOJ) issued a petition to enjoin and block the HHI transaction. Both the Company and ASSA have stated their disagreement with the purported concerns of the DOJ and have made proposals to address them. The Company expects that the parties will obtain all required governmental clearances and will close the HHI transaction. As such, the Company continued to classify the HHI segment as held for sale, with total assets held for sale and total liabilities held for sale of $1,816.7 million and $463.7 million, respectively, as of September 30, 2022.
We identified the sufficiency of audit evidence over the held for sale classification of the HHI segment as a critical audit matter. Specifically, subjective auditor judgment was required to evaluate management's assertion that it expects a favorable resolution of the DOJ petition, which is necessary for the sale of HHI to ASSA to be completed.
The following circumstances:are the primary procedures we performed to address this critical audit matter. We applied auditor judgment to determine the nature and extent of procedures to be performed related to the held for sale classification of the HHI segment, including management’s assertion for a favorable resolution of the DOJ petition. We evaluated the design and tested the operating effectiveness of an internal control related to the held for sale classification of the HHI segment as of September 30, 2022. To evaluate management’s assertion that it expects a favorable resolution of the DOI petition, we:
inspected management's analysis and evaluated the basis for management's conclusions related to the held for sale classification of the HHI segment, including its assessment of the specific facts and circumstances around legal and regulatory factors that were relevant in the Company’s conclusions
inspected and evaluated internal and external documentation, including analysis of the DOJ petition against the pending sale of the HHI segment, as well as court rulings for similar transactions
evaluated management's intent and ability to execute its plans to secure a favorable resolution of the DOJ petition and close the transaction.
We evaluated the sufficiency of audit evidence obtained by assessing the results of procedures performed, including the appropriateness of such evidence.

Valuation of contingent consideration and tradename in the Tristar Products, Inc. business acquisitions
As discussed in Notes 2 and 4 to the consolidated financial statements, on February 18, 2022, the Company acquired all of the membership interests in HPC Brands, LLC, which consists of the home appliances and cookware business of Tristar Products, Inc., in a business combination for a total purchase price of $325.0 million. The total purchase price included the estimated acquisition-date fair value of contingent consideration, which may be paid if the acquired business achieves certain targets in 2022 and 2023. The acquisition-date fair value of the contingent consideration liability was estimated using a Monte Carlo simulation model. In connection with this business combination, the Company acquired the PowerXL tradename intangible asset, for which the Company used the relief from royalty method to determine the acquisition-date fair value. The acquisition-date fair values for the contingent consideration liability and the PowerXL tradename were $30.0 million and $66.0 million, respectively.
As required by Section 304 of the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002, which generally provides that if the Company is required to prepare an accounting restatement due to material noncompliance as a result of misconduct with financial reporting requirements under the securities laws, then the CEO and CFO must reimburse the Company for any incentive-based compensation or equity compensation and profits from the sale of the Company’s securities during the
12-month
period following initial publication of the financial statements that had been restated;
1753

Table of ContentsContents
As required by Section 954 of the Dodd-Frank Act and Rule
10D-1of
the Exchange Act, which generally require that, in the event the Company is required to prepare an accounting restatement due to its material noncompliance with financial reporting requirements under the securities laws, the Company may recover from any of its current or former executive officers who received incentive compensation, including stock options, during the three-year period preceding the date on which the Company is required to prepare a restatement based on the erroneous financial reporting, any amount that exceeds what would have been paid to the executive officer after giving effect to the restatement; and
As required by any other applicable law, regulation or regulatory requirement.
Additionally, our Board or Compensation Committee in their discretion may require that any executive officer who has been awarded incentive-based compensation shall forfeit, disgorge, return or adjust such compensation in the following circumstances:
If the Company suffers significant financial loss, reputational damage or similar adverse impact as a result of actions taken or decisions made by the executive officer in circumstances constituting illegal or intentionally wrongful conduct or gross negligence; or
If the executive officer is awarded or is paid out under any incentive compensation plan of the Company on the basis of a material misstatement of financial calculations or information or if events coming to light after the award disclose a material misstatement which would have significantly reduced the amount of the award or payout if known at the time of the award or payout.
We identified the assessment of the acquisition-date fair value measurement of the contingent consideration liability and the PowerXL tradename intangible asset as a critical audit matter. A high degree of complex auditor judgment was required to evaluate the key assumptions used to estimate the acquisition-date fair value of the contingent consideration liability, including forecasted gross profit and volatility. A high degree of complex auditor judgment was also required to evaluate the key assumptions used to estimate the acquisition-date fair value of the PowerXL tradename intangible asset, including forecasted revenue and the royalty rate. Changes in these assumptions could have had a significant impact on the acquisition-date fair values of the contingent consideration liability and the tradename. In addition, valuation professionals with specialized skills and knowledge were needed to assist in performing certain audit procedures related to the acquisition-date fair value measurement of both the contingent consideration liability and the PowerXL tradename intangible asset.
The awardsfollowing are the primary procedures we performed to address this critical audit matter. We evaluated the design and incentive compensation subjecttested the operating effectiveness of certain internal controls related to clawback under this policy include vested and unvested equity awards, shares acquired upon vesting or lapse of restrictions, short- and long-term incentive bonuses and similar compensation, discretionary bonuses, any other awards or compensation under the Company’s equity plans and any other incentive compensation planprocess of estimating the acquisition-date fair values of the Company. Any clawback under this policy may, incontingent consideration liability and the discretion of our Board or Compensation Committee, be effectuated through the reduction, forfeiture or cancellation of awards, the return of
paid-out
cash or exercised or released shares, adjustments to future incentive compensation opportunities or in such other manner as our Board and Compensation Committee determine to be appropriate, except as otherwise required by law.
In addition, under the Company’s equity plans, any equity award granted may be cancelled by our Compensation Committee in its sole discretion, except as prohibited by applicable law, if the participant, without the consent of the Company, while employed by or providing servicesPowerXL tradename intangible asset, including controls related to the Company or any affiliate or after termination of such employment or service, violates a
non-competition,
non-solicitation
or
non-disclosure
covenant or agreement or otherwise engages in activity that is in conflict with or is adversekey assumptions noted above. We evaluated the forecasted gross profit and the forecasted revenue by comparing them to the interests of the Company or any affiliate, including fraud or conduct contributing to any financial restatements or irregularities engaged in, as determined by our Compensation Committee in its sole discretion. Our Compensation Committee may also provide in any award agreement that the participant will forfeit any gain realized on the vesting or exercise of such award and must repay the gain to the Company, in each case except as prohibited by applicable law, if (i) the participant engages in any activity referred to in the preceding sentence or (ii) the amount of any such gain is in excess of what the participant should have received under the terms of the award for any reason (including without limitation by reason of a financial restatement, mistake in calculations or other administrative error). Additionally, awards are subject to clawback, forfeiture or similar requirements to the extent required by applicable law (including without limitation Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and Section 954 of the Dodd-Frank Act). Equity awards issued have included these provisions.
Risk Oversight
The Company’s risk assessment and management function is led by the Company’s senior management, which is responsible for
day-to-day
management of the Company’s risk profile, with oversight from our Board and its committees. Central to our Board’s oversight function is our Audit Committee. In accordance with our Audit Committee Charter, our Audit Committee is responsible for the oversight of the financial reporting process and internal controls. In this capacity, our Audit Committee is responsible for reviewing and evaluating guidelines and policies governing the process by which senior managementhistorical results of the Company and the relevant departmentsacquired business. We also assessed the Company's ability to accurately forecast by comparing the Company's forecasted gross profit and forecasted revenue of the Company, includingacquired business to actual results since the internal audit department,acquisition date. We performed sensitivity analyses over the Company's forecasted gross profit and volatility to assess the impact on the Company's determination of the acquisition-date fair value of the contingent consideration liability. We performed sensitivity analyses over the Company's forecasted revenue and manage the Company’s exposureroyalty rate to risk,assess the impact of the Company's determination of the acquisition-date fair value of the PowerXL tradename. We involved valuation professionals with specialized skills and knowledge, who assisted in evaluating:
volatility used in the Monte Carlo simulation model for the contingent consideration liability
the forecasted long-term revenue growth rates underlying the forecasted revenue used in the PowerXL tradename valuation by comparing it to certain macroeconomic trend data, such as wellgross domestic product and inflation, and to relevant industry-specific data
the PowerXL tradename royalty rate by comparing it against a range of royalty rates that was independently-developed using publicly-available market data for comparable tradenames.

/s/ KPMG LLP

We have served as the Company’s major financial risk exposures and the steps management has taken to monitor and control such exposures.auditor since 2011.
Milwaukee, Wisconsin
November 22, 2022

The Company has implemented an annual formalized risk assessment process. In accordance with this process, a governance risk and compliance committee of certain members of senior management has the responsibility to identify, assess and oversee the management of risk for the Company. This committee obtains input from other members of management and subject matter experts as needed. Management uses the collective input received to measure the potential likelihood and impact of key risks and to determine the adequacy of the Company’s risk management strategy. Periodically, representatives of this committee report to our Audit Committee on its activities and the Company’s risk exposure.
1854


Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

In Fiscal 2020, our managementTo the Shareholders and our Audit Committee reviewed our reporting processesBoard of Directors
Spectrum Brands Holdings, Inc.:
Opinion on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
We have audited Spectrum Brands Holdings, Inc. and took a number of actions to further enhance such processes. In connection with such efforts, we made changes to oursubsidiaries' (the Company) internal control over financial reporting as of September 30, 2022, based on criteria established in orderInternal Control –Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of September 30, 2022, based on criteria established in Internal Control –Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the consolidated statements of financial position of the Company as of September 30, 2022 and 2021, the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, shareholders' equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended September 30, 2022, and the related notes (collectively, the consolidated financial statements), and our report dated November 22, 2022 expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements.
The Company acquired Tristar Products, Inc. during 2022, and management excluded from its assessment of the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of September 30, 2022, Tristar Products, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting associated with total assets $381.9 million and total revenues of $189.7 million included in the consolidated financial statements of the Company as of and for the year ended September 30, 2022. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting of the Company also excluded an evaluation of the internal control over financial reporting of Tristar Products, Inc.
Basis for Opinion
The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management's Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to remediateexpress an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
Definition and Limitations of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

/s/ KPMG LLP

Milwaukee, Wisconsin
November 22, 2022


55

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Shareholder and Board of Directors
SB/RH Holdings, LLC:
Opinion on the Consolidated Financial Statements
We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of financial position of SB/RH Holdings, LLC and subsidiaries (the Company) as of September 30, 2022 and 2021, the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, shareholder’s equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended September 30, 2022, and the related notes (collectively, the consolidated financial statements). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of September 30, 2022 and 2021, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended September 30, 2022, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
Basis for Opinion
These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we disclosed in our Original Form
10-K.
We expect remediationplan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of this material weakness will be completed during fiscal year 2021. See Item 9Amisstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our Original Formaudits, we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.
10-KOur audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
Critical Audit Matters
The critical audit matters communicated below are matters arising from the current period audit of the consolidated financial statements that were communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that: (1) relate to accounts or disclosures that are material to the consolidated financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the consolidated financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matters below, providing separate opinions on the critical audit matters or on the accounts or disclosures to which they relate.
Sufficiency of audit evidence related to held for sale classification
As discussed in Notes 1and 3 to the consolidated financial statements, on September 8, 2021, the Company entered a definitive agreement with ASSA ABLOY AB (ASSA) to sell its Hardware and Home Improvement (HHI) segment, subject to certain antitrust approvals, and has presented the HHI segment as assets held for sale since then. On September 15, 2022, the Department of Justice (DOJ) issued a petition to enjoin and block the HHI transaction. Both the Company and ASSA have stated their disagreement with the purported concerns of the DOJ and have made proposals to address them. The Company expects that the parties will obtain all required governmental clearances and will close the HHI transaction. As such, the Company continued to classify the HHI segment as held for sale, with total assets held for sale and total liabilities held for sale of $1,816.7 million and $463.7 million, respectively, as of September 30, 2022.
We identified the sufficiency of audit evidence over the held for sale classification of the HHI segment as a critical audit matter. Specifically, subjective auditor judgment was required to evaluate management's assertion that it expects a favorable resolution of the DOJ petition, which is necessary for the sale of HHI to ASSA to be completed.
The following are the primary procedures we performed to address this critical audit matter. We applied auditor judgment to determine the nature and extent of procedures to be performed related to the held for sale classification of the HHI segment, including management’s assertion for a detailed discussionfavorable resolution of the DOJ petition. We evaluated the design and tested the operating effectiveness of an internal control related to the held for sale classification of the HHI segment as of September 30, 2022. To evaluate management’s assertion that it expects a favorable resolution of the DOI petition, we:
inspected management's analysis and evaluated the basis for management's conclusions related to the held for sale classification of the HHI segment, including its assessment of the specific facts and circumstances around legal and regulatory factors that were relevant in the Company’s conclusions
inspected and evaluated internal and external documentation, including analysis of the DOJ petition against the pending sale of the HHI segment, as well as court rulings for similar transactions
evaluated management's intent and ability to execute its plans to secure a favorable resolution of the DOJ petition and close the transaction.
We evaluated the sufficiency of audit evidence obtained by assessing the results of procedures performed, including the appropriateness of such evidence.
Valuation of contingent consideration and tradename in the Tristar Products, Inc. business acquisitions
As discussed in Notes 2 and 4 to the consolidated financial statements, on February 18, 2022, the Company acquired all of the membership interests in HPC Brands, LLC, which consists of the home appliances and cookware business of Tristar Products, Inc., in a business combination for a total purchase price of $325.0 million. The total purchase price included the estimated acquisition-date fair value of contingent consideration, which may be paid if the acquired business achieves certain targets in 2022 and 2023. The acquisition-date fair value of the contingent consideration liability was estimated using a Monte Carlo simulation model. In connection with this remediation process.business combination, the Company acquired the PowerXL tradename intangible asset, for which the Company used the relief from royalty method to determine the acquisition-date fair value. The acquisition-date fair values for the contingent consideration liability and the PowerXL tradename were $30.0 million and $66.0 million, respectively.
56

Environmental, Social

We identified the assessment of the acquisition-date fair value measurement of the contingent consideration liability and Governance Matters
We are committedthe PowerXL tradename intangible asset as a critical audit matter. A high degree of complex auditor judgment was required to sustainabilityevaluate the key assumptions used to estimate the acquisition-date fair value of the contingent consideration liability, including forecasted gross profit and recognizevolatility. A high degree of complex auditor judgment was also required to evaluate the key assumptions used to estimate the acquisition-date fair value of the PowerXL tradename intangible asset, including forecasted revenue and the royalty rate. Changes in these assumptions could have had a significant impact our business has on the world.acquisition-date fair values of the contingent consideration liability and the tradename. In addition, valuation professionals with specialized skills and knowledge were needed to assist in performing certain audit procedures related to the acquisition-date fair value measurement of both the contingent consideration liability and the PowerXL tradename intangible asset.
The following are the primary procedures we performed to address this critical audit matter. We believe in making a positive difference inevaluated the communities in which we livedesign and worktested the operating effectiveness of certain internal controls related to the Company’s process of estimating the acquisition-date fair values of the contingent consideration liability and strivethe PowerXL tradename intangible asset, including controls related to discharge our corporate social responsibilities from a global perspectivethe key assumptions noted above. We evaluated the forecasted gross profit and throughout every aspectthe forecasted revenue by comparing them to historical results of our operations. Our Board recognizes the negative effect poor environmental practicesCompany and human capital management may have on usthe acquired business. We also assessed the Company's ability to accurately forecast by comparing the Company's forecasted gross profit and our returns. Our Board carefully considersforecasted revenue of the acquired business to actual results since the acquisition date. We performed sensitivity analyses over the Company's forecasted gross profit and balancesvolatility to assess the impact on the environment, peopleCompany's determination of the acquisition-date fair value of the contingent consideration liability. We performed sensitivity analyses over the Company's forecasted revenue and the communitiesroyalty rate to assess the impact of which we are a partthe Company's determination of the acquisition-date fair value of the PowerXL tradename. We involved valuation professionals with specialized skills and knowledge, who assisted in deciding howevaluating:
volatility used in the Monte Carlo simulation model for the contingent consideration liability
the forecasted long-term revenue growth rates underlying the forecasted revenue used in the PowerXL tradename valuation by comparing it to operate our business. Our Board receives periodic reports regarding our risk exposure and risk mitigation efforts in these areas.
While our corporate social responsibility commitments address many areas, we focus on four key priorities:certain macroeconomic trend data, such as gross domestic product and content safety, environmental sustainability, human rightsinflation, and ethical sourcing and diversity and inclusion.
to relevant industry-specific data
the PowerXL tradename royalty rate by comparing it against a range of royalty rates that was independently-developed using publicly-available market data for comparable tradenames.

/s/ KPMG LLP
Product

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 1997.
Milwaukee, Wisconsin
November 22, 2022

 & Content Safety
– Product safety is essential to upholding our consumers’ trust and expectations and we embed quality and safety processes into every product we deliver. This includes embracing our responsibility to create safe, high-quality products and marketing them responsibly. It is an important part of how we uphold our commitments to all our consumers.
Environmental Sustainability
We are passionate about protecting our planet and conserving natural resources for future generations, including pursuing innovative ways to reduce our environmental impacts across our businesses. We drive our strategic environmental blueprint across our organization with the intention of reducing the environmental impacts of our products, minimizing the environmental footprint of our operations and processes and encouraging our employees and partners to embrace and promote environmental responsibility.
Human Rights
 & Ethical Sourcing
– Treating people with fairness, dignity and respect and operating ethically in our supply chain are our core values. We demonstrate these deep beliefs in the way we treat our employees and in the expectations and requirements we have of those with whom we do business. We work with our third-party factories and licensees to ensure all products are manufactured in safe and healthy environments and the human rights of workers in our supply chain are being upheld.
Diversity
 & Inclusion
We believe that supporting gender equality and promoting inclusion across our business and society makes the world a better place for all. We know that the more inclusive we are as a company, the stronger our business will be. We support the personal and professional growth of our diverse worker base, with a goal of positively impacting their lives and well-being.

Related-Person Transactions Policy
57
Our Board has adopted a written policy for

SPECTRUM BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC.
Consolidated Statements of Financial Position
September 30, 2022 and 2021
(in millions, except per share figures)
(in millions)20222021
Assets
Cash and cash equivalents$243.7 $187.9 
Trade receivables, net247.4 248.4 
Other receivables95.7 63.7 
Inventories780.6 562.8 
Prepaid expenses and other current assets51.2 40.8 
Current assets of business held for sale1,816.7 1,810.0 
Total current assets3,235.3 2,913.6 
Property, plant and equipment, net263.8 260.2 
Operating lease assets82.5 56.5 
Deferred charges and other38.7 38.8 
Goodwill953.1 867.2 
Intangible assets, net1,202.2 1,204.1 
Total assets$5,775.6 $5,340.4 
Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity
Current portion of long-term debt$12.3 $12.0 
Accounts payable453.1 388.6 
Accrued wages and salaries28.4 67.4 
Accrued interest27.6 29.9 
Other current liabilities203.0 211.9 
Current liabilities of business held for sale463.7 454.3 
Total current liabilities1,188.1 1,164.1 
Long-term debt, net of current portion3,144.5 2,494.3 
Long-term operating lease liabilities56.0 44.5 
Deferred income taxes60.1 59.5 
Other long-term liabilities57.8 99.0 
Total liabilities4,506.5 3,861.4 
Commitments and contingencies (Note 20)


Shareholders' equity
Common stock, $0.01 par value; 200.0 million shares authorized; 53.8 million and 53.8 million shares issued, respectively.0.5 0.5 
Additional paid-in capital2,032.5 2,063.8 
Accumulated earnings362.1 359.9 
Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax(303.1)(235.3)
Treasury stock, 13.0 million and 11.9 million shares, respectively(828.8)(717.0)
Total shareholders' equity1,263.2 1,471.9 
Noncontrolling interest5.9 7.1 
Total equity1,269.1 1,479.0 
Total liabilities and equity$5,775.6 $5,340.4 
See accompanying notes to the review, approval and ratification of transactions that involve related persons and potential conflicts of interest. See “
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions
” for discussion of this policy and disclosure of our related-person transactions.consolidated financial statements.
Transfer of Our Shares of Common Stock
58

Our Company has substantial deferred tax assets related
Table of Contents

SPECTRUM BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC.
Consolidated Statements ofIncome
Years ended September 30, 2022, 2021 and 2020
(in millions, except per share figures)
(in millions, except per share)202220212020
Net sales$3,132.5 $2,998.1 $2,622.1 
Cost of goods sold2,142.1 1,963.5 1,744.0 
Gross profit990.4 1,034.6 878.1 
Selling597.6 518.5 428.8 
General and administrative371.4 389.2 360.5 
Research and development26.7 29.8 29.2 
Gain from remeasurement of contingent consideration liability(28.5)— — 
Loss on sale of Coevorden operations— — 26.8 
Write-off from impairment of intangible assets— — 24.2 
Total operating expenses967.2 937.5 869.5 
Operating income23.2 97.1 8.6 
Interest expense99.4 116.5 93.7 
Gain from extinguishment of Salus CLO debt— — (76.2)
Other non-operating expense (income), net14.1 (8.3)16.2 
Loss from continuing operations before income taxes(90.3)(11.1)(25.1)
Income tax (benefit) expense(13.3)(26.4)27.3 
Net (loss) income from continuing operations(77.0)15.3 (52.4)
Income from discontinued operations, net of tax149.7 174.3 150.9 
Net income72.7 189.6 98.5 
Net income from continuing operations attributable to non-controlling interest0.2 0.2 0.3 
Net income (loss) from discontinued operations attributable to non-controlling interest0.9 $(0.2)$0.4 
Net income attributable to controlling interest$71.6 $189.6 $97.8 
Amounts attributable to controlling interest
Net (loss) income from continuing operations attributable to controlling interest$(77.2)$15.1 $(52.7)
Net income from discontinued operations attributable to controlling interest148.8 174.5 150.5 
Net income attributable to controlling interest$71.6 $189.6 $97.8 
Earnings Per Share
Basic earnings per share from continuing operations$(1.89)$0.35 $(1.18)
Basic earnings per share from discontinued operations3.64 4.09 3.37 
Basic earnings per share$1.75 $4.44 $2.19 
Diluted earnings per share from continuing operations$(1.89)$0.35 $(1.18)
Diluted earnings per share from discontinued operations3.64 4.04 3.37 
Diluted earnings per share$1.75 $4.39 $2.19 
Dividend per share$1.68 $1.68 $1.68 
Weighted Average Shares Outstanding
Basic40.9 42.7 44.7 
Diluted40.9 43.2 44.7 
See accompanying notes to net operating losses and tax credits (together, “Tax Attributes”) for U.S. federal and state income tax purposes. These Tax Attributes are an important asset of the Company because we expect to use these Tax Attributes to offset future taxable income. The Company’s ability to utilize or realize the carrying value of such Tax Attributes may be impacted if the Company experiences an “ownership change” or certain other events under applicable tax rules. If an “ownership change” were to occur, we could lose the ability to use a significant portion of our Tax Attributes, which could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s results of operations andconsolidated financial condition.
statements.
59
19

SPECTRUM BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC.
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income
Years ended September 30, 2022, 2021 and 2020
(in millions)
(in millions)202220212020
Net income$72.7 $189.6 $98.5 
Other comprehensive income
Foreign currency translation adjustment
Foreign currency translation (loss) gain(147.8)26.0 14.5 
Unrealized gain (loss) on net investment hedge75.8 6.2 (33.0)
Foreign currency translation adjustment before tax(72.0)32.2 (18.5)
Deferred tax effect(20.0)— 0.1 
Net unrealized (loss) gain on foreign currency translation(92.0)32.2 (18.4)
Unrealized gain on derivative instruments
Unrealized gain (loss) on derivative instruments before reclassification30.7 0.1 (6.2)
Net reclassification for (gain) loss to income from continuing operations(20.2)9.2 (4.6)
Net reclassification for (gain) loss to income from discontinued operations(2.4)0.1 (0.4)
Unrealized gain (loss) on derivative instruments after reclassification8.1 9.4 (11.2)
Deferred tax effect2.3 (6.6)11.7 
Net unrealized gain on derivative instruments10.4 2.8 0.5 
Defined benefit pension gain (loss)
Defined benefit pension gain (loss) before reclassification18.3 11.7 (5.2)
Net reclassification for loss to income from continuing operations3.6 4.8 4.6 
Net reclassification for gain to income from discontinued operations(0.1)(0.1)(0.3)
Defined benefit pension gain (loss) after reclassification21.8 16.4 (0.9)
Deferred tax effect(8.9)(1.6)(0.3)
Net defined benefit pension gain (loss)12.9 14.8 (1.2)
Deconsolidation of discontinued operations and assets held for sale— — 8.1 
Net change to derive comprehensive income for the periods(68.7)49.8 (11.0)
Comprehensive income4.0 239.4 87.5 
Comprehensive (loss) income from continuing operations attributable to non-controlling interest(0.4)— 0.1 
Comprehensive (loss) income from discontinuing operations attributable to non-controlling interest(0.5)0.4 0.3 
Comprehensive income attributable to controlling interest$4.9 $239.0 $87.1 
See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

60

SPECTRUM BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC.
Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity
Years ended September 30, 2022, 2021 and 2020
(in millions)
Common StockAdditional
Paid-in
Capital
Accumulated
Earnings
Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Loss
Treasury
Stock
Total
Shareholders'
Equity
Non-
controlling
Interest
Total
Equity
(in millions)SharesAmount
Balance at September 30, 201948.8 $0.5 $2,031.1 $223.8 $(273.6)$(260.9)$1,720.9 $8.0 $1,728.9 
Net (loss) income from continuing operations— — — (52.7)— — (52.7)0.3 (52.4)
Income from discontinued operations, net of tax— — — 150.5 — — 150.5 0.4 150.9 
Other comprehensive (loss) income, net of tax— — — — (19.5)— (19.5)0.4 (19.1)
Sale and deconsolidation of discontinued operations— — — — 8.1 — 8.1 8.1 
Treasury stock repurchases(4.2)— — — — (239.8)(239.8)— (239.8)
Accelerated share repurchase final settlement(2.0)— (0.2)— — (124.8)(125.0)— (125.0)
Restricted stock issued and related tax withholdings0.5 — (14.2)— — 19.0 4.8 — 4.8 
Share based compensation— — 37.6 — — — 37.6 37.6 
Dividend paid to common shareholders— — — (77.4)— — (77.4)— (77.4)
Dividend paid by subsidiary to NCI— — — — — — — (0.8)(0.8)
Cumulative adjustment for adoption of new accounting standards— — — (0.3)0.3 — — — — 
Balances at September 30, 202043.1 0.5 2,054.3 243.9 (284.7)(606.5)1,407.5 8.3 1,415.8 
Net income from continuing operations— — — 15.1 — — 15.1 0.2 15.3 
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax— — — 174.5 — — 174.5 (0.2)174.3 
Other comprehensive income, net of tax— — — — 49.4 — 49.4 0.4 49.8 
Treasury stock repurchases(1.6)— — — — (125.8)(125.8)— (125.8)
Restricted stock issued and related tax withholdings0.3 — (20.2)— — 15.3 (4.9)— (4.9)
Share based compensation— — 29.7 — — — 29.7 29.7 
Dividend paid to common shareholders— — — (73.6)— — (73.6)— (73.6)
Dividend paid by subsidiary to NCI— — — — — — — (1.6)(1.6)
Balances at September 30, 202141.8 0.5 2,063.8 359.9 (235.3)(717.0)1,471.9 7.1 1,479.0 
Net (loss) income from continuing operations— — — (77.2)— — (77.2)0.2 (77.0)
Income from discontinued operations, net of tax— — — 148.8 — — 148.8 0.9 149.7 
Other comprehensive loss, net of tax— — — — (67.8)— (67.8)(0.9)(68.7)
Treasury stock repurchases(1.4)— — — — (134.0)(134.0)— (134.0)
Restricted stock issued and related tax withholdings0.4 — (46.7)— — 22.2 (24.5)— (24.5)
Share based compensation— — 15.4 — — — 15.4 15.4 
Dividend paid to common shareholders— — — (69.4)— — (69.4)— (69.4)
Dividend paid by subsidiary to NCI— — — — — — — (1.4)(1.4)
Balances at September 30, 202240.8 $0.5 $2,032.5 $362.1 $(303.1)$(828.8)$1,263.2 $5.9 $1,269.1 
See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.
61

SPECTRUM BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC.
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
Years ended September 30, 2022, 2021 and 2020
(in millions)
(in millions)202220212020
Cash flows from operating activities
Net income$72.7 $189.6 $98.5 
Income from discontinued operations, net of tax149.7 174.3 150.9 
Net (loss) income from continuing operations(77.0)15.3 (52.4)
Adjustments to reconcile net (loss) income to net cash from operating activities:
Depreciation49.0 51.9 59.3 
Amortization50.3 65.1 55.3 
Share based compensation10.2 28.9 31.8 
Amortization of debt issuance costs and debt discount7.1 5.6 6.4 
Write-off of unamortized discount and debt issuance costs— 7.9 1.1 
Gain from remeasurement of contingent consideration liability(28.5)— — 
Non-cash purchase accounting adjustments8.3 7.3 — 
Gain on equity investment— (6.9)16.8 
Loss on sale of Coevorden operations— — 26.8 
Write-off from impairment of intangible assets— — 24.2 
Gain from extinguishment of Salus CLO debt— — (76.2)
Deferred tax (benefit) expense(44.6)(64.4)24.6 
Net changes in operating assets and liabilities
Receivables(12.2)65.9 (58.6)
Inventories(153.7)(219.6)36.2 
Prepaid expenses and other current assets(34.8)(9.7)26.0 
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities(15.0)116.0 99.8 
Other9.4 25.9 (19.3)
Net cash (used) provided by operating activities from continuing operations(231.5)89.2 201.8 
Net cash provided by operating activities from discontinued operations177.7 199.2 88.5 
Net cash (used) provided by operating activities(53.8)288.4 290.3 
Cash flows from investing activities
Purchases of property, plant and equipment(64.0)(43.6)(44.1)
Proceeds from disposal of property, plant and equipment0.2 0.1 4.2 
Proceeds from sale of Coevorden operations— — 29.0 
Proceeds from sale of discontinued operations, net of cash— — 3.6 
Business acquisitions, net of cash acquired(272.1)(429.9)(16.9)
Proceeds from sale of equity investment— 73.1 147.1 
Other investing activity— (0.4)2.3 
Net cash (used) provided by investing activities from continuing operations(335.9)(400.7)125.2 
Net cash used by investing activities from discontinued operations(23.9)(22.8)(16.9)
Net cash (used) provided by investing activities(359.8)(423.5)108.3 
62

(in millions)202220212020
Cash flows from financing activities
Payment of debt, including premium on extinguishment$(12.7)$(891.2)$(134.3)
Proceeds from issuance of debt740.0 899.0 300.0 
Payment of debt issuance costs(7.6)(12.6)(11.5)
Treasury stock purchases(134.0)(125.8)(239.8)
Accelerated share repurchase— — (125.0)
Dividends paid to shareholders(68.6)(71.5)(75.2)
Share based award tax withholding payments, net of proceeds upon vesting(24.5)(8.3)(12.6)
Payment of contingent consideration(1.9)— (197.0)
Other financing activities, net— 3.5 0.3 
Net cash provided (used) by financing activities from continuing operations490.7 (206.9)(495.1)
Net cash used by financing activities from discontinued operations(3.1)(3.0)(2.0)
Net cash provided (used) by financing activities487.6 (209.9)(497.1)
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents(20.1)1.3 5.1 
Net change in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash53.9 (343.7)(93.4)
Net change in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash in discontinued operations— — — 
Net change in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash in continuing operations53.9 (343.7)(93.4)
Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash, beginning of period190.0 533.7 627.1 
Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash, end of period$243.9 $190.0 $533.7 
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information
Cash paid for interest associated with continued operations$92.1 $86.4 $81.4 
Cash paid for interest associated with discontinued operations$53.6 $50.0 $45.7 
Cash paid for taxes associated with continued operations$32.6 $23.5 $20.2 
Cash paid for taxes associated with discontinued operations$12.9 $11.5 $21.9 
Non cash investing activities
Acquisition of property, plant and equipment through capital leases$1.4 $9.4 $3.5 
Non cash financing activities
Issuance of shares through stock compensation plan$33.4 $17.9 $39.6 
See accompany notes to the consolidated financial statements.
63


SB/RH Holdings, LLC
Consolidated Statements of Financial Position
September 30, 2022 and 2021
(in millions)
(in millions)20222021
Assets
Cash and cash equivalents$242.4 $186.2 
Trade receivables, net247.4 248.4 
Other receivables183.1 146.4 
Inventories780.6 562.8 
Prepaid expenses and other current assets51.2 40.8 
Current assets of business held for sale1,816.7 1,810.0 
Total current assets3,321.4 2,994.6 
Property, plant and equipment, net263.8 260.2 
Operating lease assets82.5 56.5 
Deferred charges and other38.1 35.1 
Goodwill953.1 867.2 
Intangible assets, net1,202.2 1,204.1 
Total assets$5,861.1 $5,417.7 
Liabilities and Shareholder's Equity
Current portion of long-term debt$12.3 $12.0 
Accounts payable453.3 388.8 
Accrued wages and salaries28.4 67.4 
Accrued interest27.6 29.9 
Other current liabilities197.3 214.4 
Current liabilities of business held for sale463.7 454.3 
Total current liabilities1,182.6 1,166.8 
Long-term debt, net of current portion3,144.5 2,494.3 
Long-term operating lease liabilities56.0 44.5 
Deferred income taxes279.3 272.4 
Other long-term liabilities65.6 106.3 
Total liabilities4,728.0 4,084.3 
Commitments and contingencies (Note 20)


Shareholder's equity
Other capital2,164.6 2,174.8 
Accumulated deficit(736.0)(614.9)
Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax(303.0)(235.2)
Total shareholder's equity1,125.6 1,324.7 
Noncontrolling interest7.5 8.7 
Total equity1,133.1 1,333.4 
Total liabilities and equity$5,861.1 $5,417.7 
See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements
64

SB/RH Holdings, LLC
Consolidated Statements of Income
Years ended September 30, 2022, 2021 and 2020
(in millions)
(in millions)202220212020
Net Sales$3,132.5 $2,998.1 $2,622.1 
Cost of goods sold2,142.1 1,963.5 1,744.0 
Gross profit990.4 1,034.6 878.1 
Selling597.6 518.5 428.8 
General and administrative368.7 385.5 353.5 
Research and development26.7 29.8 29.2 
Gain from remeasurement of contingent consideration liability(28.5)— — 
Loss on sale of Coevorden operations— — 26.8 
Write-off from impairment of intangible assets— — 24.2 
Total operating expenses964.5 933.8 862.5 
Operating income25.9 100.8 15.6 
Interest expense99.8 116.8 93.2 
Other non-operating expense (income), net14.0 (8.3)16.3 
Loss from continuing operations before income taxes(87.9)(7.7)(93.9)
Income tax (benefit) expense(12.9)(25.0)14.5 
Net (loss) income from continuing operations(75.0)17.3 (108.4)
Income from discontinued operations, net of tax149.7 174.3 150.9 
Net income74.7 191.6 42.5 
Net income from continuing operations attributable to non-controlling interest0.2 0.2 0.3 
Net income (loss) from discontinued operations attributable to non-controlling interest0.9 (0.2)0.4 
Net income attributable to controlling interest$73.6 $191.6 $41.8 
Amounts attributable to controlling interest
Net (loss) income from continuing operations attributable to controlling interest$(75.2)$17.1 $(108.7)
Net income from discontinued operations attributable to controlling interest148.8 174.5 150.5 
Net income attributable to controlling interest$73.6 $191.6 $41.8 
See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements
65

SB/RH Holdings, LLC
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income
Years ended September 30, 2022, 2021 and 2020
(in millions)
(in millions)202220212020
Net income$74.7 $191.6 $42.5 
Other comprehensive income
Foreign currency translation adjustment
Foreign currency translation (loss) gain(147.8)26.0 14.5 
Unrealized gain (loss) on net investment hedge75.8 6.2 (33.0)
Foreign currency translation adjustment before tax(72.0)32.2 (18.5)
Deferred tax effect(20.0)— 0.1 
Net unrealized (loss) gain on foreign currency translation(92.0)32.2 (18.4)
Unrealized gain on derivative instruments
Unrealized gain (loss) on derivative instruments before reclassification30.7 0.1 (6.2)
Net reclassification for (gain) loss to income from continuing operations(20.2)9.2 (4.6)
Net reclassification for (gain) loss to income from discontinued operations(2.4)0.1 (0.4)
Unrealized gain (loss) on derivative instruments after reclassification8.1 9.4 (11.2)
Deferred tax effect2.3 (6.6)11.7 
Net unrealized gain on derivative instruments10.4 2.8 0.5 
Defined benefit pension gain (loss)
Defined benefit pension gain (loss) before reclassification18.3 11.7 (5.2)
Net reclassification for loss to income from continuing operations3.6 4.8 4.6 
Net reclassification for gain to income from discontinued operations(0.1)(0.1)(0.3)
Defined benefit pension gain (loss) after reclassification21.8 16.4 (0.9)
Deferred tax effect(8.9)(1.6)(0.3)
Net defined benefit pension gain (loss)12.9 14.8 (1.2)
Deconsolidation of discontinued operations and assets held for sale— — 8.1 
Net change to derive comprehensive income for the period(68.7)49.8 (11.0)
Comprehensive income6.0 241.4 31.5 
Comprehensive (loss) income from continuing operations attributable to non-controlling interest(0.4)— 0.1 
Comprehensive (loss) income from discontinuing operations attributable to non-controlling interest(0.5)0.4 0.3 
Comprehensive income attributable to controlling interest$6.9 $241.0 $31.1 
See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements


66

SB/RH Holdings, LLC
Consolidated Statements of Shareholder’s Equity
Years ended September 30, 2022, 2021 and 2020
(in millions)
(in millions)Other
Capital
Accumulated
Deficit
Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Loss
Total
Shareholder's
Equity
Non-
controlling
Interest
Total Equity
Balances at September 30, 2019$2,113.3 $(414.7)$(273.5)$1,425.1 $9.6 $1,434.7 
Net (loss) income from continuing operations— (108.7)— (108.7)0.3 (108.4)
Income from discontinued operations, net of tax— 150.5 — 150.5 0.4 150.9 
Sale and deconsolidation of discontinued operations— — 8.1 8.1 — 8.1 
Other comprehensive (loss) income, net of tax— — (19.5)(19.5)0.4 (19.1)
Restricted stock issued and related tax withholdings4.5 — — 4.5 — 4.5 
Share based compensation36.3 — — 36.3 — 36.3 
Dividends paid to parent— (241.0)— (241.0)— (241.0)
Dividend paid by subsidiary to NCI— — — — (0.8)(0.8)
Cumulative adjustment for adoption of new accounting standards— (0.3)0.3 — — — 
Balances at September 30, 20202,154.1 (614.2)(284.6)1,255.3 9.9 1,265.2 
Net income from continuing operations— 17.1 — 17.1 0.2 17.3 
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax— 174.5 — 174.5 (0.2)174.3 
Other comprehensive income, net of tax— — 49.4 49.4 0.4 49.8 
Restricted stock issued and related tax withholdings(7.3)— — (7.3)— (7.3)
Share based compensation28.0 — — 28.0 — 28.0 
Dividends paid to parent— (192.3)— (192.3)— (192.3)
Dividend paid by subsidiary to NCI— — — — (1.6)(1.6)
Balances at September 30, 20212,174.8 (614.9)(235.2)1,324.7 8.7 1,333.4 
Net (loss) income from continuing operations— (75.2)— (75.2)0.2 (75.0)
Income from discontinued operations, net of tax— 148.8 — 148.8 0.9 149.7 
Other comprehensive loss, net of tax— — (67.8)(67.8)(0.9)(68.7)
Restricted stock issued and related tax withholdings(24.5)— — (24.5)— (24.5)
Share based compensation14.3 — — 14.3 — 14.3 
Dividends paid to parent— (194.7)— (194.7)— (194.7)
Dividend paid by subsidiary to NCI— — — — (1.4)(1.4)
Balances at September 30, 2022$2,164.6 $(736.0)$(303.0)$1,125.6 $7.5 $1,133.1 
See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.
67

SB/RHHoldings, LLC
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
Years ended September 30, 2022, 2021 and 2020
(in millions)
(in millions)202220212020
Cash flows from operating activities
Net income$74.7 $191.6 $42.5 
Income from discontinued operations, net of tax149.7 174.3 150.9 
Net (loss) income from continuing operations(75.0)17.3 (108.4)
Adjustments to reconcile net (loss) income to net cash from operating activities:
Depreciation49.0 51.9 59.3 
Amortization50.3 65.1 55.3 
Share based compensation9.1 27.2 30.5 
Amortization of debt issuance costs and debt discount7.1 5.6 5.5 
Write-off of unamortized discount and debt issuance costs— 7.9 1.1 
Gain from remeasurement of contingent consideration liability(28.5)— — 
Non-cash purchase accounting adjustments8.3 7.3 — 
Gain on equity investment— (6.9)16.8 
Loss on sale of Coevorden operations— — 26.8 
Write-off from impairment of intangible assets— — 24.2 
Deferred tax (benefit) expense(44.2)(63.0)11.8 
Net changes in operating assets and liabilities
Receivables(41.4)57.3 (86.3)
Inventories(153.7)(219.6)36.2 
Prepaid expenses and other(34.8)(9.6)26.6 
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities(19.6)115.0 (95.5)
Other9.9 26.2 (12.2)
Net cash (used) provided by operating activities from continuing operations(263.5)81.7 (8.3)
Net cash provided by operating activities from discontinued operations177.7 199.2 88.5 
Net cash (used) provided by operating activities(85.8)280.9 80.2 
Cash flows from investing activities
Purchases of property, plant and equipment(64.0)(43.6)(44.1)
Proceeds from disposal of property, plant and equipment0.2 0.1 4.2 
Proceeds from sale of Coevorden operations— — 29.0 
Proceeds from sale of discontinued operations, net of cash— — 3.6 
Business acquisitions, net of cash acquired(272.1)(429.9)(16.9)
Proceeds from sale of equity investment— 73.1 147.1 
Other investing activities— (0.4)2.3 
Net cash (used) provided by investing activities from continuing operations(335.9)(400.7)125.2 
Net cash used by investing activities from discontinued operations(23.9)(22.8)(16.9)
Net cash (used) provided by investing activities(359.8)(423.5)108.3 
Cash flows from financing activities
Payment of debt, including premium on extinguishment(12.7)(891.2)(134.3)
Proceeds from issuance of debt740.0 899.0 300.0 
Payment of debt issuance costs(7.6)(12.6)(11.5)
Payment of cash dividends to parent(194.7)(192.3)(241.0)
Payment of contingent consideration(1.9)— (197.0)
Net cash provided (used) by financing activities from continuing operations523.1 (197.1)(283.8)
Net cash used by financing activities from discontinued operations(3.1)(3.0)(2.0)
Net cash provided (used) by financing activities520.0 (200.1)(285.8)
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents(20.1)1.3 5.1 
Net change in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash54.3 (341.4)(92.2)
Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash, beginning of period188.3 529.7 621.9 
Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash, end of period$242.6 $188.3 $529.7 
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information
Cash paid for interest associated with continued operations$92.1 $86.4 $81.4 
Cash paid for interest associated with discontinued operations$53.6 $50.0 $45.7 
Cash paid for taxes associated with continued operations$32.6 $23.5 $20.2 
Cash paid for taxes associated with discontinued operations$12.9 $11.5 $21.9 
Non cash investing activities
Acquisition of property, plant and equipment through capital leases$1.4 $9.4 $3.5 
See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.
68

Table of Contents
Accordingly, we have adopted certain transfer restrictions designed to limit an “ownership change.” These transfer restrictions are subject to certain exceptions, including, among others, prior approval of a Prohibited Transfer by our Board. As previously disclosed, our Board has granted
pre-approvals
to certain large institutional investors and their affiliates. The foregoing description of the transfer restrictions contained within our Charter is not complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of the Charter, which is incorporated by reference into this report.SPECTRUM BRANDS HOLDINGS INC.
SB/RH HOLDINGS, LLC
Governance Documents Availability
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
We have posted our Corporate Governance Guidelines, CodeThis report is a combined report of Business Conduct and Ethics for directors, officers and employees, Code of Ethics for the Principal Executive and Senior Financial Officers, Director Resignation Policy, Board Diversity Policy, Charter,
By-laws,
Audit Committee Charter, Compensation Committee Charter and NCG Committee Charter on our website www.spectrumbrands.com under “
Investor Relations—Corporate Governance Documents
.” We intend to disclose any amendments to, and, if applicable, any waivers of, these governance documents on that section of our website. These governance documents are also available in print without charge to any stockholder of record that makes a written request to the Company. Inquiries must be directed to the Investor Relations Department at Spectrum Brands Holdings, Inc. (“SBH”) and SB/RH Holdings, LLC (“SB/RH”) (collectively, the “Company”). The notes to the consolidated financial statements that follow include both consolidated SBH and SB/RH notes, unless otherwise indicated below.

NOTE 1 - DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS
The Company is a diversified global branded consumer products company.  We manage the businesses in three vertically integrated, product-focused segments: (i) Home and Personal Care (“HPC”), 3001 Deming Way, Middleton, WI 53562.
Director Compensation
Our Compensation Committee(ii) Global Pet Care (“GPC”), and (iii) Home and Garden (“H&G”).  The Company manufactures, markets and/or distributes its products globally in the North America (“NA”), Europe, Middle East & Africa (“EMEA”), Latin America (“LATAM”) and Asia-Pacific (“APAC”) regions through a variety of trade channels, including retailers, wholesalers and distributors. We enjoy strong name recognition under our various brands and patented technologies across multiple product categories.  Global and geographic strategic initiatives and financial objectives are determined at the corporate level.  Each segment is responsible for approving, subject to review by our Board asimplementing defined strategic initiatives and achieving certain financial objectives and has a whole, compensation programspresident responsible for our
non-employee
directors. In that function, our Compensation Committee considers marketsales and peer company data regarding director compensation and annually evaluates the Company’s director compensation practices in light of that datamarketing initiatives and the characteristicsfinancial results for all product lines within that segment. The segments are supported through center-led shared service enabling functions consisting of the Company as a whole, with the assistance of its independent compensation advisors. Our director compensation program for each
non-employee
director is described in the tablefinance and discussion below. Mr. Maura, our only director who is an employee of the Company, does not receive compensation for his service as a director.
For Fiscal 2020, compensation for service on the standing committees of our Board, was paid in an annual amount as follows below.
Committee                                                                                                                                                                                
  
Chair Annual
Retainer
   
Member
Annual
Retainer
Audit  $20,000   N/A
Compensation  $15,000   N/A
NCG  $15,000   N/A
Director Compensation Table for Fiscal 2020
Under our director compensation program, at the beginning of each fiscal year, each
non-employee
director receives an annual grant of RSUs equal to that number of shares of the Company’s common stock with a value on the date of grant of $125,000. Additionally, each director is eligible to receive an annual cash retainer of $105,000 which is paid quarterly. In addition, the Lead Independent Director (Mr. Polistina was appointed to this position in July 2018) receives an additional annual cash retainer of $40,000accounting, information technology, legal and an additional annual equity retainer amount of $20,000. Directors are permitted to make an annual election to receive all of their director compensation (including for service on committees of our Board) in the form of Company stock in lieu of cash. For Fiscal 2020, the grants of RSUs were made on December 16, 2019. All such RSUs vested at the end of Fiscal 2020, which is October 1, 2020
The table set forth below, together with its footnotes, provides information regarding compensation paid to our directors in Fiscal 2020.
Name
(1)
                                                                                                                        
  
Fees Earned or
Paid in Cash
(2)
  
Stock Awards
(3)(4)
   
All Other
Compensation
(5)
  
Total
 
Kenneth C. Ambrecht
(6)
  $ -     $  245,482   $5,509   $250,991 
David S. Harris
(7)
  $ -     $  230,443   $5,171   $235,614 
Sherianne James  $ 105,000   $  125,236   $3,081   $233,317 
Norman S. Matthews  $ -     $  245,482   $5,509   $250,991 
Terry L. Polistina  $ -     $  310,627   $5,621   $316,248 
Hugh R. Rovit  $105,000   $  125,236   $5,171   $235,407 
20

(1)
This table includes only directors who received compensation during Fiscal 2020. Each of Mr. Patel and Ms. Ward were appointed on October 9, 2020 and thus did not receive any compensation during Fiscal 2020.
(2)
Amounts reflected in this column include the annual retainer fees and committee Chair fees paid in cash to the applicable director during Fiscal 2020. Messrs. Ambrecht, Harris, Matthews and Polistina elected to take all of their retainer in stock in lieu of cash.
(3)
Amounts in this column represent the aggregate grant date fair value of each award computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718. The value was computed by multiplying the number of shares underlying the stock award by the closing price per share of the Company’s common stock on each grant date (or, as applicable, the last trading date immediately prior to the grant date if the grant date fell on a date when the New York Stock Exchange was closed), which was $62.40 on December 16, 2019. The directors received RSUs on December 16, 2019, which, except for Messrs. Ambrecht and Harris, vested on October 1, 2020 as follows: Ms. James, 2,007; Mr. Matthews, 3,934; Mr. Polistina, 4,978; and Mr. Rovit, 2,007. Messrs. Ambrecht and Harris received 3,934 and 3,693 RSUs, respectively, however, neither remained a member of our Board on October 1, 2020 and thus such RSUs did not vest.
(4)
As of September 30, 2020, Messrs. Matthews, Polistina and Rovit held 3,934, 2,007 and 4,978 outstanding unvested RSUs respectively and Ms. James held 2,007 outstanding unvested RSUs.
(5)
Includes dividends paid on RSUs which were not factored into the grant date fair value of the RSUs. The amount of the dividends for Messrs. Ambrecht, Harris, Matthews, Polistina and Rovit was $5,509, $5,171, $5,509, $5,621, $5,171, respectively and $3,081 for Ms. James.
(6)
Mr. Ambrecht passed away unexpectedly on September 25, 2020.
(7)
On January 10, 2020, David S. Harris resigned from our Board.
Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation
The current members of our Compensation Committee are Norman S. Matthews and Terry L. Polistina. During Fiscal 2020, none of the members of our Compensation Committee were an officer or employee of the Company. In addition, during Fiscal 2020, none of our executive officers served as a member of the compensation committee of any other entity that has one or more executive officers serving on our Board or our Compensation Committee.
21

ITEM 11.
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
COMPENSATION DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
This Compensation Discussion and Analysis (the “CD&A”) section summarizes our general philosophy with respect to the compensation of our CEO, CFO and our three most highly paid executive officers in Fiscal 2020 (collectively, our “named executive officers” or “NEOs”). This CD&A provides an overview and analysis of the compensation programs and policies for our NEOs, the material compensation decisions made by our Compensation Committee under such programs and policies and the material factors considered by the Compensation Committee in making those decisions. The discussion below is intended to help you understand the detailed information provided in our executive compensation tables and put that information into context within our overall compensation philosophy.
Fiscal 2020 Named Executive Officers
Our NEOs for Fiscal 2020 are:
David M. Maura
Chief Executive Officer and Executive Chairman
Jeremy W. Smeltser
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
Randal D. Lewis
Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer
Ehsan Zargar
Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary
Rebeckah Long
Senior Vice President, Global Human Resources Leader
Highlights/Executive Summary
Our executive compensation program is designed to link pay for performance, encourage prudent decision-making and create a balanced focus on short-term and long-term performance and value creation. Our executive compensation is heavily weighted toward variable compensation, as described in more detail below, which is central to our philosophy that a significant portion of compensation align with the achievement of performance goals. The three primary components of our executive compensation are base salary, our Management Incentive Program (“MIP”) and our equity based, long-term incentive program (“LTIP”). Our MIP and LTIP include goals tied directly to the performance of the Company.
Our teams faced and overcame many challenges during Fiscal 2020 that drove tangible and impressive results. Continued focus on our Global Productivity Improvement Program yielded improvements to create a better, faster and stronger company propelling our efforts to reinvest in and reignite growth. Additionally, we weathered demand and supply interruptions from the
COVID-19
pandemic while abiding by all government mandates. We also overcame gross tariff headwinds of over $120 million, which were about $70 million higher than the prior year. It has been imperative that we maintain compensation programs that retain, encourage and reward a strong management team to drive a business strategy that has not only allowed us to weather the storm but thrive and create gains for our investors.
We are proud of the success we had in Fiscal 2020 and its aftermath and the returns to our investors during this period. From the last day of Fiscal 2019 on September 30, 2019 to the end of Fiscal 2020 on September 30, 2020, our stock price rose 8.4% from $52.72 to $57.16 and our stock price has continued to rise to close at $78.98 as of December 31, 2020 for a 22.8% stock price increase since the beginning of the calendar year.
In addition, in Fiscal 2020, we returned $440 million to shareholders by repurchasing $365 million of shares and paying over $75 million in cash dividends. We believe our stock price performance and returns to shareholders were achieved due to our ability to manage our operational performance successfully and achieve sales growth despite supply chain interruptions, the impact of tariffs and the global economic contraction. All of this is described further below.
The Transformation of Our Company and Our Fiscal 2020 Accomplishments
Over the past several years, we commenced or completed substantial and transformative changes at our Company and delivered on a number of important accomplishments. These changes positioned the Company well to not only survive but thrive during Fiscal 2020, notwithstanding the challenges posed by the
COVID-19
pandemic on both ourhuman resource, supply chain and customer base and the ongoing impactcommercial operations. See Note 21 – Segment Information for more information pertaining to segments of tariffs. Some of these transformative changes and important accomplishments are summarized below under five broad categories: (i) management team and Board member changes, (ii) corporate governance, (iii) compensation practice changes, (iv) strategic and operational accomplishments and (v) our Fiscal 2020 results. Our transformative changes and initiatives were designed to provide significant and positive outcomes for the Company and our shareholders.
22

Management and Board Member Composition
We have made significant changes to our executive management team and our Board over the past few years. Following the appointment of Mr. Smeltser as CFO in the first quarter of 2020, there have been no further changes to senior management in Fiscal 2020. This follows two prior years of changes to our management which, coupled with the appointment of Mr. Smeltser as CFO in Fiscal 2020, put in place a top notch, talented and stable leadership team which allowed us not only to weather the significant challenges presented by the
COVID-19
pandemic, but to deliver financial performance ahead of our Fiscal 2020 annual operating plan.
On October 9, 2020, we appointed Gautam Patel and Anne S. Ward, eachcontinuing operations. The following is an independent, highly qualified and diverse background candidate to our Board. These appointments were made in response to shareholder feedback and in furtheranceoverview of the Board’s commitment to advancing our Board’s knowledge baseconsolidated business, by segment, summarizing product types and skill set and advancing diversity and gender inclusion. Our Board believes that the Company and its stakeholders are benefited by a highly skilled board with a significant variety of expertise and experiences and diversity across race, gender and ethnicity. In addition, as part of the Company’s shareholder engagement program and its commitment to improved corporate governance, the Board also adopted a Board Diversity Policy, which is further described on page 16 of this Form
10-K/A.
brands:
We believe the changes we have made over the past several years resulted in a senior management team and Board with a skillset that aligns with our current going forward operating model and business strategy and has contributed to the success we had in Fiscal 2020 and that we envision in upcoming years. We are proud that our Board includes three executives with diverse backgrounds and two female members and our five NEOs include a woman and an executive with a diverse background. We have advanced our aim of promoting diversity.
Corporate Governance Changes
Over the past several years, as we transitioned away from being a controlled company following our Merger, we actively adopted best corporate governance and compensation practices. On the corporate governance front, we now have a lead independent director, robust anti-pledging and anti-hedging policies, majority voting for directors, a director resignation policy and a director diversity policy. In January 2020, we strengthened our stock ownership policies to require our directors, NEOs and other executives to hold 50% of the net
after-tax
shares underlying equity awards until they satisfy our stock ownership guidelines. See “
Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance-Corporate
Governance-Our
Practices and Policies”.
Compensation Practice Changes
As part of our transformation changes, in Fiscal 2019, we improved our equity compensation program to drive longer term service and performance. We changed the vesting schedules of our equity programs to have best governance three-year cliff vesting for time vesting awards and three-year performance programs for performance vesting awards, replacing prior programs which had one and
two-year
vesting schedules.
This transition to a three-year cliff vesting performance and service period under the new LTIP created a “gap” in our employees’ compensation opportunity, in that, under this new plan, there would be no long-term incentive vesting opportunity from the beginning of Fiscal 2019 until September 30, 2021. The lack of any potential vesting or payout of long-term compensation opportunities during Fiscal 2019 and 2020 raised retention concerns. To address this gap, our Compensation Committee granted our NEOs and other selected employees special “Bridge Grants.” The Bridge Grants contributed significantly to the reported compensation in the Summary Compensation Table for Fiscal 2019 in last year’s CD&A and are also reported in the Fiscal 2020 Summary Compensation Table numbers below.
These Bridge Grants were granted at the beginning of Fiscal 2019 and were designed as two grants to cover two performance cycles—the Fiscal 2019 compensation cycle and the Fiscal 2020 compensation cycle. For the Fiscal 2020 Bridge Grants, which are represented below as Fiscal 2020 compensation, 60% was eligible to vest based on established performance metrics and targets for Fiscal 2020, and 40% vested based on continued service through November 21, 2020. We achieved the performance metrics for both Fiscal 2019 and Fiscal 2020.
23

Recent Compensation Changes
As discussed further in this CD&A, since Fiscal 2020 we have made severance enhancement to our executive compensation programs, including the ones listed below. We continue to make changes to our executive compensation programs in response to shareholder feedback and developments.
For our equity based LTIP program, we introduced a third performance metric (Adjusted Return on Equity), which is weighted equally with Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted Free Cash Flow.
We eliminated tax equalization on our financial and tax planning benefit, automobile allowance and life insurance for all executives.
Our CEO voluntarily agreed to eliminate his tax planning, financial assistance benefit (including tax equalization) and his executive automobile allowance.
Adopted a new equity plan, the Spectrum Brands Holdings, Inc. 2020 Omnibus Equity Plan (the “2020 Equity Plan”) that includes best governance enhancements, including double-trigger rather than single-trigger vesting on a change in control, a
one-year
minimum vesting requirement and an explicit prohibition on dividend payments on unvested awards.
Changed our MIP to be paid entirely in cash instead of a mix of cash and equity as we had done in prior years.
Added Net Sales as an additional metric to our annual MIP program. The addition of this metric provides further differentiation between our annual and long-term incentives plans, as previously suggested by our shareholders. We believe the addition of Net Sales will contribute toward a focus on organic growth of the Company and a corresponding increase in market share.
Strategic and Operational Accomplishments
Prior to Fiscal 2020, we completed several significant strategic accomplishments which have positioned us to thrive in the current macroeconomic climate. These accomplishments included: (i) the completion of a merger with our previous majority shareholder, HRG Legacy, which among other things allowed us to acquire tax assets at a discount and (ii) streamlining our business with the disposition of two
non-core
business units (our global battery and lighting business and our global auto care business) in asset sales which generated approximately $2.9 billion (before adjustments) in proceeds which was used to aggressively pay down debt and
de-lever
our balance sheet. Additionally, we ended Fiscal 2020 with a strong balance sheet composed of $1.1 billion in total liquidity and a net debt to Adjusted EBITDA leverage ratio of 3.4 times.
Following the completion of the asset sales, we continued to drive efficiencies thorough our Global Productivity Improvement Program, which is a review of the Company’s operations with a view towards resetting our operating model and business strategies to lower costs, improve efficiencies and enable greater organic growth for each of our divisions. This assessment yielded key findings that we have been using to overhaul our operating and strategy model, our commercial
go-to-market
plans, our sourcing and procurement processes and our use of technology and automation to operate our business more efficiently. These actions are expected to reduce our overall annualized operating costs by a total of at least $150 million. Through the end of Fiscal 2020, we have captured over $90 million of gross cost savings from the Fiscal 2018 baseline and our expected savings in Fiscal 2021 and beyond will continue to place the Company on a positive trajectory in the future. We have reinvested a substantial portion of the savings in growth-enabling activities, including improved consumer insights, consumer and additional research and development and marketing. For example, in Fiscal 2020, the Company meaningfully increased spending on advertising and promotion by 46% to $49.8 million to reinvest behind our brands, raise awareness and drive future organic growth.
24

Our Fiscal 2020 Results
Significantly Improved Financial Strength

Our efforts to reinvest in and reignite growth across our business units are driving tangible and impressive results. We believe that our transformational activities described above positioned us to meet the challenges and succeed in Fiscal 2020. Highlights of our Fiscal 2020 performance are the following.
Our teams faced and overcame the following challenges during Fiscal 2020.
o
Overcoming demand and supply interruptions from the
COVID-19
pandemic, due in part to government shutdowns, and reduced capacity mandates for two of our plants in Mexico and one in the Philippines for HHI.
o
Prioritizing the safety of our employees in light of the pandemic while abiding by all government mandates.
o
Overcoming gross tariff headwinds of over $120 million, which were about $70 million higher than the prior year.
o
We achieved and exceeded our Fiscal 2020 operating plan.
We delivered on our ongoing Global Productivity Improvement Program to create a better, faster and stronger company. We anticipate the program will reduce our overall annualized operating costs by at least a total of $150 million.
Our strategic initiatives and operational performance were recognized by the market, as our total shareholder returns increased 13% in Fiscal 2020 and 27% in calendar 2020, including through the return of capital through dividends.
We returned $440 million to shareholders by repurchasing $365 million of shares and paying over $75 million in dividends.
Our net sales increased 4.3% and our organic net sales increased 4.6%.
Our full-year operating income increased by 237% over Fiscal 2019.
We achieved Adjusted EBITDA of $580.2 million, representing an increase of 2.3% from Fiscal 2019, and Adjusted EBITDA improved across all business units.
We meaningfully increased advertisement and promotion spending by 46% to $49.8 million to reinvest in our brands, raise awareness and drive future organic growth.
We had full year cash flow from operations of $290 million.
25

We have a strong balance sheet with over $1.1 billion of total liquidity at year end. This includes a cash balance of $531.6 million.
Below is a summary of our Fiscal 2020 highlights.
●   Our stock price rose 8.4% in Fiscal 2020 and has risen 22.8% for calendar year 2020
●   We returned $440 million to shareholders through share repurchases and dividends
●   We continued to deliver savings of over $90 million against the Fiscal 2018 baseline on our Global Productivity Improvement Program creating a better, faster and stronger company
●   We overcame demand and supply interruptions from the
COVID-19
pandemic and $120 million in gross tariff headwinds
●   Our full-year net sales increased 4.3% and our organic net sales increased 4.6%
●   We achieved and exceeded our Fiscal 2020 annual operating plan
●   We continued to execute significant changes to our Company’s operations and business strategy
●   We meaningfully increased spending on advertising and promotion by 46% to $49.8 million to support our organic growth strategy
●   We ended Fiscal 2020 with a strong balance sheet comprised of $1.1 billion in total liquidity and a net debt to Adjusted EBITDA leverage ratio of 3.4 times
●   We adopted our 2020 Equity Plan which includes certain best practice enhancements, including double-trigger vesting on a change in control, a
one-year
minimum vesting requirement and an explicit prohibition on dividend payments on unvested awards
●   We hired Willis Towers Watson (“WTW”), a leading compensation consulting firm, to review Company practices
●   We added two highly qualified and diverse members to our Board
●   We successfully integrated a new senior operating team in our business to align with our new business strategy
Detailed information regarding the
non-GAAP
financial measures described above is provided below in Appendix A.
Fiscal 2020 Executive Compensation Overview
Our Fiscal 2020 executive compensation program includes base salary, annual bonus or MIP and the LTIP program. This program was designed after taking into account feedback from shareholders, based on our robust outreach efforts. Highlights of our executive compensation program in Fiscal 2020 included the following:
✓  Our NEOs’ base salaries and annual bonus targets remained the same as in Fiscal 2019, other than for Mr. Lewis and Ms. Long whose annual bonus targets were increased for Fiscal 2020 and whose base salaries were increased on September 9, 2019 and October 1, 2019, respectively, in each case, in connection with merit-based promotions and increased responsibilities.
✓  Our NEOs’ compensation is in line with market.
✓  Annual bonuses were paid in cash, in response to shareholder feedback.
✓  Our 2020 LTIP equity grants were modified to introduce a third performance metric (Adjusted Return on Equity), which will be weighted equally with Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted Free Cash Flow.
✓  We adopted a new equity plan, which includes the following best practices:
●   Double-trigger vesting on a change in control.
●   A minimum vesting requirement.
●   No dividend payments on unvested awards.
✓  We further enhanced our compensation program:
●   We strengthened our stock ownership guidelines by increasing, as of January 1, 2020, to 50% the net
after-tax
portion of our directors’, NEOs’ and other Covered Officers’ shares that they must retain to satisfy our stock ownership requirements.
●   We maintained our robust anti-pledging policy.
●   We strengthened our existing anti-hedging policy.
✓  We eliminated certain executive perquisites:
●   Our CEO voluntarily eliminated his tax planning, financial assistance benefit (and any related tax equalization) and his executive automobile allowance.
●   We eliminated the tax equalization on our financial and tax planning benefit, automobile allowance and life insurance for all executives.
26

Our Compensation Governance Best Practices
We have adopted significant policies with respect to our executive compensation programs, which help to further align our executives’ interests with those of our shareholders.
SegmentProductsBrands
HPC
Home Appliances: Small kitchen appliances including toaster ovens, coffeemakers, slow cookers, air fryers, blenders, hand mixers, grills, food processors, juicers, toasters, irons, kettles, and breadmakers.
Personal Care: Hair dryers, flat irons and straighteners, rotary and foil electric shavers, personal groomers, mustache and beard trimmers, body groomers, nose and ear trimmers, women's shavers, haircut kits and intense pulsed light hair removal systems.
Home Appliances: Black & Decker®, Russell Hobbs®, George Foreman®, PowerXL®, Emeril Legasse®, Copper Chef ®, Toastmaster®, Juiceman®, Farberware®, and Breadman®
What We Do
Personal Care: Remington®
  ✓ GPCWe maintain an independent Compensation Committee with an ongoing review of our compensation philosophy and practices.
Companion Animal: Rawhide chews, dog and cat clean-up, training, health and grooming products, small animal food and care products, rawhide-free dog treats, and wet and dry pet food for dogs and cats.
  ✓  
Aquatics: Consumer and commercial aquarium kits, stand-alone tanks; aquatics equipment such as filtration systems, heaters and pumps; and aquatics consumables such as fish food, water management and care.
We strongly align pay
Companion Animal: 8IN1® (8-in-1), Dingo®, Nature's Miracle®, Wild Harvest™, Littermaid®, Jungle®, Excel®, FURminator®, IAMS® (Europe only), Eukanuba® (Europe only), Healthy-Hide®, DreamBone®, SmartBones®, ProSense®, Perfect Coat®, eCOTRITION®, Birdola®, Good Boy®, Meowee!®, Wildbird®, and performance by placing 87.9% of our CEO’s ongoing compensation opportunityWafcol®.
Aquatics: Tetra®, Marineland®, Whisper®, Instant Ocean®, GloFish®, OmegaOne® and 75.7% (on average) of our other current NEOs’ ongoing compensation opportunities at risk and earned on the basis of Company performance.OmegaSea®
H&G
  ✓ We retained a new independent compensation consulting firm, reporting to the Compensation Committee.
Household: Household pest control solutions such as spider and scorpion killers; ant and roach killers; flying insect killers; insect foggers; wasp and hornet killers; and bedbug, flea and tick control products.
  ✓  Controls: Outdoor insect and weed control solutions, and animal repellents such as aerosols, granules, and ready-to-use sprays or hose-end ready-to-sprays.
Repellents: Personal use pesticides and insect repellent products, including aerosols, lotions, pump sprays and wipes, yard sprays and citronella candles.
We have a robust clawback policy, described in greater detail under the section titled “
Compensation Clawback PolicyCleaning: Household surface cleaning, maintenance, and restoration products, including bottled liquids, mops, wipes and markers.
.”
  ✓ We continue to engage in rigorous shareholder outreach to understand shareholder feedback
Household: Hot Shot®, Black Flag®, Real-Kill®, Ultra Kill®, The Ant Trap® (TAT), and input on a variety of matters, including business strategy, compensation programsRid-A-Bug®.
Controls: Spectracide®, Garden Safe®, Liquid Fence®, and corporate governance.
EcoLogic®.
  ✓  
For new employment agreements entered into during Fiscal 2019Repellents: Cutter® and thereafter, we have provided that upon termination of employment any performance-based awards are forfeited.
  ✓ We annually assess our compensation program and have determined that the risks associated with our compensation policies are not reasonably likely to result in a material adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole.Repel®.
  ✓  Cleaning: Rejuvenate®
70% of our equity based awards are based on achievement of performance. The remainder are time-based equity that are still subject to market risk.
  ✓ We have robust stock ownership and retention guidelines for our directors, NEOs and certain other officers, and, effective January 1, 2020, we have increased the requirement to retain 50% of net
after-tax
shares (up from 25%).
  ✓  
We strengthened our anti-hedging policy and adopted a robust anti-pledging policy.
  ✓ We provide reasonable post-employment provisions and have post-employment restrictive and executive cooperation covenants.
SB/RH is a wholly owned subsidiary of SBH and represents substantially all of its assets, liabilities, revenues, expenses and operations. Spectrum Brands, Inc. (“SBI”), a wholly-owned subsidiary of SB/RH, incurred certain debt guaranteed by SB/RH and domestic subsidiaries of SBI. See Note 12 - Debt for more information pertaining to debt.  SBI represents all of SB/RH assets, liabilities, revenues, expenses and operations. The reportable segments of SB/RH are consistent with the segments of SBH.
On September 8, 2021, the Company entered into a definitive Asset and Stock Purchase Agreement with ASSA ABLOY AB ("ASSA") to sell its Hardware and Home Improvement ("HHI") segment for cash proceeds of $4.3 billion, subject to customary purchase price adjustments. HHI consists of residential locksets and door hardware, including knobs, levers, deadbolts, handle sets, and electronic and connected locks under the Kwikset®, Weiser®, Baldwin®, Tell Manufacturing®, and EZSET® brands; kitchen and bath faucets and accessories under the Pfister® brand; and builders' hardware consisting of hinges, metal shapes, security hardware, rack and sliding door hardware, and gate hardware under the National Hardware® and FANAL® brands. The Company's assets and liabilities associated with the HHI disposal group have been classified as held for sale and the HHI operations have been classified as discontinued operations for all periods presented and notes to the consolidated financial statements have been updated for all periods presented to exclude information pertaining to discontinued operations and reflect only the continuing operations of the Company. Refer to Note 3 – Divestitures for more information on the HHI divestiture including the assets and liabilities classified as held for sale and income from discontinued operations.



27
69

Table of Contents
SPECTRUM BRANDS HOLDINGS INC.
SB/RH HOLDINGS, LLC
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 2 - SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND PRACTICES
Principles of Consolidation and Fiscal Year End
The consolidated financial statements include the financial statements of the Company and its majority owned subsidiaries and have been prepared in accordance with Accounting Principles Generally Accepted in the United States (“GAAP”). All intercompany transactions have been eliminated.
The Company’s fiscal year ends September 30 and reports its results using fiscal quarters whereby each three month quarterly reporting period is approximately thirteen weeks in length and ends on a Sunday. The exceptions are the first quarter, which begins on October 1, and the fourth quarter, which ends on September 30. For the year ended September 30, 2022, the fiscal quarters were comprised of the three months ended January 2, 2022, April 3, 2022, July 3, 2022, and September 30, 2022.
Use of Estimates
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
Cash and Cash Equivalents
The Company considers all highly liquid temporary instruments purchased with original maturities of three months or less from date of purchase to be cash equivalents.
Receivables
Trade accounts receivable are carried at net realizable value. The Company extends credit to its customers based upon an evaluation of the customer’s financial condition and credit history, but generally does not require collateral. The Company monitors its customers’ credit and financial condition based on changing economic conditions and will make adjustments to credit policies as required. Provisions for losses on uncollectible trade receivables are determined based on ongoing evaluations of the Company’s receivables, principally on the basis of historical collection experience and evaluations of the risks of nonpayment or return for a given customer. See Note 8 - Receivables for further detail.
Inventories
The Company’s inventories are valued at the lower of cost or net realizable value. Cost of inventories is determined using the first-in, first-out (FIFO) method. See Note 9 - Inventory for further detail.
Property, Plant and Equipment
Property, plant and equipment are recorded at cost. Depreciation is calculated on the straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the assets. Property, plant and equipment held under finance leases are depreciated on a straight-line basis over the shorter of the lease term or estimated useful life of the asset; such amortization is included in depreciation expense. See Note 10 - Property, plant and equipment for further detail. The Company uses accelerated depreciation methods for income tax purposes. Useful lives for property, plant and equipment are as follows:
What We Don’t Do
Asset TypeRange
     Buildings and improvementsWe do not provide any
gross-ups
for golden parachutes or for other compensation in the future.
We do not provide for accelerated vesting of equity upon retirement for our NEOs.20 - 40 years
Machinery and equipment
     We do not make loans to executive officers or directors.
We do not provide for single-trigger vesting of equity. Our 2020 Equity Plan further enhances this practice by providing for double-trigger vesting on a change in control.
     We do not allow our NEOs to purchase stock of the Company on margin, enter into short sales or buy or sell derivatives in respect of securities of the Company.
We do not provide excessive perquisites and our NEOs do not participate in defined benefit pension plans or nonqualified deferred compensation plans.
     We do not provide immediate vesting on equity based awards. Our 2020 Equity Plan further enhances this practice by providing for a
one-year
minimum vesting requirement for all awards granted under the 2020 Equity Plan, subject to limited exceptions.
We do not guarantee minimum bonuses to our NEOs.
      We do not grant discounted options and we do not reprice stock options without shareholder approval.
We do not pay any dividends on unearned and unvested equity awards, unless and until earned and vested. Our 2020 Equity Plan further enhances this practice by explicitly prohibiting the payment of dividends on unvested equity awards.2 - 15 years
Expenditures which substantially increase value or extend useful lives are capitalized. Expenditures for maintenance and repairs are charged to operations as incurred. The Company records gains and losses on the disposition or retirement of property, plant and equipment based on the net book value and any proceeds received.
Long-lived fixed assets held and used are reviewed for impairment when events or changes in business circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the assets may not be fully recoverable. Circumstances such as the discontinuation of a product or product line, a sudden or consistent decline in the sales forecast for a product, changes in technology or in the way an asset is being used, a history of operating or cash flow losses or an adverse change in legal factors or in the business climate, among others, may trigger an impairment review. If such indicators are present, the Company performs undiscounted cash flow analyses to determine if impairment exists. The asset value would be deemed impaired if the undiscounted cash flows generated did not exceed the carrying value of the respective asset group. If impairment is determined to exist, any related impairment loss is calculated based on fair value. Assets to be disposed of are reported at the lower of the carrying amount or fair value less costs to sell.
Goodwill
Goodwill reflects the excess of acquisition cost over the aggregate fair value assigned to identifiable net assets acquired. Goodwill is not amortized, but instead is assessed for impairment at least annually and as triggering events or indicators of potential impairment are identified. Goodwill has been assigned to reporting units for purposes of impairment testing based upon the relative fair value of the asset to each reporting unit. Our reporting units are consistent with our segments. See Note 21 - Segment Information for further discussion.
Goodwill is tested for impairment in the fourth quarter of its fiscal year by either performing a qualitative assessment or a quantitative test for some, or all reporting units. The Company evaluates qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. In performing a qualitative assessment, the Company considers events and circumstances, including, but not limited to, macroeconomic conditions, industry and market considerations, cost factors, overall financial performance, changes in management or key personnel, changes in strategy, changes in customers, changes in market value, composition or carrying amount of a reporting unit’s net assets, and considering any changes in the market price of the Company’s common stock. If the Company determines that it is more likely than not the carrying value is greater than the fair value of a reporting unit after assessing the totality of facts and circumstances, a quantitative assessment is performed to determine the reporting unit fair value and measure the impairment. If the Company determines that it is more likely than not the fair value is greater than the carrying amount, then a quantitative assessment is not required.
Shareholder Engagement70
Our Board takes its management oversight responsibilities seriously. Our key values are predicated on strong and effective governance, independent thought and decision-making and a commitment to driving shareholder value. We received a vote of 84% from our shareholders with respect to our executive compensation at our 2020 Annual Meeting. This followed a vote of over 97% from our shareholders with respect to our executive compensation in the prior year. As discussed below, we highly value the input of our shareholders and took this into account as we designed our programs.
What we learn through our ongoing engagements is regularly shared with our Board and incorporated into our disclosures, plans and practices, as deemed appropriate.
During Fiscal 2019, we invited shareholders representing nearly 46% of our outstanding shares to discuss their views with our Board regarding our business strategy, corporate governance and executive compensation programs.
We engaged the proxy solicitation firm, Okapi Partners to (i) assist in a robust shareholder outreach process to further align our going-forward compensation programs with shareholder needs and (ii) facilitate the opportunity for shareholders to individually and directly engage with certain members of management.
We engaged in discussions with a major proxy advisory firm to understand its perspective on our compensation programs and best practices generally in executive compensation programs.
We reached out to shareholders representing 77.69% of the votes to discuss and engage in dialogue with our shareholders with respect to our Company, including our corporate governance and compensation practices.
In advance of our Fiscal 2020 annual meeting, our General Counsel, CFO and other Company representatives engaged with nine of our largest shareholders representing 40% of our shares outstanding, including our top three institutional investors.
Partially in response to such feedback below and input from a proxy advisory firm, we made the following changes over the past two years:
28

Table of Contents
SPECTRUM BRANDS HOLDINGS INC.
SB/RH HOLDINGS, LLC
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NOTE 2 - SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND PRACTICES (continued)
In estimating the fair value of our reporting units for a quantitative impairment assessment, we use a discounted cash flow methodology, which requires us to estimate future revenues, expenses, and capital expenditures and make assumptions about our weighted average cost of capital and perpetuity growth rate, among other variables. We test the aggregate estimated fair value of our reporting units by comparison to our total market capitalization, including both equity and debt capital. The fair value of each reporting unit is compared to its carrying value, including goodwill. If the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying value, an impairment loss would be recognized equal to that excess; however the loss recognized cannot exceed the total amount of goodwill allocated to that reporting unit. See Note 11 - Goodwill and Intangible Assets for further detail.
Intangible Assets
Intangible assets are recorded at cost or at estimated fair value if acquired in a business combination. Customer lists, proprietary technology and certain trade name intangibles are amortized, using the straight-line method, over their estimated useful lives. The ranges of useful lives for definite-lived intangibles assets are as follows:
What We Heard
How We Responded
●   Shareholders raised concern on our use of Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted Cash Flow on both MIP and LTIP.
✓  We introduced a third performance metric (Adjusted Return on Equity), which is be weighted equally with Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted Free Cash Flow for our LTIP equity performance program.
✓  Additionally, for the Fiscal 2021 annual MIP program, we added a net sales measure to address shareholder concerns.
●   Shareholders told us that the size of our NEO salaries and annual bonus targets were appropriate.
✓  Our NEOs’ base salaries and annual bonus targets remained the same in Fiscal 2020 as in Fiscal 2019, other than for Mr. Lewis and Ms. Long whose (i) annual bonus targets were increased for Fiscal 2020 and (ii) base salaries were increased on September 9, 2019 and October 1, 2019, respectively and in each case, in connection with merit-based promotions and increased responsibilities.
●   Shareholders asked us to enhance our stock ownership guidelines.
✓  We strengthened our stock ownership guidelines by increasing, as of January 1, 2020, to 50% the net
after-tax
portion of our directors’, NEOs’ and other Covered Officers’ shares that they must retain to satisfy our stock ownership requirements.
●   Shareholders did not express concern with our perquisites program and other compensation practices
●   A proxy advisory firm raised concerns regarding our anti-hedging policy
✓  Nonetheless, at our own initiative, we eliminated the tax equalization on our financial and tax planning benefit, life insurance and automobile allowance for all executives in Fiscal 2020.
✓  Our CEO voluntarily eliminated his tax planning, financial assistance benefit (and any related tax equalization) and, his executive automobile allowance.
✓  We further strengthened our anti-hedging policy. In addition, on our initiative, we adopted a robust policy prohibiting the pledging of our stock.
In light of our values and to reinforce shareholder confidence in our executive compensation programs, we took the following additional actions.
In Fiscal 2020, we further enhanced our shareholder outreach efforts, as follows:
We engaged Willis Towers Watson (“WTW”) as a new independent compensation consultant for going-forward compensation decisions in Fiscal 2020 to ensure that we respond to shareholder concerns, address recent trends and any residual practices that may be disfavored by shareholders and stay competitive in the executive and employee compensation market.
During our dialogue with shareholders in Fiscal 2020, we received the following feedback:
Shareholders were generally supportive of our compensation structure.
o
Specifically, shareholders were supportive of our transition to three-year cliff vesting for our long-term incentive program, based on a cumulative three-year performance period.
Shareholders generally appreciated that the Bridge Grants were
one-time
awards related to a transition period and they will not occur again.
Shareholders noted that they have no concerns about our underlying compensation structure from a governance perspective because of our pay and performance alignment.
29

Table of Contents
Shareholders asked about our equity run rate analysis. We explained that our increased equity run rate in Fiscal 2019 was related to the
one-time
Bridge Grants. Our Fiscal 2020 run rate has decreased and is in line with the Fiscal 2018 rate of approximately 1.21%
Shareholders commended us on deleveraging our balance sheet and noted that they would prefer we continue to operate with less leverage.
o
In Fiscal 2020, we updated our
near-to
medium-term target net leverage ratio to
3.0x-4.0x
target range (previously
3.5x-4.0x
target range).
Shareholders asked us about our plans to declassify our Board, as well as our director onboarding process and how we look at board refreshment.
o
We explained to shareholders that given the volatility in the market, we postponed our plans to consider declassifying the Board in 2020. However, we are is committed to enhancing its corporate governance processes and to reviewing declassifying the Board in the next 12 to 24 months.
o
In addition, we told shareholders that we were in the process of expanding the size of the Board and are actively seeking out highly-skilled, diverse candidates to add to the board. As described above, this has been achieved.
Shareholders noted that they focus on the materiality of our ESG disclosure and that they would welcome continued discussion relating to ESG.
o
We are committed to enhancing our ESG disclosure and told shareholders that we will be providing additional disclosure over the next 12 to 24 months.
Shareholders asked how we are handling labor and supply chain issues with respect to
COVID-19.
o
We have weathered the
COVID-19
pandemic by realigning our supply chain to better reflect and accommodate new demand patterns, have continued to execute on our Global Productivity Improvement Plan, having increased our target run rate savings from $100M to $150 million against the Fiscal 2018 baseline and our team has continued to embrace a more consumer-driven mindset as we increase investment in our new commercial operations group.
We continue to engage in rigorous shareholder outreach and are doing so in Fiscal 2021 to understand potential shareholder concerns and input on a variety of matters.
Compensation Overview and Philosophy
Our compensation programs are administered by our Compensation Committee. In Fiscal 2020, these programs were based on our
“pay-for-performance”
philosophy in which variable compensation represents a majority of an executive’s potential compensation. The variable incentive compensation programs continued our focus on the Company-wide goals of increasing growth and earnings, maximizing free cash flow generation and building for superior long-term shareholder returns. Each year, the Compensation Committee and the Company, along with the assistance of an independent compensation consultant, go through a thoughtful process to review risks and opportunities applicable to the Company. As noted above, Fiscal 2020 was a successful year as our teams overcame many challenges, including demand and supply interruptions from the
COVID-19
pandemic and gross tariff headwinds and delivered on our Global Productivity Improvement Program creating a better, faster and stronger company.
In establishing our compensation programs for Fiscal 2020, our Compensation Committee obtained the advice of Lyons, Benenson & Company Inc. (“LB&Co.”) and Pearl Meyer & Partners (“Pearl Meyer”), as independent compensation consultants and evaluated the compensation programs with reference to a peer group of 14 companies, as outlined in the section below, “Role of Committee-Retained Consultants.” During the middle of Fiscal 2020, our Committee retained a new independent consultant, WTW, who replaced LB&Co. and Pearl Meyer for going forward compensation decisions.
30

Table of Contents
Background on Compensation Considerations
Our Compensation Committee pursued several objectives in determining our executive compensation programs for Fiscal 2020:
To attract and retain highly qualified executives for the Company and in each of our business segments.
To align the compensation paid to our executives with our overall corporate business strategies while leaving the flexibility necessary to respond to changing business priorities and circumstances.
To align the interests of our executives with those of our shareholders and to reward our executives when they perform in a manner that creates value for our shareholders.
In order to pursue these objectives, our Compensation Committee:
Considered the advice of LB&Co. and Pearl Meyer on executive compensation issues and program design, including advice on the corporate compensation program as it compared to our peer group companies.
Conducted an annual review of total compensation for each NEO, including the compensation and benefit values offered to each executive and other compensation factors.
Consulted with our CEO and other members of senior management with regard to compensation matters and met in executive session without management to evaluate management’s input.
Solicited comments and concurrence from other Board members regarding its recommendations and actions.
Took into account the feedback of our shareholders and the Say on Pay vote results.
Philosophy on Performance-Based Compensation
Our Fiscal 2020 executive compensation programs were designed so that, at target levels of performance, a significant portion of the value of each NEO’s annual compensation (which varies by individual) would be based on the achievement of Company-wide Fiscal 2020 performance objectives. In approving these programs, our Compensation Committee concluded that a combination of annual fixed base pay and incentive-based pay provided our NEOs with an appropriate mix of cash compensation and equity-based compensation.
For Fiscal 2020, the percentage of ongoing target annual compensation that was fixed (base salary) for our CEO was 12.1% and for the other current NEOs was 21.3% as a group. The chart below sets forth the percentage of compensation that was fixed compared to at risk at target for the CEO and the other current NEOs as a group. The chart below excludes the Fiscal 2020 Bridge Grants which are not a regular part of our ongoing compensation programs.

In addition, to highlight the alignment of the incentive plans with shareholder interests, our ongoing annual and long-term incentive programs (whether equity or cash-based) in Fiscal 2020 were predominantly performance-based with (i) our MIP being 100% performance-based and (ii) the three-year LTIP being 70% performance-based.
The remainder of each executive’s compensation was made up of amounts that did not vary based on performance. For each of our NEOs, these
non-performance-based
amounts are set forth in agreements with the executives as described in “—
Executive Compensation Tables
Termination and Change in Control
Provisions
Executive-Specific Provisions regarding Employment, Termination and Change in Control
Agreements with NEOs
,” and are subject to annual review and potential increase by our Compensation Committee. These amounts are determined by our Compensation Committee considering the executive’s performance, current market conditions, the Company’s financial condition at the time such compensation levels are determined, compensation levels for similarly situated executives with other companies, experience level and the duties and responsibilities of such executive’s position.
31

Table of Contents
Our Compensation Decision Making Process
Our Compensation Committee engages in a robust process in making compensation decisions. In Fiscal 2020, our Compensation Committee retained LB&Co. and Pear Meyer, and then WTW as its independent consultants to assist in formulating and evaluating executive and director compensation programs. Prior to the retention of WTW to replace its prior consultants, the Committee retained the services of the consultants, LB&Co. and Pearl Meyer, who assisted them in approving the targets for the 2020 MIP and the 2020 LTIP grants, each of which are reported in the Summary Compensation Table below.
In addition, our Compensation Committee consulted with our CEO regarding the Company’s compensation plans and performance targets, however, our CEO did not participate in any discussions with respect to his own compensation. From time to time, our Compensation Committee also consulted with other senior executives of our Company and outside counsel.
WTW provided advice on the executive compensation implications of changes to our business (including our Global Productivity Improvement Plan, demand and supply interruptions from the
COVID-19
pandemic), our corporate governance and compensation structure and the philosophy of our executive compensation plans. During the second half of Fiscal 2020, our Compensation Committee periodically requested WTW to:
Provide comparative market data for our peer group and other groups on request, with respect to compensation matters.
Analyze our compensation and benefit programs relative to our peer group, including our mix of performance-based compensation,
non-variable
compensation and the retentive features of our compensation plans in light of the Company’s strategies and prospects.
Review the plan designs, including the performance metrics selected, for our various incentive plans and make recommendations to our Compensation Committee on appropriate plan designs to support the overall corporate strategic objectives,.
Advise our Compensation Committee on compensation matters and management proposals with respect to compensation matters.
Assist in the preparation of our Compensation Discussion and Analysis disclosure and related matters.
On request, participate in meetings of our Compensation Committee.
In order to encourage an independent viewpoint, our Compensation Committee and its members (i) had access to WTW at any time without management present and (ii) consulted from time to time with each other, other
non-management
members of our Board and WTW without management present.
LB&Co., with input from management and our Compensation Committee, developed a peer group of companies based on a variety of criteria, including type of business, revenue, assets and market capitalization. The composition of this peer group is reviewed annually and, if appropriate, revised, based on changes in business orientation of peer group companies, changes in financial size or performance of the Company and the peer group companies and any mergers, acquisitions, spin-offs or bankruptcies of the companies in the peer group or changes at our Company. WTW reviewed this peer group, and confirmed that there were no changes for Fiscal 2020. At the end of Fiscal 2020, the peer group utilized consisted of the following 14 companies:
✓  Central Garden and Pet Company
✓  Fortune Brands Home & Security, Inc.
✓  Newell Brands, Inc.
✓  Church & Dwight Co., Inc.
✓  Hanesbrands, Inc.
✓  Nu Skin Enterprises, Inc.
✓  The Clorox Company
✓  Hasbro, Inc.
✓  The Scotts
Miracle-Gro
Company
✓  Edgewell Personal Care Company
✓  Helen of Troy Limited
✓  Tupperware Brands Corporation
✓  Energizer Holdings, Inc.
✓  Mattel, Inc.
Our Compensation Committee reviews market data as part of assessing the appropriateness and reasonableness of our compensation levels and mix of pay. Although our Compensation Committee does not target a particular range for total compensation as compared to our peer group, it does take this information into account when establishing our compensation programs.
No fees were paid to LB&Co, Pearl Meyer or WTW for services other than executive and director compensation consulting during Fiscal 2020. In accordance with SEC rules, our Compensation Committee considered the independence of LB&Co, Pearl Meyer and WTW including an assessment of the following factors: (i) other services provided to the Company by each consultant, (ii) fees paid by the Company as a percentage of the consulting firm’s total revenue, (iii) policies or procedures
32

Table of Contents
maintained by LB&Co, Pearl Meyer and WTW that are designed to prevent conflicts of interest, (iv) any business or personal relationships between the individual consultants involved in the engagement and any member of our Compensation Committee, (v) any Company stock owned by individual consultants involved in the engagement and (vi) any business or personal relationships between our executive officers and the consultants or the individual consultants involved in the engagement. Our Compensation Committee has concluded that no conflicts of interest prevented LB&Co, Pearl Meyer or WTW from independently advising our Compensation Committee during Fiscal 2020.
Compensation Elements
In Fiscal 2020, our ongoing annual compensation for our NEOs included the following elements:
Element
Asset Type
Purpose
Operation
Performance Measures
Base Salary
●   Forms basis for competitive compensation package
●   Base salary reflects competitive market conditions, individual performance and internal parity
●   Performance of the individual is considered by the Compensation Committee, which is advised by its independent compensation consultant, when setting and reviewing base salary levels and continued employment
Range
Customer relationships12 - 20 years
Annual MIP Bonus
Technology assets
●   Motivate achievement of strategic priorities relating to key annual financial metrics
8 - 18 years
●   Target bonus opportunities are determined by competitive market practices and internal parity
●   Actual bonus payouts, which can range from
0-250%
of target for the CEO and
0-200%
of target for our other NEOs are determined based on achievement of financial metrics established at the beginning of the performance period
●   Equally weighted between Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted Free Cash Flow
LTIP- Restricted Stock Units (majority is performance-based and remainder is time-based)
Tradenames
●   Align compensation with key drivers of the business
●   Encourage focus on long-term shareholder value creation
5 - 10 years
●   Size of award determined by competitive market practices, corporate and individual performance and internal parity and retention considerations
●   Long-term incentive awards focusing on cumulative performance over three-year period ending Fiscal 2022, based on equally weighted Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted Free Cash Flow and Adjusted Return on Equity
●   The majority of each of the new long-term incentive awards (70%) are performance-based
Definite-lived intangible assets held and used are reviewed for impairment when events or changes in business circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the assets may not be recoverable. If indicators of potential impairment are identified, the Company performs an undiscounted cash flow analysis to determine if impairment exists. The asset value would be deemed impaired if the undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated by the asset did not exceed the carrying value of the respective asset group. If impairment is determined to exist, any related impairment loss is calculated based on fair value.
Certain trade name intangible assets have an indefinite life and are not amortized, but instead are assessed for impairment at least annually, in the fourth quarter of its fiscal year by either performing a qualitative assessment or a quantitative test for some or all indefinite lived intangible assets. The Company evaluates qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of the indefinite lived intangible assets is less than its carrying amount. In performing a qualitative assessment, the Company considers events and circumstances, including, but not limited to, macroeconomic conditions, industry and market conditions, cost factors, changes in strategy and overall financial performance. If the Company determines that it is more likely than not the carrying value is greater than the fair value of an indefinite lived intangible asset, a quantitative assessment is performed to determine the fair value and measure the impairment. If the Company determines that it is more likely than not the fair value is greater than the carrying amount, then a quantitative assessment is not required.
The quantitative impairment analysis of indefinite lived intangible assets compares the estimated fair value of the identified trade names to their carrying value to determine if impairment exists. If the fair value is less than the carrying value, an impairment loss is recorded for the excess. The fair value of indefinite-lived intangible assets is determined using an income approach, the relief-from-royalty methodology, which requires us to make estimates and assumptions about future revenues, royalty rates, and the discount rate, among others. See Note 11 - Goodwill and Intangible Assets for further detail.
Assets Held for Sale and Discontinued Operations
An asset, group of assets, or qualifying business are considered held for sale when they meet all the applicable criteria; including: (i) having the authority to sell, (ii) being available to sell in their present condition, (iii) having an active program to locate buyers, (iv) being actively marketed at current fair value, and (v) considered probable of selling within one year. Assessment for held for sale are performed at least quarterly or when events or changes in business circumstances indicate that a change in classification may be necessary.
Assets and liabilities of a qualifying business are excluded from the net assets of continuing operations, separated in a disposal group and classified as held for sale in the period in which the held for sale criteria was met. Corporate debt is not included as a component of the disposal group, regardless of repayment provisions, and only debt directly attributable to the divested operations may be included as held for sale. Assets and liabilities held for sale are recorded at the lower of its carrying amount or estimated fair value less expected cost to sell and any unrecognized other comprehensive loss. Assets held for sale do not experience any subsequent depreciation or amortization after being classified as held for sale. Assets held for sale are reviewed for impairment at least quarterly, and if the carrying amount of the disposal group exceeds the estimated fair value less cost to sell, a loss is recognized. If a business is classified as held for sale after the balance sheet date but before the financial statements are issued or are available to be issued, the business continues to be classified as held and used in those financial statements when issued or when available to be issued.
The Company reports the results of operations of a business as discontinued operations if a disposal represents a strategic shift that has (or will have) a major effect on an entity’s operations and financial results when the business is sold and meets the criteria for being classified as held for sale. Assets and liabilities of a disposal group classified as held for sale and related to discontinued operations are presented as held for sale for all current and prior periods presented within the statement of a financial position. The results of discontinued operations are reported in Income From Discontinued Operations, Net of Tax in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Income for the current and prior periods commencing in the period in which the business meets the held for sale criteria, and includes any gain or loss recognized on closing, or adjustment of the carrying amount to fair value less cost to sell while being held for sale. Loss realized upon change of classification to held for sale is recognized as a loss to continuing operations. Income from discontinued operations includes only direct costs attributable to the divested business and excludes any indirect cost allocation associated with any shared or corporate led functions unless otherwise dedicated to the divested business. Transactions between the businesses held for sale and businesses held for use that are expected to continue to exist after the disposal are not eliminated to appropriately reflect the continuing operations and balances held for sale. Interest costs from corporate debt, excluding premium payments or loss on extinguishment of debt, may be included as a component of income from discontinued operations specifically attributable to interest from corporate debt that is obligated to be repaid following the completion of a divestiture; plus the allocation of interest cost from corporate debt not directly attributable to or related to other operations based on the ratio of net assets of the disposal group held for sale to the consolidated net assets plus consolidated debt, excluding debt assumed in transaction, required to be repaid, or directly attributable to other operations of the Company. Amounts within accumulated other comprehensive income directly associated with a divested business are not realized as a component of Income from Discontinued Operations until completion of the sale or disposition. See Note 3 - Divestitures for further detail.

3371

Table of Contents
SPECTRUM BRANDS HOLDINGS INC.
SB/RH HOLDINGS, LLC
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NOTE 2 - SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND PRACTICES (continued)
Debt Issuance Costs
Debt issuance costs are deferred and amortized to interest expense using the effective interest method over the lives of the related debt agreements. Debt issuance costs are included as a reduction to Long Term Debt, Net of Current Portion in the Consolidated Statements of Financial Position. Amortization of debt issuance costs is recognized as a component of Interest Expense in the Consolidated Statements of Income. See Note 12 - Debt for further detail.
Financial Instruments
Derivative financial instruments are used by the Company principally in the management of its foreign currency exposures. The Company does not hold or issue derivative financial instruments for trading or speculative purposes. Derivative assets and liabilities are reported at fair value in the Consolidated Statements of Financial Position. When hedge accounting is elected at inception, the Company formally designates the financial instrument as a hedge of a specific underlying exposure and documents both the risk management objectives and strategies for undertaking the hedge. Depending on the nature of derivatives designated as hedging instruments, changes in fair value are either offset against the change in fair value of the hedged assets or liability through earnings, or recognized in equity through other comprehensive income until the hedged item is recognized. Derivative instruments that hedge the exposure to variability in expected future cash flows and are designated as cash flow hedges, and the entire change in the fair value of the hedging instrument is recorded as a component of Accumulated Other Comprehensive (Loss) Income (“AOCI”) in Shareholders’ Equity. Those amounts are subsequently reclassified to earnings in the same line item in the Consolidated Statement of Income as impacted by the hedge item when the hedged item affects earnings. To receive hedge accounting treatment, cash flow hedges must be highly effective in offsetting changes to expected future cash flows on hedged transactions. For derivatives that do not qualify for hedge accounting treatment, the change in the fair value is recognized in earnings. See Note 14 - Derivatives for further detail.
Treasury Stock
Treasury stock purchases are stated at average cost and presented as a separate reduction of equity.
Noncontrolling Interest
Noncontrolling interest recognized in the consolidated equity of the Company is the minority interest ownership in equity of a consolidated subsidiary that is not attributable, directly or indirectly, to the parent company, SBH; and recognized separate from shareholders’ equity in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position. Income from a consolidated subsidiary with a minority interest ownership is allocated to the minority interest and considered attributable to the noncontrolling interest in the Consolidated Statement of Income.
Business Combinations and Acquisition Accounting
The Company accounts for acquisitions by applying the acquisition method of accounting when the transaction or event is considered a business combination, which requires that the assets acquired and liabilities assumed constitute a business. A defined business is generally an acquired group of assets with inputs and processes that make it capable of generating a return or economic benefit for the acquirer. The acquisition method of accounting requires, among other things, that the assets acquired and liabilities assumed in a business combination be measured at their fair values as of the closing date of the acquisition. See Note 4 – Acquisitions for further detail.
Revenue Recognition
Product Sales
Our customers mostly consist of retailers, wholesalers and distributors, and construction companies with the intention to sell and distribute to an end consumer. The Company recognizes revenue from the sale of products upon transfer of control to the customer. For the majority of our product sales, the transfer of control is recognized when we ship the product from our facilities to the customer unless we retain title and risk of loss upon shipment and we arrange and paid for freight such that we retain physical possession and control during delivery.
Licensing Revenue
The Company also sells licenses of its brands to third-party sellers and manufacturers for the development, production, sales & distribution of products that are not directly managed or offered by the Company. The Company maintains all right of ownership of the intellectual property and contracts with its customer for the use of the intellectual property in their operations. Revenue derived from the right-to-access licenses is recognized using the over time revenue recognition method, applying the ‘as-invoiced’ practical expedient method at the amount we are able to bill using a time-elapsed measure of progress, taking into consideration any minimum guarantee provisions under the contract, as it appropriately depicts its performance of providing access to the Company’s brands, trade names, logos, etc.
Other Revenue
Other revenue consists primarily of installation or maintenance services that are provided to certain customers in the GPC segment. The services are often associated with the sale of product but are also provided separately and are considered a distinct performance obligation separate from product sales. With the acquisition of the Tristar Business, the Company also sells extended warranty coverage for certain Tristar Business products that are sold directly to consumers, which is sold as a separate contract and recognized as a separate performance obligation that is distinct from the product. The extended warranty is initially recognized as deferred revenue and amortized on a straight-line basis to Net Sales over the life of the contracts.
Variable Consideration and Cash Paid to Customers
The Company measures revenue as the amount of consideration for which it expects to be entitled in exchange for transferring goods or providing services. Certain retailers and/or end customers may receive cash or non-cash incentives such as rebates, volume or trade discounts, cooperative advertising, price protection, service level penalties, and other customer-related programs, which are accounted for as variable consideration. Estimated amounts are included in the transaction price to the extent it is probable that a significant reversal of revenue recognized will not occur when the uncertainty is resolved. Estimates of variable consideration and determination of whether to include estimated amounts in the transaction price are based largely on an assessment of the anticipated performance and all information (historical, current and forecasted) that is reasonably available. The estimated liability for sales discounts and other programs and allowances is calculated using the expected value method or most likely amount and recorded at the time of sale as a reduction of net sales.
72

Table of Contents
SPECTRUM BRANDS HOLDINGS INC.
SB/RH HOLDINGS, LLC
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NOTE 2 - SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND PRACTICES (continued)
The Company may also enter into various arrangements, primarily with retail customers, which require the Company to make upfront cash payments to secure the right to distribute through such customers. The Company defers the cost of these payments, provided they are supported by a volume-based arrangement with the retailer with a period of 12 months or longer, and amortizes the associated payment over the appropriate time or volume-based term of the arrangement. Deferred payments are recognized as a contract asset and are reported in the Consolidated Statements of Financial Position as Deferred Charges and Other Assets with related amortization treated as a reduction in Net Sales.
Product Returns
In the normal course of business, the Company may allow customers to return product per the provisions in a sale agreement. Estimated product returns are recorded as a reduction in reported revenues at the time of sale based upon historical product return experience, adjusted for known trends, to arrive at the amount of consideration expected to be received. For the anticipated value of the returns, the Company will recognize a return liability in Other Current Liabilities and a separate return asset included in the Prepaid Expenses and Other Current Assets, when applicable. See Note 6 - Revenue Recognition for further discussion on product returns. Product returns do not include provisions for warranties provided to end-consumers of the Company's products, which are recognized as a component of the Company's cost of goods sold. See Note 20 - Commitments and Contingencies for further discussion on product warranty.
Practical Expedients and Exemptions:
The Company does not adjust the promised amount of consideration for the effects of a significant financing component, as the period between the transfer of a promised good or service to a customer and the customer’s payment for the good or service is one year or less.
The Company does not assess whether promised goods or services are performance obligations if they are immaterial in the context of the contract with the customer.
The Company does not disclose the value of unsatisfied performance obligations for (i) contracts with an original expected length of one year or less and (ii) contracts for which we recognize revenue at the amount to which we have the right to invoice for services performed. The estimated revenue expected to be recognized in the future related to performance obligations that are unsatisfied or partially unsatisfied at the end of the reporting period is immaterial.
The Company generally expenses sales commissions and other contract and fulfillment costs when the amortization period is less than one year. The Company records these costs within selling, general and administrative expenses. For costs amortized over a period longer than one year, such as fixtures which are much more permanent in nature, the Company defers and amortizes over the supportable period based upon historical assumptions and analysis. The costs for permanent displays are incorporated into the pricing of product sold to customer.
The Company excludes all sales taxes that are assessed by a governmental authority from the transaction price.
See Note 6 – Revenue Recognition for further detail.
Shipping and Handling Costs
Shipping and handling costs include costs incurred with third-party carriers to transport products to customers and salaries and overhead costs related to activities to prepare the Company’s products for shipment at the Company’s distribution facilities. Shipping and handling costs were $274.2 million, $216.3 million and $172.8 million during the years ended September 30, 2022, 2021 and 2020, respectively. The Company accounts for shipping and handling activities, which occur after control of the related goods transfers, as fulfillment activities instead of assessing such activities as performance obligations. Shipping and handling costs are included in Selling Expenses in the Consolidated Statements of Income.
Advertising Costs
Advertising costs include agency fees and other costs to create advertisements, as well as costs paid to third parties to print or broadcast the Company’s advertisements and are expensed as incurred. The Company incurred advertising costs of $64.1 million, $54.0 million and $40.7 million during the years ended September 30, 2022, 2021 and 2020, respectively. Advertising costs are included in Selling Expenses in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Income.
Research and Development Costs
Research and development costs are charged to expense in the period they are incurred.
Environmental Expenditures
Environmental expenditures that relate to current operations or to conditions caused by past operations are expensed or capitalized as appropriate. The Company determines its liability for environmental matters on a site-by-site basis and records a liability at the time when it is probable that a liability has been incurred and such liability can be reasonably estimated. The estimated liability is not reduced for possible recoveries from insurance carriers. Environmental costs include initial site surveys, costs for remediation and restoration and ongoing monitoring costs, as well as fines, damages and other costs, when applicable and estimable. Adjustments to initial estimates are recorded, from time to time, to reflect changing circumstances and estimates based upon additional information developed in subsequent periods. Estimated environmental remediation expenditures are included in the determination of the net realizable value recorded for assets held for sale. See Note 20 - Commitments and Contingencies for further discussion.
Restructuring Charges
The Company regularly enters into various restructuring initiatives, optimization projects, strategic transactions, and other business development activities that may include the recognition of exit or disposal costs. Exit or disposal costs include, but are not limited to, the costs of termination benefits, such as a one-time involuntary severance or retention bonuses, one-time contract termination costs (excluding leases), and other costs associated with non-termination type costs related to restructuring initiatives such as incremental costs for the sale or termination of a line of business, closure or consolidation of operating facilities or business locations in a country or region, relocation of business activities and employees from one location to another, change in management structure, transition of third-party providers and a fundamental reorganization that affects the nature and focus of operations, among others. Restructuring charges associated with manufacturing are recorded as Cost of Goods Sold. Restructuring charges associated with administrative functions are recorded as operating expenses, such as initiatives impacting sales, marketing, distribution or other non-manufacturing related functions.
73

In addition
Table of Contents
SPECTRUM BRANDS HOLDINGS INC.
SB/RH HOLDINGS, LLC
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NOTE 2 - SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND PRACTICES (continued)
Liabilities from restructuring charges are recorded for estimated costs of facility closures, significant organizational adjustments and measures undertaken by management to exit certain activities. Costs for such activities are estimated by management after evaluating detailed analyses of the costs to be incurred. Such liabilities or asset reductions could include amounts for items such as severance costs and related benefits, lease termination payments and any other items directly related to the foregoing, our NEOs received special Bridge Grants for Fiscal 2020, approved in Fiscal 2019 prior to our last Say on Pay Vote,exit activities. Impairment of property and equipment and other current or long-term assets as a result of the switch in the Fiscal 2019 LTIP vesting schedule, that are described under “Fiscal 2020 Compensation Component
Pay-Outs”
on page 36 and further below.
Base Salaries
The annual base salaries for our NEOs were initially set forth in each executive’s employment agreement or separate letter agreement and such salaries may be increased from time to time by our Compensation Committee.
In determining the initial annual base salary for each NEO or in making any subsequent increases, our Compensation Committee considered the market conditions at the time such compensation levels were determined, the Company’s financial condition at the time such compensation levels were determined, compensation levels for similarly situated executives at other companies, experience level and the duties and responsibilities of such executive’s position.
Base salary levels are subject to evaluation from time to time by our Compensation Committee to determine whether increases are appropriate. Our NEOs’ base salaries remained the same in Fiscal 2020a restructuring initiative is recognized as in Fiscal 2019.
Annual Bonus
Our management personnel, including our NEOs, participate in our annual MIP cash bonus program, which is designed to compensate executives and other managers based on achievement of annual corporate, business segment, and/or divisional financial goals. Under the MIP bonus plan, 100% of the annual bonus is performance-based and no bonus is paid if the relevant performance metrics are not achieved.
Under the MIP, each participant has the opportunity to earn a bonus amount that is 100% contingent upon achieving the annual performance goals set by our Compensation Committee and reviewed by our Board. Particular performance goals are established during the first quarter of the relevant fiscal year and reflect our Compensation Committee’s views of the critical indicators of corporate success in light of primary business priorities. The specific financial targets with respect to performance goals are then set by our Compensation Committee based on our annual operating plan, as approved by our Board, during the first quarter of the relevant fiscal year. The annual operating plan includes performance targets for the Company as a whole, as well as for each business segment.
The Fiscal 2020 MIP design included a minimum financial threshold level for each of Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted Free Cash Flow, below which no payout would be earned with respect to that objective. The achievement of the goals of Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted Free Cash Flow is determined and earned independently of one another. For Fiscal 2020, based on our Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted Free Cash Flow performance, the MIP payout was achieved at 128.25% of target. As a result of shareholder feedback during Fiscal 2020, we changed our MIP to be paid entirely in cash instead of a mix of cash and equity, as we had done in prior years. This unplanned change resulted in a reduction of $17 millionthe appropriate asset.
See Note 5 - Restructuring Charges for further detail.
Leases
The Company determines if an arrangement is a lease at inception, considering whether the contract conveys a right to control the use of the identified asset for a period of time in Adjusted EBITDAexchange for Fiscal 2020, which was added backconsideration. Leases are classified as operating or finance leases at the commencement date of the lease. Operating leases are included in Operating Lease Assets, Other Current Liabilities and Long-Term Operating Lease Liabilities on the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position. Finance leases are included in Property, Plant and Equipment, Current Portion of Long-Term Debt, and Long-Term Debt, Net of Current Portion on the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position.
Right of use ("ROU") lease assets and liabilities are recognized based on the present value of future minimum lease payments over the lease term at commencement date. ROU lease liabilities are classified between current and long-term liabilities based on their payment terms. The ROU operating lease asset includes prepaid rent and reflects the unamortized balance of lease incentives. Our leases may include renewal options, and we include the renewal option in the lease term if we conclude that it is reasonably certain that we will exercise that option. The Company’s lease agreements do not contain any material residual value guarantees or material restrictive covenants. Lease expense for operating leases is recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term. Variable lease payments that do not depend on an index or a rate, such as the Company’s proportionate share of actual costs for utilities, common area maintenance, insurance, and property taxes, are excluded from the measurement of the lease liability, unless subject to fixed minimum requirements and are recognized as variable lease cost when the obligation for that payment is incurred.
As most of the Company’s leases do not provide the lease implicit rates, the Company uses its incremental borrowing rates as the discount rate, adjusted as applicable, based on the information available at the lease commencement dates to determine the final achievement calculation for the paymentpresent value of lease payments. The incremental borrowing rate represents an estimate of the MIP, sinceinterest rate the original targets were setCompany would incur to borrow, on a collateralized basis and in a similar economic environment, over the term of a lease. The Company may use the lease implicit rate, if readily determinable, as the discount rate to determine the present value of lease payments. See Note 13 – Leases for additional information.
We review the impairment of our ROU lease assets consistent with the approach applied for our other long-lived assets. ROU lease assets are reviewed for impairment when events or changes in business circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the assets may not be fully recoverable. Circumstances such as the discontinuation of a product or product line, a sudden or consistent decline in the sales forecast for a product, changes in technology or in the way an asset is being used, early termination or exit of a lease agreement, a history of operating or cash flow losses or an adverse change in legal factors or in the business climate, among others, may trigger an impairment review. If such indicators are present, the Company performs an undiscounted cash flow analysis to determine if impairment exists. The asset value would be deemed impaired if the undiscounted cash flows generated did not exceed the carrying value of the respective asset group. If impairment is determined to exist, any related impairment loss is calculated based on fair value.
Income Taxes
Income taxes are accounted for under the assumption that the MIP would be settled in shares of our Common Stock. This is also the case for our LTIP awards.
34

Table of Contents
For the purposes of our MIPasset and LTIP, Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted Free Cash Flow have the following meanings:
“Adjusted EBITDA”
means net earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, but excluding restructuring, acquisition and integration charges and other
one-time
charges. The result of the formula in the preceding sentence is then adjusted by the Compensation Committee in good faith so as to negate the effects of any dispositions; provided, however, that Adjusted EBITDA resulting from businesses or products lines acquired (in Board approved transactions) during the applicable fiscal year will, to the extent reasonably and in good faith determined by the Compensation Committee to be appropriate, be included in the calculation from the date of acquisition.
“Adjusted Free Cash Flow”
means Adjusted EBITDA, plus or minus changes in current and long-termliability method. Deferred tax assets and liabilities less cash paymentsare recognized for taxes, restructuringthe future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and interest. Any reductions in Adjusted Free Cash Flow resulting from transaction costs or financing fees incurred in connection with any Board approved acquisition or refinancing (in each case during the applicable fiscal year)liabilities and their respective tax bases and operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are added backmeasured using enacted tax rates expected to Adjusted Free Cash Flow, subjectapply to the approval of the Compensation Committee, reasonably and in good faith. The result of the formulataxable income in the preceding sentences is then adjusted by the Compensation Committee reasonably andyears in good faith so as to negate the effects of any dispositions; provided, however, that Adjusted Free Cash Flow resulting from businesses or products lines acquired (in Board approved transactions) during the fiscal year will, to the extent reasonably and in good faith determined by the Compensation Committeewhich those temporary differences are expected to be appropriate, be included in the calculation from the date of acquisition.
Long-Term Equity Program
Since our LTIP measures performance over three years, we are able to effectively focusrecovered or settled. The effect on the achievement of significantdeferred tax assets and sustained improvements in performance and strategic initiatives over the long term. For Fiscal 2020, we provided our LTIP grants in the form of time-based RSUs and performance-based PSUs that will be eligible to vest after the three-year period commencing October 1, 2019 and ending September 30, 2022. These awards have the features described below.
70% of the award vests based on three-year cumulative performance against equally weighted Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted Free Cash Flow and Adjusted Return on Equity measures. The relatively large performance component of these awards is believed to serve as a valuable incentive to drive outcomes over the long-term for our Company and shareholders.
30% will vest at the end of the three-year service period. The relatively small time-based component of these awards as part of our overall compensation mix is believed to serve as an important long term retention and risk mitigation feature. See “
-Fiscal 2020 Compensation Component
Pay-Outs-LTIP
.”
In addition, there is an opportunity to earn additional PSUs under the LTIP (subject to a cap of 125% of target PSUs) if superior performance is achieved.
Bridge Grants
Fiscal 2020 reported compensation in our Summary Compensation Table also includes the 2020 Bridge Grants, which were approved in Fiscal 2019. The Bridge Grants, which were granted in connection with the Fiscal 2019 transition to a new single long-term incentive program that will payout in a cliff only at the end of a three-year performance period ending September 30, 2021, were made at a roughly 15% discount from the compensation opportunities that would have been available under our prior long-term incentive plans during Fiscal 2019 and Fiscal 2020. For more information regarding the Bridge Grants, see page 23.
Because of the special circumstances surrounding our transition to a new long-term equity plan noted above, the Bridge Grants are not indicative of our regular, ongoing annual compensation.
Analysis of our CEO’s Fiscal 2020 Compensation
Mr. Maura’s total Fiscal 2020 compensation is reported in the Summary Compensation Table.
Mr. Maura’s annual compensation opportunity breaks down as follows: 12% fixed (base salary) and 88% variable (annual and long-term incentives).
Mr. Maura’s ongoing target direct compensation (base salary, target MIP bonus and target annual LTIP award grant date value) is $7,425,000.
35

Table of Contents
Mr. Maura’s variable compensation is comprised of (i) 25% time-based RSUs that will cliff vest at the conclusion of a three-year service period and are subject to market risk and (ii) 75% performance-based incentives, including his annual target MIP bonus and the value of his PSUs under the LTIP assuming three-year performance target achievement, which, in each case, are only eligible to be earned on the basis of Company performance relative to
pre-established
goals.
As discussed elsewhere in this Form 10-K/A, there is one special compensation item that impacted Mr. Maura’s Fiscal 2020 compensation as reported in the Summary Compensation Table below on page 39: the PSUs of his Bridge Grant, valued at $3,011,339, which vested based on continued service and performance through November 21, 2020. The Fiscal 2020 Bridge Grant was approved by our Compensation Committee, with the advice of its prior independent compensation consultant. Because of the special circumstances surrounding our transition to a new long-term equity plan, the Bridge Grants included in Mr. Maura’s Fiscal 2020 compensation are not indicative of his regular, ongoing annual compensation levels. If the Bridge Grant is excluded, Mr. Maura’s reported compensation in Fiscal 2020 would have been $7,937,019 instead of $10,948,358. The Bridge Grants were
one-time,
non-recurring
compensation made in Fiscal 2018, and will not impact Mr. Maura’s compensation as reported in the Summary Compensation Table in future fiscal years.
Fiscal 2020 Compensation Component
Pay-Outs
Base Salary
The annual base salaries at the end of Fiscal 2020 for our NEOs are set forth below:
Named Executive                    
Annual Base Salary

at the end of Fiscal 2020
David M. Maura
        $        900,000
Jeremy W. Smeltser
        $        500,000
Randal D. Lewis
        $        550,000
Ehsan Zargar
        $        400,000
Rebeckah Long
        $        300,000
Management Incentive Plan
For Fiscal 2020, our MIP award levels achievable at target for each participating NEO were as follows:
Named Executive                    
        MIP Target as % of        

Annual Base Salary
David M. Maura
125%
Jeremy W. Smeltser
  80%
Randal D. Lewis
  90%
Ehsan Zargar
  60%
Rebeckah Long
  60%

The Fiscal 2020 MIP program generally followed the plan design from prior years with the corporate goals of increasing Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted Free Cash Flow. Our Compensation Committee established the following weightings:
50% Adjusted EBITDA
50% Adjusted Free Cash Flow
The table below shows the two performance metrics for our NEOs and the applicable levels of performance required to achieve threshold, target and maximum payouts. The performance metrics for each of our NEOs were equal to those established for the Company as a whole. The maximum MIP bonus payable is 250% of target for Mr. Maura and 200% for our other NEOs. As described in the table below, we achieved payouts of 138.69% based on Adjusted EBITDA achievement and 117.8% based on Adjusted Free Cash Flow, not giving effect to the impact on EBITDA or the cash flow impact of switching the payment to cash from shares.
36

Table of Contents
                                                                        Performance Required to Achieve Bonus % as Indicated ($ in millions)                                                                            
  Performance Metric                                                        
  
    Weight (% of    
Target
Bonus)
  
  Threshold  
(0%)
  
    Target  
(100%)
  
Maximum
  (200%) 
(1)
  
  
    Actual    
  
Calculated
2020 Payout
  Factor (% of  
Target
      Bonus)      
  Adjusted EBITDA
  50%  $517.50  $575.00  $632.50  $597.25            138.69%
  Adjusted Free Cash Flow
  50%  $225.00  $250.00  $275.00  $254.45            117.80%
(1)
Mr. Maura is eligible to receive a maximum MIP equal to 250% of target if we achieve Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted Free Cash Flow of $661.25 million and $287.5 million, respectively.
LTIP
Our Fiscal 2020 LTIP grants cover service and cumulative performance over the three-year period commencing October 1, 2019 and ending September 30, 2022. Of the total grant, 70% is in the form of PSUs and will vest based on the achievement of cumulative Adjusted EBITDA, cumulative Adjusted Free Cash Flow and Adjusted Return on Equity over the three-year period. The remaining 30% is in the form of RSUs, which will vest based on continued service, with cliff vesting at the end of such three-year period. In addition, with respect to the PSU component of the LTIP, there is an opportunity to earn additional PSUs if superior performance is achieved (subject to a cap of 125% of the target PSUs).
The chart below sets forth the number of PSUs and RSUs each NEO was granted in Fiscal 2020 pursuant to the LTIP.
  Name
  
70% Performance-

Based
   
30%

      Time Based      
   
    Potential Upside    

Performance-Based
 
  David M. Maura
 
   
 
60,693        
 
 
 
   
 
26,012        
 
 
 
   
 
15,173        
 
 
 
  Jeremy W. Smeltser
 
   
 
11,240        
 
 
 
   
 
4,817        
 
 
 
   
 
2,810        
 
 
 
  Randal D. Lewis
 
   
 
24,727        
 
 
 
   
 
10,597        
 
 
 
   
 
6,182        
 
 
 
  Ehsan Zargar
 
   
 
17,983        
 
 
 
   
 
7,707        
 
 
 
   
 
4,496        
 
 
 
  Rebeckah Long
 
   
 
3,934        
 
 
 
   
 
1,686        
 
 
 
   
 
984        
 
 
 
The table below shows the three performance metrics for our NEOs and the applicable levels of performance required to achieve threshold, target and maximum vesting of PSUs.
  
Performance Measure (in $ millions)                                        
  
Threshold

(0% of PSUs

vest)
   
Target (100%

  of PSUs vest)  
   
Maximum
(125% of

PSUs vest)
 
  Adjusted EBITDA
 
   
 
1,725.0    
 
 
 
   
 
1,795.0    
 
 
 
   
 
1812.8    
 
 
 
  Adjusted Free Cash Flow
 
   
 
750.0    
 
 
 
   
 
875.0    
 
 
 
   
 
908.2    
 
 
 
  Adjusted Return on Equity
 
   
 
10.64%    
 
 
 
   
 
11.49%    
 
 
 
   
 
11.70%    
 
 
 
Under the LTIP, the three performance goals may be earned independently of one another. The achievement of the performance goals for each of our NEOs will be measured on a consolidated Company-wide basis. Acquisitions by the Company are included in the Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted Free Cash Flow and Adjusted Return on Equity calculations, subject to the negative discretion of our Compensation Committee. Awards for performance between threshold and target levels and between target and maximum levels, will be determined based on linear interpolation. If neither threshold performance level is achieved, then no PSUs will be earned.
Our Compensation Committee also provided in the award agreements for our NEOs that such officers are required to hold at least 50% of the net shares they receive (after any shares withheld by the Company for tax purposes) until such NEO achieves the required stock ownership. Thereafter they are required to hold 25% of the net
after-tax
shares they receive for at least one year following vesting. In addition, our NEOs and all other officers at the Vice President level or higher, are subject to the share ownership and retention guidelines discussed above (see “
Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance-Corporate
Governance-Our
Practices and Policies-Stock Ownership Guidelines
”).
37

Table of Contents
Deferral and Post-Termination Benefits
Retirement Benefits
.
Our Company maintains a 401(k) plan for our employees, including our NEOs.
Supplemental Executive Life Insurance Program
.
During Fiscal 2020, each of Messrs. Maura, Lewis and Zargar participated in a program pursuant to which the Company, on behalf of each participant, made an annual contribution on October 1 equal to 15% of such participant’s base salary as of that date into a Company-owned executive life insurance policy for such participant. The investment options for each such policy are selected by the insurance provider.
Post-Termination Benefits
.
As described above, the Company had entered into agreements with our NEOs which govern, among other things, post-termination benefits payable to each such NEO should his or her employment with the Company terminate. In each case, the receipt of post-termination benefits subject to the NEO’s execution of a waiver and release agreement in favor of the Company and continued compliance with post-employment restrictive covenants and other executive cooperation.
Perquisites and Benefits
The Company provides certain limited perquisites and other benefits to certain executives, including our NEOs. Among these benefits are financial and tax planning services, car allowances or leased car programs, executive medical exams and executive life and disability insurance. Mr. Maura has voluntarily agreed to cease receiving any benefits for financial or tax planning services, any
gross-up
on financial planning and his automobile allowance. Similarly, we do not provide
gross-ups
for our other NEOs.
Important Compensation Policies and Guidelines
Timing and Pricing of Stock-Based Grants
The Company did not grant stock options to its employees during Fiscal 2020 and does not anticipate that it will use options as part of its compensation program going forward.
The Company does provide stock, restricted stock, RSUs and PSUs as part of the compensation program made available to directors, NEOs and other employees. With respect to annual or special grants of stock or restricted stock, these are generally made on the date or as soon as practicable following the date on which such grants are approved by our Compensation Committee or our Board, or, if the award dictated a subsequent date or the achievement of a particular event prior to grant, as soon as practicable after such subsequent date or achievement of such event. The granting of stock, to the extent granted by the Company, will generally be granted the day after the second business day following the public dissemination of the Company’s financial results or such other date as determined by the Company’s General Counsel, using that day’s NYSE adjusted market close price to convert to a round number of shares. For purposes of valuing awards made under our equity plans, the grant price is generally the closing sale price of the Company’s common stock on the exchange on which the Company’s shares are listed on the day of the grant date.
Impact of Tax and Accounting Considerations
We consider accounting and tax implications when we design our equity-based and cash compensation programs and when we make awards or grants. Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code, as amended by the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017, generally limits the deductibility of certain compensation in excess of $1 million paid in any one year to any “covered employee.” A “covered employee” under Section 162(m) is any employee who has served as our CEO, CFO or other most highly compensated executive officers for tax years after December 31, 2016. Prior to the amendment, qualified performance-based compensation was not subject to this deduction limit if certain requirements were met. Under the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017, the performance-based exception has been repealed, unless compensation paid to any “covered employee” qualifies for transition relief applicable to certain arrangements in place as of November 2, 2017. We do not expect the disallowance of a deduction for compensation paid to our NEOs in excess of $1 million, as a result of these changes to Section 162(m), to significantly alter our compensation programs. The overriding consideration when evaluating the pay level or design component of any portion of our executives’ compensation is the effectiveness of the pay component and the shareholder value that management and the Compensation Committee believe the pay component reinforces. In structuring the compensation for our NEOs, our Compensation Committee will review a variety of factors which may include the deductibility of such compensation under Section 162(m), to the extent applicable. However, this is not the driving or most influential factor and the Compensation Committee has approved in the past and specifically reserves the right to pay or approve nondeductible compensation currently and in the future.
38

Table of Contents
Executive Compensation Tables
The following tables and footnotes show the compensation earned for service in all capacities during Fiscal 2020, Fiscal 2019 and Fiscal 2018 by our NEOs. We refer you to the
“Compensation Discussion and Analysis”
and the
“Termination and Change in Control Provisions”
sections of this report as well as the corresponding footnotes to the tables for material factors necessary for an understanding of the compensation detailed in the tables entitled
“Summary Compensation Table,” “All Other Compensation Table for Fiscal 2020”
and
“Grants of Plan-Based Awards Table for Fiscal 2020.”
Summary Compensation Table
  Name and Principal Position
(1)
  
Year
   
Salary
   
Bonus
   
Stock
Awards
(2)
   
Non-Equity

Incentive

Plan

Compensation
(3)
   
All Other

Compensation
(4)
   
Total
(*)
 
David M. Maura
   2020   $900,000       $8,411,326   $1,442,813   $194,219   $10,948,358 
Executive Chairman and
   2019   $900,000       $13,588,411   $5,000,000   $199,711   $19,688,122 
Chief Executive Officer
   2018   $769,744       $3,336,463       $417,421   $4,523,628 
Jeremy W. Smeltser
   2020   $500,000       $1,000,030   $513,000   $136,699   $2,149,729 
Executive Vice President and
               
Chief Financial Officer
                                  
Randal D. Lewis
   2020   $550,000       $3,161,022   $634,838   $173,121   $4,518,981 
Executive Vice President and
   2019   $447,788       $4,075,662   $500,000   $145,954   $5,169,404 
Chief Operating Officer
                                   
Ehsan Zargar
   2020   $400,000       $2,881,385   $307,800   $156,599   $3,745,784 
Executive Vice President and
   2019   $400,000       $4,691,949   $500,000   $114,538   $5,706,487 
General Counsel
   2018   $315,384   $5,000,000           $165,582   $5,480,966 
Rebeckah Long
   2020   $300,000       $382,050   $230,850   $21,325   $934,225 
Senior Vice President, Global
   2019   $231,607       $626,206   $53,750   $18,602   $930,165 
(*)
As noted, the Summary Compensation Table includes the performance portion of the Bridge Grants attributed to Fiscal 2020. Because of the special circumstances surrounding our transition to a new long-term equity plan, we do not believe that the Bridge Grants are indicative of our regular, ongoing annual compensation. If these amounts were excluded, the totals for Fiscal 2020 would have been as follows: Mr. Maura ($7,937,019), Mr. Lewis ($3,557,938), Mr. Zargar ($2,464,371) and Ms. Long ($902,188). The Bridge Grants were
one-time,
non-recurring
compensation made in Fiscal 2018, and will not impact the compensation reported in the Summary Compensation Table in future fiscal years. See “
Compensation Discussion and Analysis-Analysis of our CEO’s Fiscal 2020 Compensation
” and “
Compensation Discussion and Analysis-Compensation Elements-Special Awards
” for more information.
(1)
Mr. Smeltser became an Executive Vice President on October 1, 2019 and our CFO on November 17, 2019.
(2)
This column reflects the aggregate grant date fair value of the awards computed in accordance with ASC Topic 718. For a discussion of the relevant ASC 718 valuation assumptions, see Note 2, Significant Accounting Policies and Practices, of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, included in our Annual Report on Form
10-K
for Fiscal 2020. For Fiscal 2020, this column reflects grants under the LTIP and the Bridge Grants. If the maximum performance was achieved then the value of the awards in Fiscal 2020 would have been as follows: Mr. Maura ($9,356,301); Mr. Smeltser ($1,175,037); Mr. Lewis ($3,546,037); Mr. Zargar ($3,161,396); and Ms. Long ($443,334) in each case based on the stock price on the date of grant. At the lowest level of performance, the performance-based restricted stock unit awards are forfeited. The amounts shown in this column do not reflect the actual payout.
(3)
For Fiscal 2020, this column represents amounts earned under the Company’s 2020 MIP, as applicable. For additional detail on the 2020 MIP and the determination of the awards thereunder, please refer to the discussion under the heading “Compensation Discussion and Analysis-Fiscal 2020 Compensation Component
Pay-Outs-Management
Incentive Plan” and the table entitled “Grants of Plan-Based Awards Table for Fiscal 2020” and its accompanying footnotes. The cash incentive awards payable under the 2018 and 2019 MIP to our NEOs were settled in shares of common stock in lieu of cash on December 7, 2018 and December 6, 2019, respectively, as follows: Mr. Maura - 2,748 shares for the 2018 MIP and 20,538 for the 2019 MIP; Mr. Lewis - 6,572 shares for the 2019 MIP; Mr. Zargar - 4,382 shares for the 2019 MIP; Ms. Long - 1,594 shares for the 2019 MIP and, in each case, are reported under Stock Awards.
(4)
Please see the following table for the details of the amounts that comprise the All Other Compensation column.
39

All Other Compensation Table for Fiscal 2020
Name
 
Financial

Planning

Services

Provided to

Executive 
(2)
  
Life

Insurance

Premiums

Paid on

Executives

Behalf
(3)
  
Car

Allowance/

Personal

Use of

Company

Car
(4)
  
Company

Contributions

to

Executive’s

Qualified

Retirement

Plan
(5)
  
Company

Contributions

to Executive’s

Supplemental

Life

Insurance

Policy
(6)
  
Dividends 
(7)
  
Other 
(8)
  
Total
 
David M. Maura (1)
 $  $7,602  $  $9,750  $75,606  $101,261     $194,219 
Jeremy W. Smeltser
 $20,000  $580  $20,384  $7,404  $75,000  $   $13,331  $136,699 
Randal D. Lewis
 $20,000  $8,123  $18,218  $11,962  $82,500  $32,318     $173,121 
Ehsan Zargar
 $20,000  $2,382  $18,000  $13,126  $60,000  $43,091     $156,599 
Rebeckah Long
 $  $2,011  $11,958  $6,279  $  $1,077     $21,325 
(1)
Mr. Maura voluntarily eliminated his financial planning, car allowance and any tax equalization payments in Fiscal 2020.
(2)
The Company provides reimbursements for expenses related to financial planning and tax preparation services, up to $20,000 annually, to Messrs. Smeltser, Lewis and Zargar. For Fiscal 2020, these reimbursements have yet to be paid out, other than for $800 to Mr. Smeltser, but this benefit is being included her to reflect the totality of benefits in respect of Fiscal 2020 for Messrs. Smeltser, Lewis and Zargar.
(3)
The amount represents the life insurance premium paid for Fiscal 2020. The Company provides life insurance coverage equal to three times (two times, for Ms. Long) base salary for each executive officer.
(4)
The Company sponsors a leased car or car allowance program. Under the leased car program, costs associated with using a vehicle are provided, which also include maintenance, insurance and license and registration. Under the car allowance program, the executive receives a fixed monthly allowance. As noted above, beginning with Fiscal 2020, Mr. Maura has given up his car allowance.
(5)
Represents amounts contributed under the Company-sponsored 401(k) retirement plan.
(6)
This amount reflects the premium paid by the Company equal to 15% of base salary toward individual supplemental life insurance policies.
(7)
This amount reflects dividend equivalent paid in respect of RSUs held by NEOs which were not factored into the grant date fair value of the RSUs.
(8)
This amount for Mr. Smeltser represents relocation expenses in connection with his hiring as CFO.
Grants of Plan-Based Awards Table for Fiscal 2020
The following table and footnotes provide information with respect to equity grants made to our NEOs during Fiscal 2020 as well as the range of future payouts under
non-equity
incentive plans for our NEOs indicated.
       
Estimated Future Payouts Under

Non-Equity
Incentive Plan Awards
   
Estimated Future Payouts Under

Equity Incentive Plan Awards
   
All Other

Stock

Awards:

Number of

Shares of

Stock or

Units

#
   
Grant
Date

Fair
Value of

Stock

Awards

$
(4)
 
Name
  
Grant Date
 
Threshold

$
   
Target

$
   
Maximum

$
   
Threshold

#
   
Target

#
   
Maximum

#
 
David M. Maura
  10/01/2019
(1)
 $0   $1,125,000   $2,812,500            
   11/21/2019
(2)
                48,220        3,011,339 
   12/16/2019
(3)
                 0    60,693    75,866    26,012    5,399,987 
Jeremy W. Smeltser
  10/01/2019
(1)
 $0   $400,000   $800,000            
   12/16/2019
(3)
              0    11,240    14,050    4,817    1,000,030 
Randal D. Lewis
  10/01/2019
(1)
 $0   $495,000   $990,000            
   11/21/2019
(2)
                15,389        961,043 
   12/16/2019
(3)
                 0    24,727    30,909    10,597    2,199,979 
Ehsan Zargar
  10/01/2019
(1)
 $0   $240,000   $480,000            
   11/21/2019
(2)
                20,519        1,281,412 
   12/16/2019
(3)
                 0    17,983    22,479    7,707    1,599,973 
Rebeckah Long
  10/01/2019
(1)
 $0   $180,000   $360,000            
   11/21/2019
(2)
                513        32,037 
   12/16/2019
(3)
                 0    3,934    4,918    1,686    350,014 
40

(1)
Represents the threshold, target and maximum payouts under the Fiscal 2020 MIP. The actual amounts earned under the plan for Fiscal 2020 are disclosed in the Summary Compensation Table above as part of the column entitled “
Non-Equity
Incentive Plan Awards
.” For Mr. Maura, the maximum payout for the disclosed awards is equal to 250% of target. For our other NEOs, the maximum payouts for the disclosed awards are equal to 200% of target. See “
Compensation Discussion and Analysis-Fiscal 2020 Compensation Component
Pay-Outs-Management
Incentive Plan
” for a discussion of the terms of the Fiscal 2020 MIP.
(2)
Represents the number of PSUs awarded under the 2020 Bridge Grants. See “Compensation Discussion and Analysis-Fiscal 2020 Compensation Components
Pay-Outs-LTIP”
for a discussion of the terms of these awards.
(3)
Represents the number of RSUs and PSUs awarded under the Fiscal 2020 LTIP grants and shows (a) the threshold, target and maximum payouts, denominated in the number of shares of stock, in respect of PSUs and (b) the number of shares of stock underlying the RSUs. See “
Compensation Discussion and Analysis-Fiscal 2020 Compensation Components
Pay-Outs-LTIP
” for a discussion of the terms of these awards.
(4)
Except as otherwise noted, reflects the value at the grant date value based upon the probable outcome of the relevant performance conditions. This amount is consistent with the estimate of aggregate compensation costs to be recognized over the service period determined as of the grant date under FASB ASC Topic 718, excluding the effect of any estimated forfeitures.
Outstanding Equity Awards at the End of Fiscal 2020
The following table and footnotes set forth information regarding outstanding options and restricted stock unit awards as of September 30, 2020 for our NEOs. The market value of shares that have not vested was determined by multiplying $57.16, the closing market price of the Company’s stock on September 30, 2020, the last trading day of Fiscal 2020, by the number of shares.
            Name            
  
Number of

Securities

Underlying

Unexercised

Options

Exercisable
   
    Option Exercise    

Price
   
Option

Expiration

Date
   
Number of

    Shares or Units    

of Stock That

Have Not

Vested(1)
  
Market Value of

Shares or Units of

    Stock That Have Not    

Vested(2)
   
Equity

    Incentive Plan    

Awards:

Number of

Unearned

Shares, Units,

or Other

Rights That

Have Not

Vested(3)
  
Equity Incentive Plan

Awards: Market or

Payout Value of

Unearned Shares,

    Units or Other Rights    

That Have Not

Vested(2)
 
David M. Maura
   65,294   $52.83    11/29/2022    –     –      –     –   
    64,142   $72.92    11/29/2023    –     –      –     –   
    26,743   $82.85    11/25/2024    –     –      –     –   
    1,164   $86.38    11/24/2025    –     –      –     –   
    51,309   $95.43    11/28/2026    –     –      –     –   
    –      –      –      32,146(4)  $1,837,465    48,220(5)  $2,756,255 
    –      –      –      35,817(6)  $2,047,300    83,573(7)  $4,777,033 
    –      –      –      26,012(8)  $1,486,846    60,693(9)  $3,469,212 
Jeremy W. Smeltser
   –      –      –      4,817(8)  $275,340    11.240(5)  $642,478 
Randal D. Lewis
   –      –      –      10,260(4)  $586,462    15,389(5)  $879,635 
    –      –      –      9,949(6)   568,685    23,215(7)  $1,326,969 
    –      –      –      10,597(8)  $605,725    24,727(9)  $1,413,395 
Ehsan Zargar
   3,958   $72.92    11/29/2023    –     –      –     –   
    5,009   $82.86    11/25/2024    –     –      –     –   
    –      –      –      13,679(4)  $781,892    20,519(5)  $1,172,866 
    –      –      –      10,613(6)  $606,639    24,762(7)  $1,415,396 
    –      –      –      7,707(8)  $440,532    17,983(9)  $1,027,809 
Rebeckah Long
   –      –      –      342(4)  $19,549    513(5)  $29,323 
    –      –      –      1,658(6)  $94,771    3,869(7)  $221,152 
    –      –      –      1,686(8)  $96,372    3,934(9)  $224,867 
(1)
This column shows the number of outstanding RSUs subject to time-based vesting.
(2)
The market value is based on the per share closing price of our common stock on September 30, 2020 ($57.16).
(3)
This column shows the number of Bridge Grant RSUs and Fiscal 2019 and 2020 LTIP RSUs subject to performance-based vesting. In the case of the Fiscal 2019 and 2020 LTIP grants, because none of the performance metrics have been satisfied as of the date of this report (even at the threshold level), we have shown in accordance with SEC rules only the number of RSUs that would be payable upon the lowest level of performance (which is 0%).
(4)
These include the Fiscal 2020 Bridge Grant RSUs, which vested on November 21, 2020.
(5)
These include the Fiscal 2020 Bridge Grant PSUs, which vested on November 21, 2020.
(6)
These Fiscal 2019 LTIP RSUs cliff vest on September 30, 2021, subject to continued employment.
(7)
These Fiscal 2019 LTIP PSUs cliff vest on September 30, 2021, subject to continued employment and achievement of the applicable performance metrics.
(8)
These Fiscal 2020 LTIP RSUs cliff vest on December 2, 2022, subject to continued employment.
(9)
These Fiscal 2020 LTIP PSUs cliff vest on December 2, 2022, subject to continued employment and achievement of the applicable performance metrics.
41

Stock Vested During Fiscal 2020
The following table and footnotes provide information regarding stock awards vesting during Fiscal 2020 for our NEOs.
        
Stock Awards
   
          Name          
     
Number of Shares

Acquired on

Vesting
  
Value Realized on
Vesting
   
David M. Maura
     80,366             $5,018,857(1)   
Jeremy W. Smeltser
     –             $   
Randal D. Lewis
     25,649             $1,601,780(2)   
Ehsan Zargar
     34,199             $2,135,728(3)   
Rebeckah Long
      855             $53,395(4)   
(1)
The amount for Mr. Maura in this column represents the value realized upon the vesting of 80,366 RSUs on November 21, 2019. The value was computed by multiplying the number of shares vested by the closing price per share of the Company’s common stock on each such vesting date, which was $62.45 on November 20, 2019 (the last trading day before November 21, 2019).
(2)
The amount for Mr. Lewis in this column represents the value realized upon the vesting of 25,649 RSUs on November 21, 2019. The value was computed by multiplying the number of shares vested by the closing price per share of the Company’s common stock on each such vesting date, which was $62.45 on November 20, 2019 (the last trading day before November 21, 2019).
(3)
The amount for Mr. Zargar in this column represents the value realized upon the vesting of 34,199 RSUs on November 21, 2019. The value was computed by multiplying the number of shares vested by the closing price per share of the Company’s common stock on each such vesting date, which was $62.45 on November 20, 2019 (the last trading day before November 21, 2019).
(4)
The amount for Ms. Long in this column represents the value realized upon the vesting of 855 RSUs on November 21, 2019. The value was computed by multiplying the number of shares vested by the closing price per share of the Company’s common stock on each such vesting date, which was $62.45 on November 20, 2019 (the last trading day before November 21, 2019).
Pension Benefits
None of our NEOs participated in any pension plans during or as of the end of, Fiscal 2020.
Non-Qualified
Deferred Compensation
None of our NEOs participated in any Company
non-qualified
deferred compensation programs during or as of the end of, Fiscal 2020.
Termination and Change in Control Provisions
Awards under the Company Equity Plan
For purposes of these incentive plans, “change in control” generally means the occurrence of any of the events listed below and “Applicable Company” means the Company or SPB Legacy with respect to the former equity plan of SPB Legacy which was assumed by the Company:
(i)
the acquisition, by any individual, entity or group of beneficial ownership of more than 50% of the combined voting power of the Applicable Company’s then outstanding securities;
(ii)
individuals who constituted our Board at the effective time of the plan and directors who are nominated and elected as their successors from time to time cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of our Board;
42

(iii)
consummation of a merger or consolidation of the Applicable Company or any direct or indirect subsidiary of the Applicable Company with any other entity, other than (A) a merger or consolidation which results in the voting securities of the Applicable Company outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity or any parent thereof) more than 50% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of the Applicable Company or such surviving entity or any parent thereof outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation, (B) a merger or consolidation effected to implement a recapitalization of the Applicable Company (or similar transaction) in which no individual, entity or group is or becomes the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of voting securities of the Applicable Company (not including in the securities beneficially owned by such individual, entity or group any securities acquired directly from the Applicable Company or any of its direct or indirect subsidiaries) representing 50% or more of the combined voting power of the Applicable Company’s then outstanding voting securities or (C) a merger or consolidation affecting the Applicable Company as a result of which a Designated Holder (as defined below) owns after such transaction more than 50% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of the Applicable Company or such surviving entity or any parent thereof outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation; or
(iv)
approval by the shareholders of the Applicable Company of either a complete liquidation or dissolution of the Applicable Company or the sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Applicable Company, other than a sale or disposition by the Applicable Company of all or substantially all of the assets of the Applicable Company to an entity, more than 50% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of which are owned by shareholders of the Applicable Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of the Applicable Company immediately prior to such sale; provided that, in each case, it shall not be a change in control if, immediately following the occurrence of the event described above (i) the record holders of the common stock of the Applicable Company immediately prior to the event continue to have substantially the same proportionate ownership in an entity which owns all or substantially all of the assets of the Company immediately following the event or (ii) the Harbinger Master Fund, the Harbinger Special Situations Fund, HRG and their respective affiliates and subsidiaries (the “Designated Holders”) beneficially own, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the combined voting power of the Applicable Company or any successor.
Executive-Specific Provisions Regarding Employment, Termination and Change in Control
Agreements with NEOs
Our Compensation Committee periodically evaluates the appropriateness of entering into employment agreements, severance agreements or other written agreements with the Company’s NEOs to govern compensation and other aspects of the employment relationship. During Fiscal 2020, the Company and/or its wholly owned subsidiary, SBI, had written employment agreements with its NEOs as follows: (i) an Employment Agreement, dated January 20, 2016, as amended and restated on dated April 25, 2018, with Mr. Maura (the “Maura Employment Agreement”); (ii) an employment agreement, dated September 9, 2019, with Mr. Smeltser (the “Smeltser Agreement”); (iii) an employment agreement dated September 9, 2019 with Mr. Lewis (the “Lewis Employment Agreement”); (iv) an employment Agreement with Mr. Zargar dated October 1, 2018 (the “Zargar Employment Agreement”); and (v) a letter agreement with Ms. Long dated September 9, 2019 (the “Long Letter Agreement”), which was supplemented by a severance agreement with Ms. Long dated September 9, 2019 (the “Long Severance Agreement”).
Agreement with Mr. Maura
Pursuant to the Maura Employment Agreement, the initial term will be until April 24, 2021, subject to earlier termination, with automatic
one-year
renewals thereafter. The Maura Employment Agreement provides Mr. Maura with an annual base salary as Executive Chairman of $700,000 and an annual base salary of $200,000 for the duration of his services as CEO and he will be eligible to receive a performance-based MIP bonus for each fiscal year, based on a target of 125% of his total base salary, as may be applicable at the time (the “Target Amount”), paid during the applicable fiscal year during the term of the Maura Employment Agreement, provided the Company achieves certain annual performance goals as established by our Board and/or our Compensation Committee. If such performance goals are met, the MIP bonus will be payable in cash and/or stock. If Mr. Maura exceeds the performance targets, the bonus will be increased in accordance with the formula approved by the Compensation Committee no later than the close of the first quarter of the year following the applicable fiscal year; provided that the bonus will not exceed 250% of the Target Amount.
43

Under the terms of the Maura Employment Agreement, Mr. Maura was entitled to receive a performance-based EIP grant with a target value of $3.2 million for his service as Executive Chairman and CEO and a performance-based S3B grant with a target value of $3 million, each in accordance with those programs grant cycles. In Fiscal 2019, our Compensation Committee eliminated the EIP and S3B bonus programs and replaced them with our performance based LTIP bonus program. Based on the review of peer groups, Mr. Maura received an LTIP grant with target value of $5.4 million for Fiscal 2020. In addition, at the discretion of the Compensation Committee and/or the Board, Mr. Maura is also eligible to receive future grants and/or participate in future multi-year incentive programs.
The Maura Employment Agreement also provides Mr. Maura with, among other things: (i) four weeks of paid vacation for each full year; (ii) eligibility for Mr. Maura to participate in the Company’s executive auto lease program which Mr. Maura has waived beginning in Fiscal 2020; (iii) a stipend for income tax filings and returns preparation and advice and estate planning advice which Mr. Maura has waived; and (iv) eligibility for Mr. Maura to participate in any of the Company’s insurance plans and other benefits, if any, as the benefits are made available to other executive officers of the Company.
Under the Maura Employment Agreement, Mr. Maura is entitled to receive severance benefits if his employment is terminated under certain circumstances. In general, termination as Executive Chairman and as CEO is determined separately, so that termination from either position will generally provide for payments in respect only of that position and a termination from both positions will provide for payments in respect of both positions.
In the event that Mr. Maura is terminated with “cause” or terminates his employment voluntarily, other than for “good reason,” from his role as Executive Chairman or as CEO or all his roles, Mr. Maura’s compensation (with respect to such roles) and other benefits (in the case where he is terminated from all his roles) provided under his employment agreement cease at the time of such termination and Mr. Maura is entitled to no further compensation under his employment agreement with respect to such role. Notwithstanding this, the Company would pay to Mr. Maura accrued compensation and benefits and continuation of Company medical benefits to the extent required by law.
If Mr. Maura’s role as CEO is terminated (without terminating his role as Executive Chairman), without “cause,” by the Company, by Mr. Maura for “good reason,” due to Mr. Maura’s death or disability or upon a Company-initiated
non-renewal
or upon a change in control, Mr. Maura will be entitled to receive the following severance benefits: (i) the vesting of $250,000 of his outstanding time-based equity awards, based on grant-date value, as determined by the Compensation Committee; (ii) a cash payment of $500,000 ratably monthly in arrears over the
12-month
period following such termination; and (iii) a
pro rata
portion, in cash, of the annual MIP bonus related to the base salary that Mr. Maura would have earned for the fiscal year in which termination occurs. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Mr. Maura’s employment is terminated in a CIC Termination (as defined below) during the initial term of the Maura Employment Agreement, then instead of the payment in clause (ii) above, he will receive a cash payment equal to the greater of (x) a cash amount equal to $500,000 or (y) a cash amount equal to his then-current base salary times the number of months remaining in the initial term, with a
pro rata
amount being calculated for any partial month in that time period.
In addition to the payments above, if Mr. Maura’s employment (as Executive Chairman) is terminated by the Company without “cause,” by Mr. Maura for “good reason,” upon Mr. Maura’s death or disability or upon a Company-initiated
non-renewal
of his employment agreement, the Company shall pay or provide for Mr. Maura: (i) (a) a cash payment equal to 1.5 times the base salary in effect immediately prior to his termination, plus (b) a cash payment equal to 1.0 times his target annual MIP bonus of 125% of his then-current base salary, each payable ratably on a monthly basis over the
18-month
period immediately following his termination; (ii) the
pro rata
portion, in cash, of the annual MIP bonus (if any) he would have earned for the fiscal year in which such termination occurs if his employment had not ceased, to be paid at the same time such bonus would have been paid to Mr. Maura for such fiscal year if his employment had not terminated; (iii) for the
18-month
period immediately following such termination, provide Mr. Maura and his dependents with medical insurance coverage and other employee benefits on a basis substantially similar to those provided to Mr. Maura and his dependents by the Company immediately prior to the date of termination at no greater cost to Mr. Maura or the Company than the cost to Mr. Maura and the Company immediately prior to such date; and (iv) payment of accrued vacation time pursuant to Company policy. In addition, all unvested outstanding time-based equity awards will promptly vest as provided in the applicable equity award agreements. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Mr. Maura’s employment is terminated in a CIC Termination during the initial term of the Maura Employment Agreement, then instead of the payment in clause (i)(a) above, he will receive a cash payment equal to the greater of (x) a cash amount equal to 1.5 times his then-current base salary or (y) a cash amount equal to his then-current base salary times the number of months remaining in the initial term, with a
pro rata
amount being calculated for any partial month in that time period.
44

If Mr. Maura’s employment is terminated by the Company without “cause” (and not due to death or disability) or by Mr. Maura for “good reason” during the period that begins 60 days prior to the occurrenceliabilities of a change in control (or,tax rates is recognized in limited cases, earlier) and ends uponincome in the first anniversaryperiod that includes the enactment date.
The Company recognizes the effect of income tax positions only if those positions are more likely than not of being sustained. Recognized income tax positions are measured at the largest amount that is greater than 50% likely of being realized. Changes in recognition or measurement are reflected in income tax expense in the period in which the change in control (a “CIC Termination”), then Mr. Maura will receive all severance benefits availablejudgment occurs. Accrued interest expense and penalties related to him as if he terminated his employmentuncertain tax positions are recorded in Income Tax Expense. See Note 16 - Income Taxes for “good reason” and all of his outstanding and unvested performance-based equity awards will vest in full (atfurther detail.
Foreign Currency Translation
Local currencies are considered the target level).
The payment of the severance payments and vesting of equity awards described above with respect to a termination of Mr. Maura’s employment are conditioned upon Mr. Maura’s execution of a release of claims in favor of the Company and its controlled affiliates and Mr. Maura’s compliance with the
non-competition,
non-solicitation,
non-disparagement
and confidentiality restrictions set forth in his employment agreement. The
non-competition
and
non-solicitation
provisions extendfunctional currencies for 18 months following Mr. Maura’s termination and confidentiality provisions extend for seven years following Mr. Maura’s termination.
Under the Maura Employment Agreement, (a) “good reason” is defined as the occurrence of any of the following events without Mr. Maura’s consent: (i) any reduction in Mr. Maura’s annual base salary or target MIP bonus opportunity then in effect; (ii) the required relocation of Mr. Maura’s office at which he is principally employed as of April 25, 2018 to a location more than 50 miles from such office or the requirement by the Company that Mr. Maura be based at a location other than such office on an extended basis, except for required business travel; (iii) a substantial diminution or other substantive adverse change in the nature or scope of Mr. Maura’s responsibilities, authorities, powers, functions or duties; (iv) a breach by the Company of any of its other material obligations under the Maura Employment Agreement; or (v) the failure of the Company to obtain the agreement of any successor to the Company to assume and agree to perform the Maura Employment Agreement; and (b) “cause” is defined, in general, as the occurrence of any of the following events: (i) the commission by Mr. Maura of any deliberate and premeditated act taken by Mr. Maura in bad faith against the interests of the Company that causes or is reasonably anticipated to cause material harm to the Company; (ii) Mr. Maura has been convicted of or pleads nolo contendere with respect to, any felony or of any lesser crime or offense having as its predicate element fraud, dishonesty or misappropriation of the property of the Company that causes or is reasonably anticipated to cause material harm to the Company; (iii) the habitual drug addiction or intoxication of Mr. Maura which negatively impacts his job performance or Mr. Maura’s failure of a company-required drug test; (iv) the willful failure or refusal of Mr. Maura to perform his duties as set forth in the employment agreement or the willful failure or refusal to follow the direction of our Board, which is not cured after 30 calendar days’ notice; or (v) Mr. Maura materially breaches any of the terms of the Maura Employment Agreement or any other agreement between himself and the Company and the breach is not cured within 30 calendar days after written notice from the Company.
Agreement with Mr. Smeltser
On September 9, 2019, the Company entered into an employment agreement with Jeremy W. Smeltser. Pursuant to the Smeltser Employment Agreement, the initial term was until September 30, 2020 and thereafter is subject to automatic
one-year
renewals, subject to earlier termination. Pursuant to the Smeltser Employment Agreement, Mr. Smeltser will receive an annual base salary of $500,000, subject to periodic review and increase by the Compensation Committee, in its discretion. In addition, Mr. Smeltser will receive a performance-based cash bonus under the MIP program for each fiscal year (commencing with Fiscal 2020) during the term of the agreement. The MIP bonus will be based on a target of 80% (and a maximum of 160%) of Mr. Smeltser’s base salary paid during the applicable fiscal year, provided that the Company achieves certain annual performance goals as established by the Board and/or Compensation Committee. If such performance goals are met, the MIP bonus will be payable in cash or equity, provided that Mr. Smeltser remains employed with the corporation on the date the bonus is paid.
The Smeltser Employment Agreement provides that on or prior to December 31, 2019, Mr. Smeltser will receive an equity or equity based award with a grant date value of $1,000,000 and that for each subsequent fiscal year ending during the term (commencing with Fiscal 2021), he shall be eligible to receive an equity or equity based award with a target value of 200% of his base salary.
The Smeltser Employment Agreement also provides Mr. Smeltser with certain other compensation and benefits, including: (i) relocation reimbursement of up to $75,000 as well as the use of a Company-funded apartment for up to 12 months; (ii) four weeks of paid vacation for each full year; (iii) eligibility to participate in anymost of the Company’s insurance plansoperations outside the United States. Assets and other benefits, if any, as are made available to other executive officers of the Company; and (iv) eligibility for Mr. Smeltser to participate in the Company’s executive auto lease program during the term of the employment agreement.
The Smeltser Employment Agreement contains the following provisions applicable upon the termination of Mr. Smeltser’s employment with the Company and/or in the event of a change in control of the Company.
In the event that Mr. Smeltser is terminated with “cause” or terminates his employment voluntarily, other than for “good reason,” Mr. Smeltser’s salary and other benefits provided under his employment agreement cease at the time of such termination and Mr. Smeltser is entitled to no further compensation under his employment agreement. Notwithstanding this, Mr. Smeltser would be entitled to continue to participate in the Company’s medical benefit plans to the extent required by law. Further, upon any such termination of employment, the Company would pay to Mr. Smeltser accrued pay and benefits.
45

If the employment of Mr. Smeltser with the Company is terminated by the Company without “cause,” by Mr. Smeltser for “good reason,” or is terminated due to Mr. Smeltser’s death or disability, Mr. Smeltser is entitled to receive certain post-termination benefits, detailed below, contingent upon execution of a separation agreement with a release of claims agreeable to the Company and Mr. Smeltser’s compliance with the
non-competition,
non-solicitation,
non-disparagement
and confidentiality restrictions set forth in his employment agreement. In such event the Company will: (i) pay Mr. Smeltser (a) 1.5 times his base salary in effect immediately prior to his termination, plus (b) 1.0 times his target annual bonus award for the fiscal year in which such termination occurs, ratably over the
18-month
period immediately following his termination; (ii) pay Mr. Smeltser the
pro rata
portion of the annual bonus (if any) he would have earned pursuant to any annual bonus or incentive plan maintained by the Company with respect to the fiscal year in which such termination occurs if his employment had not ceased, to be paid at the same time such bonus would have been paid to Mr. Smeltser for such fiscal year if his employment had not terminated; (iii) for the
18-month
period immediately following such termination, arrange to provide Mr. Smeltser and his dependents with medical and dental benefits on a basis substantially similar to those provided to Mr. Smeltser and his dependents by the Company immediately prior to the date of termination, subject to his electing COBRA coverage; and (iv) pay Mr. Smeltser his accrued vacation time pursuant to Company policy. In addition, all unvested outstanding time-based equity awards will vest on a
pro rata
basis and all performance-based awards will be forfeited.
The
non-competition
and
non-solicitation
provisions extend for 18 months following Mr. Smeltser’s termination and confidentiality provisions extend for up to seven years following Mr. Smeltser’s termination. Mr. Smeltser is also subject to a cooperation provision that extends for six years following Mr. Smeltser’s termination.
The definitions of “good reason” and “cause” under the Smeltser Employment Agreement are similar to the definitions of such terms in the Maura Employment Agreement.
Agreements with Mr. Lewis
On September 9, 2019, Mr. Lewis was promoted to the office of Executive Vice President and entered into the Lewis Employment Agreement, which superseded a prior severance agreement. Pursuant to the Lewis Employment Agreement, the initial term was until September 30, 2020 and thereafter is subject to automatic
one-year
renewals, subject to earlier termination. Pursuant to the Lewis Employment Agreement, Mr. Lewis will receive an annual base salary of $550,000, subject to periodic review and increase by the Compensation Committee, in its discretion. In addition, Mr. Lewis will receive a performance-based cash bonus under the MIP program for each fiscal year (commencing with Fiscal 2020) during the term of the agreement. The MIP bonus will be based on a target of 90% (and a maximum of 180%) of Mr. Lewis’s base salary paid during the applicable fiscal year, provided that the Company achieves certain annual performance goals as established by the Board and/or Compensation Committee. If such performance goals are met, the MIP bonus will be payable in cash or equity, provided that Mr. Lewis remains employed with the corporation on the date the bonus is paid.
The Lewis Employment Agreement provides that on or prior to December 31, 2019, Mr. Lewis shall receive an equity or equity based award with a grant date value of $2,200,000 and that for each subsequent fiscal year ending during the term (commencing with Fiscal 2021), he shall be eligible to receive an equity or equity based award with a target value of 400% of his base salary.
The Lewis Employment Agreement also provides Mr. Lewis with certain other compensation and benefits, including: (i) four weeks of paid vacation for each full year; (ii) eligibility to participate in anyliabilities of the Company’s insurance plansforeign subsidiaries are translated at the rate of exchange existing at year-end, with revenues, expenses and other benefits, if any, as are made available to other executive officerscash flows translated at the average of the Company;monthly exchange rates. Adjustments resulting from translation of the financial statements are recorded as a component of equity in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (“AOCI”), including the effects of exchange rate changes on intercompany balances of a long-term investment nature.
Foreign currency transaction gains and (iii) eligibilitylosses for Mr. Lewis to participatetransactions denominated in a currency other than the functional currency are reported in Other Non-Operating Expense, Net in the Company’s executive auto lease program during the termConsolidated Statements of the employment agreement.
The Lewis Employment Agreement contains the following provisions applicable upon the termination of Mr. Lewis’s employment with the Company and/orIncome in the event of a change in control of the Company.
In the event that Mr. Lewis is terminated with “cause” or terminates his employment voluntarily, other than for “good reason,” Mr. Lewis’s salary and other benefits provided under his employment agreement cease at the time of such termination and Mr. Lewis is entitled to no further compensation under his employment agreement. Notwithstanding this, Mr. Lewis would be entitled to continue to participate in the Company’s medical benefit plans to the extent required by law. Further, upon any such termination of employment, the Company would pay to Mr. Lewis accrued pay and benefits.
46

If the employment of Mr. Lewis with the Company is terminated by the Company without “cause,” by Mr. Lewis for “good reason,” or is terminated due to Mr. Lewis’s death or disability, Mr. Lewis is entitled to receive certain post-termination benefits, detailed below, contingent upon execution of a separation agreement with a release of claims agreeable to the Company and Mr. Lewis’s compliance with the
non-competition,
non-solicitation,
non-disparagement
and confidentiality restrictions set forth in his employment agreement. In such event the Company will: (i) pay Mr. Lewis (a) 1.5 times his base salary in effect immediately prior to his termination, plus (b) 1.0 times his target annual bonus award for the fiscal year in which such termination occurs, ratably over the
18-month
period immediately following his termination; (ii) pay Mr. Lewis the
pro rata
portion of the annual bonus (if any) he would have earned pursuant to any annual bonus or incentive plan maintained by the Company with respect to the fiscal year in which such termination occurs if his employment had not ceased, to be paid at the same time such bonus would have been paid to Mr. Lewis for such fiscal year if his employment had not terminated; (iii) for the
18-month
period immediately following such termination, arrange to provide Mr. Lewis and his dependents with medical and dental benefitsthey occur. Exchange losses on a basis substantially similar to those provided to Mr. Lewis and his dependents by the Company immediately prior to the date of termination, subject to his electing COBRA coverage; and (iv) pay Mr. Lewis his accrued vacation time pursuant to Company policy. In addition, all unvested outstanding time-based equity awards will vest on a
pro rata
basis and all performance-based awards will be forfeited.
The
non-competition
and
non-solicitation
provisions extend for 18 months following Mr. Lewis’s termination and confidentiality provisions extend for up to seven years following Mr. Lewis’s termination. Mr. Lewis is also subject to a cooperation provision that extends for six years following Mr. Lewis’s termination.
The definitions of “good reason” and “cause” under the Lewis Employment Agreementforeign currency transactions were similar to the definitions of such terms in the Maura Employment Agreement.
Agreement with Mr. Zargar
On September 13, 2018, the Company and SBI and Mr. Zargar entered into an employment agreement which became effective as of October 1, 2018. The initial term of the Zargar Employment Agreement will extend until September 30, 2021, subject to earlier termination, with automatic
one-year
renewals thereafter. The Zargar Employment Agreement provides Mr. Zargar with an annual base salary of $400,000 and he will be eligible to receive a performance-based management incentive plan bonus for each fiscal year starting in Fiscal 2019, based on a target of at least 60% of the then-current base salary (the “Target Amount”) paid during the applicable fiscal year during the term, provided the Company achieves certain annual performance goals as established by the Board and/or the Compensation Committee. If such performance goals are met, the bonus will be payable in cash or stock. If Mr. Zargar exceeds the performance targets, the bonus will be increased in accordance with the formula approved by the Compensation Committee provided that the bonus will not exceed 200% of the Target Amount.
Mr. Zargar will also be eligible for future equity awards under the Company’s equity plan at the discretion of the Compensation Committee and/or Board and will be eligible to participate in future multi-year incentive programs as may be adopted from time to time. The Zargar Employment Agreement also provides Mr. Zargar with certain other compensation and benefits, including the following: (i) four weeks of paid vacation for each full year; (ii) eligibility for Mr. Zargar to participate in the Company’s executive auto lease program; (iii) a stipend for corporate apartment and income tax filings and returns preparation and advice and estate planning advice; and (iv) eligibility for Mr. Zargar to participate in any of the Company’s insurance plans and other benefits, if any, as the benefits are made available to other executive officers of the Company.
Under the Zargar Employment Agreement, Mr. Zargar is entitled to receive severance benefits if his employment is terminated under certain circumstances. In the event that Mr. Zargar is terminated with “cause” or terminates his employment voluntarily, other than for “good reason,” Mr. Zargar’s compensation and other benefits provided under his employment agreement cease at the time of such termination and Mr. Zargar is entitled to no further compensation under his employment agreement with respect to such role. Notwithstanding this, the Company would pay to Mr. Zargar accrued compensation and benefits and continuation of Company medical benefits to the extent required by law.
If Mr. Zargar’s employment is terminated by the Company without “cause,” by Mr. Zargar for “good reason” (as defined below) or by reason of death or by the Company for disability or upon a Company-initiated
non-renewal,
he will be entitled to the following severance benefits: (i) a cash payment equal to 2.99 times his then-current base salary, (ii) a cash payment equal to 1.5 times his then-current target annual MIP bonus, each payable ratably on a monthly basis over the
18-month
period following termination; (iii) a
pro rata
portion, in cash, of the annual bonus Mr. Zargar would have earned for the fiscal year in which termination occurs if his employment had not ceased; (iv) for the
18-month
period following termination provide Mr. Zargar and his dependents with medical insurance coverage and other employee benefits on a basis substantially similar to those provided to Mr. Zargar and his dependents by the Company immediately prior to the date of termination at no greater cost to Mr. Zargar or the Company than the cost to Mr. Zargar or the Company immediately prior to such date; and (v) payment of accrued vacation time pursuant to Company policy. In addition, all unvested outstanding performance-based and time-based equity awards will immediately vest in full (at target) as provided in the applicable equity award agreements.
47

In the case of termination, severance payments and vesting are conditioned upon Mr. Zargar’s execution of a release of claims in favor of the Company and its affiliates and Mr. Zargar’s compliance with the
non-solicitation,
non-disparagement
and confidentiality restrictions set forth in his employment agreement. The
non-solicitation
provisions extend for 18 months following Mr. Zargar’s termination and the confidentiality provisions extend for seven years following Mr. Zargar’s termination. Mr. Zargar is also subject to a
two-year
cooperation provision.
The definitions of “good reason” and “cause” under the Zargar Employment Agreement are similar to the definitions of such terms in the Maura Employment Agreement.
Agreements with Ms. Long
On September 9, 2019, the Company entered into the Long Letter Agreement and the Long Severance Agreement with Ms. Long. Pursuant to the Long Letter Agreement, effective as of September 9, 2019, Ms. Long was promoted to Senior Vice President, Global Human Resources for the Company. Effective as of September 9, 2019, Ms. Long’s base salary was increased from $250,000 to $300,000
(pro-rated
for Fiscal 2019). For Fiscal 2020, Ms. Long’s target bonus was increased from 40% to 60% and her long-term incentive award for Fiscal 2020 is $350,000.
Pursuant to the Long Severance Agreement, if Ms. Long’s employment is terminated by the Company without cause, she will receive as severance 52 weeks of base pay and (subject to her timely election of COBRA) 52 weeks of continued medical coverage. The receipt of severance benefits is conditioned upon her execution of an effective and irrevocable release of claims as well as continued compliance with her post employment restrictive covenants, including
12-month
non-compete
and
non-solicit,
a
5-year
confidentiality provision, a
6-year
cooperation provision and perpetual
non-disparagement
provisions. “Cause” for purposes of the Long Severance Agreement generally means: (i) the commission by Ms. Long of any theft, fraud, embezzlement or other material act of disloyalty or dishonesty with respect to the Company (including the unauthorized disclosure of confidential or proprietary information of the Company); (ii) Ms. Long’s conviction of or plea of guilty or nolo contendere to, a felony or other crime of moral turpitude, disloyalty or dishonesty; (iii) Ms. Long’s willful misconduct or gross neglect in the performance of Ms. Long’s job duties and responsibilities to the Company; (iv) the willful or intentional failure or refusal by Ms. Long to follow the written and specific, reasonable and lawful directives of Ms. Long’s supervisor or the Company’s senior management team, which failure or refusal to perform (to the extent curable) is not completely cured to the Company’s reasonable satisfaction within 15 days after receipt of a written notice from the Company detailing such failure or refusal to perform, provided that in no event shall the Company be required to provide more than one such notice or cure period (to the extent a cure period is applicable) within any
12-month
period; (v) the failure or refusal by Ms. Long to perform her duties and responsibilities to the Company or any of its affiliates, which failure or refusal to perform (to the extent curable) is not completely cured to the Company’s reasonable satisfaction within 15 days after receipt of a written notice from the Company detailing such failure or refusal to perform, provided that in no event shall the Company be required to provide more than one such notice or cure period (to the extent a cure period is applicable) within any
12-month
period; (vi) Ms. Long’s breach of any of the terms of this Agreement, any other agreement between Ms. Long and the Company or any Company policy, which breach (to the extent curable) is not cured to the Company’s reasonable satisfaction within 15 days after receipt of a written notice from the Company to Ms. Long of such breach, provided that in no event shall the Company be required to provide more than one such notice or cure period (to the extent a cure period is applicable) within any
12-month
period; (vii) Ms. Long engages in conduct that discriminates against or harasses any employee or other person providing services to the Company on the basis of any protected class such that it would harm the reputation of the Company or its affiliates if Ms. Long was retained as an employee, as determined by the Company in good faith after a reasonable inquiry; or (viii) Ms. Long engages in intentional, reckless or negligent conduct that has or is reasonably likely to have an adverse effect on the Company’s business or reputation, as determined by the Company in good faith.
Amounts Payable upon Termination or Change in Control
The following tables set forth the amounts that would have been payable at September 30, 2020 to each of our NEOs who were employed by the Company as NEOs on the last day of Fiscal 2020 under the various scenarios for termination of employment or a change in control of the Company had such scenarios occurred on September 30, 2020.
48

  
David Maura
  
Termination Scenarios (Assumes Termination on 9/30/2020)
 
  
Component
  
Without Good

Reason

or For Cause
   
With Good

Reason

or Without

Cause
  
Upon Death

or Disability
  
Change in

Control

& Termination
 
  Cash Severance
(1)
  $–     $2,425,000  $2,425,000  $2,425,000 
  Annual Bonus
(2)
  $–     $1,442,813  $1,442,813  $1,442,813 
  Equity Awards (Intrinsic Value)
(3)
  $–     $–    $–    $–   
  Unvested Restricted Stock
  $– ��   $7,736,267(4)  $7,736,267(4)  $16,374,111(5) 
  Other Benefits
  $–     $–    $–    $–   
  Health and Welfare
(6)
  $–     $10,492  $10,492  $10,492 
  Car allowance
(7)
  $–     $24,000  $24,000  $24,000 
  Accrued, Unused Vacation
(8)
  $–     $47,942  $47,942  $47,942 
   
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  Total
  
$
–  
 
  
$
11,686,514
 
 
$
11,686,514
 
 
$
20,324,358
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
                   
(1)
Reflects cash severance payment, under the applicable termination scenarios, of $500,000 for termination of the role of CEO, plus 1.5x Executive Chairman base salary and 1.0x the Fiscal 2020 Executive Chairman target bonus. Payments are to be made in monthly installments over 12 or 18 months (for the CEO and Executive Chairman payments, respectively) subject to the requirements of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code.
(2)
Reflects annual MIP bonus for Fiscal 2020 payable at 128.25% of target. Payment is subject to Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code.
(3)
Reflects value of accelerated vesting of equity awards, if any, using a stock price of $57.16 which was Spectrum’s closing price on September 30, 2020.
(4)
Upon a termination without cause or due to death or disability or for resignation with good reason, all time-based RSUs under the Fiscal 2019 and 2020 LTIP and the Fiscal 2020 Bridge Grant would be payable. In addition, a
pro rata
portion of the Fiscal 2020 Bridge Grant PSUs would be payable, to the extent earned, prorated for the number of days employed during the performance period.
(5)
Upon a termination in connection with a change in control that occurs between 60 days prior to the change in control and the
one-year
anniversary of the change in control, all RSUs and PSUs granted under the Fiscal 2019 and 2020 LTIP and the Fiscal 2020 Bridge Grant would be subject to accelerated vesting at target.
(6)
Reflects 18 months of insurance and other benefits continuation for the Executive and any dependents.
(7)
Reflects 12 months of car allowance continuation, which Mr. Maura is currently electing not to receive.
(8)
Represents compensation for 110.8 hours of unused vacation time in Fiscal 2020.
  
Jeremy W. Smeltser
  
Termination Scenarios (Assumes Termination on 9/30/2020)
 
  
Component
  
Without Good

Reason

or For Cause
   
With Good

Reason

or Without

Cause
  
Upon Death

or Disability
  
Change in

Control

& Termination
 
  Cash Severance
(1)
  $–     $1,150,000  $1,150,000  $1,150,000 
  Annual Bonus
(2)
  $–     $513,000  $513,000  $513,000 
  Equity Awards (Intrinsic Value)
(3)
  $–     $–    $–    $–   
  Unvested Restricted Stock
  $–     $76,120(4)  $76,120(4)  $76,120(4) 
  Other Benefits
  $–     $–    $–    $–   
  Health and Welfare
(5)
  $–     $10,492  $10,492  $10,492 
  Car allowance
(6)
  $–     $23,722  $23,722  $23,722 
  Accrued, Unused Vacation
(7)
  $–     $31,106  $31,106  $31,106 
   
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  Total
  
$
–  
 
  
$
1,804,440
 
 
$
1,804,440
 
 
$
1,804,440
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
                   
(1)
Reflects cash severance payment, under the applicable termination scenarios, of 1.5x base salary and 1.0x the Fiscal 2020 target bonus. Payments are to be made in monthly installments over 18 months subject to the requirements of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code.
(2)
Reflects annual MIP bonus for Fiscal 2020 payable at 128.25% of target. Payment is subject to Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code.
(3)
Reflects value of accelerating the vesting of any unvested equity awards, if any, using a stock price of $57.16, which was Spectrum’s closing price on September 30, 2020 and vested value of 2020 Bridge Cash award.
(4)
Upon a termination without cause or due to death or disability, for resignation with good reason or termination in connection with a change in control, all PSUs will be forfeited. In addition, RSUs under the Fiscal 2020 LTIP will vest pro rata based on days worked during the vesting period (December 2, 2019 through December 2, 2022).
(5)
Reflects 18 months of insurance and other benefits continuation for the Executive and any dependents.
(6)
Reflects 12 months of car allowance continuation.
(7)
Represents compensation for 129.4 hours of unused vacation time in Fiscal 2020.
49

  
Randal D. Lewis
  
Termination Scenarios (Assumes Termination on 9/30/2020)
 
  
Component
  
Without Good

Reason

or For Cause
   
With Good

Reason

or Without

Cause
  
Upon Death

or Disability
  
Change in

Control

& Termination
 
  Cash Severance
(1)
  $–     $1,320,000  $1,320,000  $1,320,000 
  Annual Bonus
(2)
  $–     $634,838  $634,838  $634,838 
  Equity Awards (Intrinsic Value)
(3)
  $–     $–    $–    $–   
  Unvested Restricted Stock
  $–     $1,016,686(4)  $1,016,686(4)  $1,016,686(4) 
  Other Benefits
  $–     $–    $–    $–   
  Health and Welfare
(5)
  $–     $10,492  $10,492  $10,492 
  Car allowance
(6)
  $–     $17,083  $17,083  $17,083 
  Accrued, Unused Vacation
(7)
  $–     $17,928  $17,928  $17,928 
   
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  Total
  
$
–  
 
  
$
3,017,027
 
 
$
3,017,027
 
 
$
3,017,027
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
                   
(1)
Reflects cash severance payment, under the applicable termination scenarios, of 1.5x the Executive’s current base salary plus 1.0x the Fiscal 2020 target bonus. Payments are to be made in monthly installments over 18 months, subject to the requirements of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code.
(2)
Reflects annual MIP bonus for Fiscal 2020 payable at 128.25% of target. Payment is subject to the requirements of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code.
(3)
Reflects value of accelerating the vesting of any unvested equity awards, if any, using a stock price of $57.16, which was Spectrum’s closing price on September 30, 2020 and vested value of 2020 Bridge Cash award.
(4)
Upon a termination without cause or due to death or disability, for resignation with good reason or termination in connection with a change in control, all PSUs will be forfeited. In addition, RSUs under the Fiscal 2019 and 2020 LTIP will vest pro rata based on days worked during the vesting period (December 3, 2018 through December 3, 2022). Furthermore, RSUs under the Fiscal 2020 Bridge Grant will vest
pro rata
based on days worked during the 2020 vesting period (November 21, 2019 through November 21, 2020). For the purposes of these tables, performance has been assumed to be equal to target.
(5)
Reflects 18 months of insurance and other benefits continuation for the Executive and any dependents.
(6)
Reflects 12 months of car lease payment continuation.
(7)
Represents compensation for 67.8 hours of unused vacation time in Fiscal 2020.
  
Ehsan Zargar
  
Termination Scenarios (Assumes Termination on 9/30/2020)
 
  
Component
  
Without Good

Reason

or For Cause
   
With Good

Reason

or Without

Cause
  
Upon Death

or Disability
  
Change in

Control

& Termination
 
  Cash Severance
(1)
  $–     $1,556,000  $1,556,000  $1,556,000 
  Annual Bonus
(2)
  $–     $307,800  $307,800  $307,800 
  Equity Awards (Intrinsic Value)
(3)
  $–     $–    $–    $–   
  Unvested Restricted Stock
  $–     $5,445,233(4)  $5,445,233(4)  $5,445,233(4) 
  Other Benefits
  $–     $–    $–    $–   
  Health and Welfare
(5)
  $–     $10,492  $10,492  $10,492 
  Car allowance
(6)
  $–     $18,000  $18,000  $18,000 
  Accrued, Unused Vacation
(7)
  $–     $21,308  $21,308  $21,308 
   
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  Total
  
$
–  
 
  
$
7,358,833
 
 
$
7,358,833
 
 
$
7,358,833
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
                   
(1)
Reflects cash severance payment, under the applicable termination scenarios, of 2.99x the Executive’s current base salary plus 1.5x the Fiscal 2019 target bonus. Payments are to be made in monthly installments over 18 months, subject to the requirements of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code.
(2)
Reflects annual MIP bonus for Fiscal 2020 payable at 128.25% of target. Payment is subject to the requirements of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code.
50

(3)
Reflects value of accelerating the vesting of any unvested equity awards, if any, using a stock price of $57.16, which was Spectrum’s closing price on September 30, 2020 and vested value of 2020 Bridge Cash award.
(4)
Upon a termination without cause or in connection with a change in control or for resignation with good reason or for death or disability, all RSUs and PSUs granted under the Fiscal 2019 and 020 LTIP and the 2020 Bridge Grant would be subject to accelerated vesting at target.
(5)
Reflects 18 months of insurance and other benefits continuation for the Executive and any dependents.
(6)
Reflects 12 months of car allowance continuation.
(7)
Represents compensation for 110.8 hours of unused vacation time in Fiscal 2020.
  
Rebeckah Long
  
Termination Scenarios (Assumes Termination on 9/30/2020)
 
  
Component
  
Without Good

Reason

or For Cause
   
With Good

Reason

or Without

Cause
  
Upon Death

or Disability
  
Change in

Control

& Termination
 
  Cash Severance
(1)(2)
  $–     $300,000  $300,000  $300,000 
  Annual Bonus
(3)
  $–     $–    $–    $–   
  Equity Awards (Intrinsic Value)
(4)
  $–     $–    $–    $–   
  Unvested Restricted Stock
  $–     $187,775(5)  $187,775(5)  $187,775(5) 
  Other Benefits
  $–     $–    $–    $–   
  Health and Welfare
(6)
  $–     $10,492  $10,492  $10,492 
  Car allowance
(7)
  $–     $12,000  $12,000  $12,000 
  Accrued, Unused Vacation
(8)
  $–     $18,663  $18,663  $18,663 
   
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  Total
  
$
–  
 
  
$
528,930
 
 
$
528,930
 
 
$
528,930
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
                   
(1)
Should the executive resign with good reason, the severance payment will not be payable.
(2)
Reflects cash severance payment, under the applicable termination scenarios, of 52 weeks of weekly salary.
(3)
No payment would be required under existing agreements.
(4)
Reflects value of accelerating the vesting of any unvested equity awards, if any, using a stock price of $57.16, which was Spectrum’s closing price on September 30, 2020 and vested value of 2020 Bridge Cash award.
(5)
Upon a termination without cause or due to death or disability, for resignation with good reason or termination in connection with a change in control, the Fiscal 2019 and 2020 LTIP would be forfeited. In addition, a
pro rata
portion of the Fiscal 2020 Bridge Grant RSUs would be payable based on the number of days employed during the service period and a
pro rata
portion of the Fiscal 2020 Bridge Grant PSUs would be payable to the extent earned based on the number of days employed during the performance period. For the purposes of these tables, performance has been assumed to be equal to target.
(6)
Reflects 18 months of insurance and other benefits continuation for the Executive and any dependents.
(7)
Reflects 12 months of car allowance continuation.
(8)
Represents compensation for 129.4 hours of unused vacation time in Fiscal 2020.
Compensation Committee Report
Our Compensation Committee has reviewed and discussed the section of this report entitled
“Compensation Discussion and Analysis”
with management. Based on this review and discussion, the Committee has recommended to our Board that the Compensation Discussion and Analysis be included in this Form
10-K/A
and the Company’s Annual Report on Form
10-K
for Fiscal 2020.
Compensation Committee
Terry L. Polistina (Chair)
Norman S. Matthews
Fiscal 2020 CEO Pay Ratio
Under rules adopted by the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”), we are required to determine and disclose the ratio of the annual total compensation of our CEO to that of our global median employee.
To determine the median employee, we made a determination from our global employee population, excluding
non-U.S.
locations to the extent that the total employees excluded in these locations in aggregate did not exceed 5% of our total employee population at the time of the determination. We established a consistently applied compensation measure of annualized base
51

pay, converted to U.S. dollars based on applicable exchange rates as of September 30, 2020. Our population was evaluated as of September 30, 2020 and reflects paid compensation for the entire fiscal year. Where allowed under the rule, we have annualized compensation for employees newly hired during Fiscal 2020.
Based on the above determination, the total compensation (using the same methodology as we use for our NEOs as set forth in the Summary Compensation Table in this report) for the median employee is $9,090. Using the CEO’s total compensation of $10,953,214 under the same methodology, the resulting ratio is 1,205:1. The pay ratio reported here is a reasonable estimate calculated in a manner consistent with SEC rules based on our payroll and employment records and the methodology described above.
Alternative Fiscal 2020 CEO Pay Ratio
As discussed above, in Fiscal 2020, Mr. Maura received a special Bridge Grant. The Compensation Committee believes it is helpful in evaluating Mr. Maura’s compensation to exclude such special Bridge Grant. When excluding the Bridge Grant, Mr. Maura’s adjusted compensation is $7,941,875 and the alternative ratio of CEO annual total compensation to the median employee for Fiscal 2020 is estimated to be 874:1. This alternative CEO pay ratio is not a substitute for the CEO pay ratio, but we believe it is helpful in fully evaluating the ratio of Mr. Maura’s annual total compensation to that of our median employee.
52

ITEM 12.         SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
Beneficial Ownership Table
The following table sets forth information regarding beneficial ownership of our common stock as of December 31, 2020, by:
each person who is known by us to beneficially own more than 5% of the outstanding shares of our common stock (each, a “5% Stockholder”);
our NEOs for Fiscal 2020;
each of our directors; and
all directors and executive officers as a group.
Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC. Determinations as to the identity of 5% Stockholders is based upon filings with the SEC and other publicly available information. Except as otherwise indicated, we believe, based on the information furnished or otherwise available to us, that each person or entity named in the table has sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares of common stock shown as beneficially owned by them, subject to applicable community property laws. The percentage of beneficial ownership set forth below is based upon 42,845,947 shares of common stock issued and outstanding as of the close of business on December 31, 2020. In computing the number of shares of common stock beneficially owned by a person and the percentage ownership of that person, shares of common stock that are subject to vested options, as well as options and RSUs held by that person that are currently expected to vest within 60 days of December 31, 2020, are all deemed outstanding. These shares are not, however, deemed outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person. Unless otherwise noted below, the address of each beneficial owner listed in the table is c/o Spectrum Brands Holdings, Inc., 3001 Deming Way, Middleton, WI 53562.
Name and Address of Beneficial Owner                                                                                        
 
Number of

    Shares Beneficially    
Owned
  
Percent of

    Outstanding    
Shares
 
5% Stockholders
   
FMR LLC
(1)
  7,237,429   16.9% 
Vanguard Group Inc.
(2)
  4,524,436   10.6% 
  
Our Directors and Named Executive Officers
   
Sherianne James
  3,841     *       
Randal D. Lewis
  40,368     *       
Rebeckah Long
  2,142     *       
Norman S. Matthews
  33,120     *       
David M. Maura
(3)
  650,250   1.5% 
Gautam Patel
(4)
       *       
Terry L. Polistina
  32,989     *       
Hugh R. Rovit
  31,914     *       
Jeremy W. Smeltser
(5)
  8,305     *       
Anne S. Ward
(4)
       *       
Ehsan Zargar
(6)
  68,904     *       
  
All Directors and Executive Officers as a Group
 
  
 
871,833
 
 
 
  
 
2.0%
 
 
 
*
Indicates less than 1% of our outstanding common stock.
(1)
Based solely on a Schedule 13G/A, filed with the SEC on February 7, 2020. The address of FMR LLC is 245 Summer Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02210.
(2)
Based solely on a Schedule 13G/A, filed with the SEC on June 10, 2020. The address of Vanguard Group Inc. is 100 Vanguard Blvd, Malvern, Pennsylvania 19355.
(3)
Includes shares of common stock underlying options that have vested for Mr. Maura totaling 203,652.
(4)
Mr. Patel and Ms. Ward were appointed to the Board in October 2020.
(5)
Mr. Smeltser was appointed CFO on November 17, 2019.
(6)
Includes shares of common stock underlying options that have vested for Mr. Zargar totaling 8,967.
53

Delinquent Section 16(a) Reports
Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act requires our directors, officers and persons who own more than 10% of a registered class of our equity securities to file reports of ownership and changes in ownership with the SEC. Based solely upon review of Forms 3, 4 and 5 (and amendments thereto) furnished to us during or in respect of Fiscal 2020 and written representations from certain reporting persons, we believe that all Section 16(a) filing requirements applicable to our directors, executive officers and 10% stockholders were satisfied in a timely manner during Fiscal 2020 with respect to the Company. Subsequent to Fiscal 2020, due to an administrative error, each of David M. Maura, Randal D. Lewis, Ehsan Zargar and Rebeckah Long filed one late report with respect to the vesting of certain restricted stock units and performance stock units and the disposition of share of the Company’s common stock to satisfy such person’s tax liability resulting from such vesting.
54

Table of Contents
ITEM 13.         CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS
Policies on Transactions with Related Persons
All of the Company’s executive officers, directors and employees are required to disclose to the Company’s General Counsel all transactions which involve any actual, potential or suspected activity or personal interest that creates or appears to create a conflict between the interests of the Company and the interests of their executive officers, directors or employees. In cases involving executive officers, directors or senior-level management, the Company’s General Counsel will investigate the proposed transaction for potential conflicts of interest and then refer the matter to the Company’s Audit Committee to make a full review and determination. In cases involving other employees, the Company’s General Counsel, in conjunction with the employee’s regional supervisor and the Company’s Director of Internal Audit, will review the proposed transaction. If they determine that no conflict of interest will result from engaging in the proposed transaction, then they will refer the matter to the Company’s CEO for final approval.
The Company’s legal department and financial accounting department monitor transactions for an evaluation and determination of potential related-person transactions that would need to be disclosed in the Company’s periodic reports or proxy materials under generally accepted accounting principles and applicable SEC rules and regulations.
In addition, under our Corporate Governance Guidelines, our directors are prohibited from taking for themselves opportunities related to the Company’s business that are presented to them in their capacity as a director for the Company’s benefit, from using our property, information or position for personal gain or from competing with the Company for business opportunities if such opportunities were presented to them in their capacity as a director for the Company’s benefit. If the Company’s disinterested Board members determine that the Company will not pursue an opportunity that relates to our business and consent to a director then personally pursuing the opportunity, then the director may do so. The Company has declined and in the future may decline, such opportunities and our directors may pursue such opportunities.
For more information on the Company’s policies and procedures for review and approval of related-person transactions, please see the Company’s Code of Ethics for the Principal Executive Officer and Senior Financial Officers and the Spectrum Brands Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, each of which is posted on the Company’s website at www.spectrumbrands.com under
“Investor Relations—Corporate Governance Documents.”
Transactions with Significant Stockholders
On April 4, 2019, Arlington Value Capital, LLC (“Arlington”) and the Company entered into an agreement (the “Arlington Agreement”) regarding Arlington’s ownership of our common stock. In connection with the execution of the Arlington Agreement, the Board has granted approvals under the Charter to exempt Arlington and certain investment advisory clients for whom Arlington manages assets that may be treated as beneficially owned by Arlington (the “Underlying Arlington Funds”) from the Charter’s transfer restrictions in certain circumstances where ownership of Arlington and the Underlying Arlington Funds would not substantially impair the current ability of the Company to utilize certain net operating loss carryforward and other tax benefits of the Company and its subsidiaries.
Other Transactions
On September 15, 2019, Mosaic Acquisition Corp. (“Mosaic”), a special purposes acquisition company where David Maura served as the Executive Chairman and Chief Executive Officer and President, entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger by and among Mosaic and other related Mosaic entities and Vivint Smart Home, Inc. (“Vivint”). The transaction was finalized and closed on January 17, 2020, following which Mosaic was merged out of existence and Vivint survived the transaction. David Maura served as outside director on the Vivint board from January 17, 2020 until March 26, 2020, the date he resigned from Vivint. Vivint has been and is currently, a customer of the Company’s HHI segment with sales consisting of $8.7million, $20.9$14.5 million, $1.5 million, and $16.1$7.1 million for the years ended September 30, 2022, 2021 and 2020, respectively.
Newly Adopted Accounting Standards
In December 2019, the FASB issued ASU No. 2019-12, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes. The new standard simplifies the accounting for income taxes by removing certain exceptions for recognizing deferred taxes for investments, performing intra-period allocation and 2018, respectively. All transactionscalculating income taxes in interim periods. The new standard also adds guidance to reduce complexity in certain areas, including recognizing deferred taxes for tax goodwill and agreements were executed at arms lengthallocating taxes to members of a consolidated group. The ASU is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020, including interim periods within those fiscal years and any transaction entered into withwas adopted by the Vivint following Vivint’s acquisition by Mosaic was approved by our Audit Committee.
Company on October 1, 2021. The adoption did not have a material impact on the Company's consolidated financial statements.
74
55

Table of Contents
SPECTRUM BRANDS HOLDINGS INC.
SB/RH HOLDINGS, LLC
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NOTE 2 - SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND PRACTICES (continued)
Recently Issued Accounting Standards
In March 2020, the FASB issued ASU 2020-04, Reference Rate Reform (Topic 848): Facilitation of the Effects of Reference Rate Reform on Financial Reporting. In January 2021, the FASB clarified the scope of that guidance with the issuance of ASU 2021-01,“Reference Rate Reform: Scope.” This ASU provides optional expedient and exceptions for applying generally accepted accounting principles to contracts, hedging relationships, and other transactions affected by reference rate reform if certain criteria are met. In response to the concerns about structural risks of interbank offered rates (“IBORs”) and, particularly, the risk of cessation of the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”), regulators in several jurisdictions around the world have undertaken reference rate reform initiatives to identify alternative reference rates that are more observable or transaction based and less susceptible to manipulation. The ASU provides companies with optional guidance to ease the potential accounting burden associated with transitioning away from reference rates that are expected to be discontinued. In January 2021, the FASB issued ASU 2021-01, which adds implementation guidance to clarify certain optional expedients in Topic 848. The ASUs can be adopted no later than December 31, 2022 with early adoption permitted. The adoption will not have a material impact on the Company's consolidated financial statements.
In October 2021, the FASB issued ASU 2021-08, Business Combinations (Topic 805): Accounting for Contract Assets and Contract Liabilities from Contracts with Customers. This ASU requires that an acquirer recognize, and measure contract assets and contract liabilities acquired in a business combination in accordance with ASC 606 “Revenue from Contracts with Customers” (Topic 606) as if it had originated the contracts. Generally, this would result in an acquirer recognizing and measuring the acquired contract assets and contract liabilities consistent with how they were recognized and measured in the acquiree’s financial statements if the acquiree prepared financial statements in accordance with US GAAP. This standard is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2023 including interim periods within the fiscal year. Early adoption is permitted. The standard is applied prospectively to business combinations occurring on or after the effective date of the amendments. The impact will be based on future business combinations after we adopt the standard.
NOTE 3 – DIVESTITURES
The following table summarizes the components of Income from Discontinued Operations, Net of Tax in the accompanying Consolidated Statement of Income for the years ended September 30, 2022, 2021, and 2020:
(in millions)202220212020
Income from discontinued operations before income taxes - HHI$253.3 $288.2 $227.8 
(Loss) income from discontinued operations before income taxes - Other(3.8)(7.3)4.1 
Interest on corporate debt allocated to discontinued operations46.4 44.5 47.3 
Income from discontinued operations before income taxes203.1 236.4 184.6 
Income tax expense from discontinued operations53.4 62.1 33.7 
Income from discontinued operations, net of tax149.7 174.3 150.9 
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax attributable to noncontrolling interest0.9 (0.2)0.4 
Income from discontinued operations, net of tax attributable to controlling interest$148.8 $174.5 $150.5 
Interest from corporate debt allocated to discontinued operations includes interest on Term Loans required to be paid down using proceeds received on disposal on sale of a business, and interest expense from corporate debt not directly attributable to or related to other operations based on the ratio of net assets of the disposal group held for sale to the consolidated net assets plus consolidated debt, excluding debt assumed in transaction, required to be repaid, or directly attributable to other operations of the Company. Corporate debt, including Term Loans, are not classified as held for sale as they are not directly attributable to the identified disposal groups.
Hardware and Home Improvement ("HHI")
On September 8, 2021, the Company entered into a definitive Asset and Stock Purchase Agreement (the "ASPA") with ASSA ABLOY AB ("ASSA") to sell its HHI segment for cash proceeds of $4.3 billion, subject to customary purchase price adjustments. The Company's assets and liabilities associated with the HHI disposal group has been classified as held for sale and the respective operations have been classified as discontinued operations and reported separately for all periods presented.
The ASPA provides that ASSA will purchase the equity of certain subsidiaries of the Company, and acquire certain assets and assume certain liabilities of other subsidiaries used or held for the purpose of the HHI business. The Company and ASSA have made customary representations and warranties and have agreed to customary covenants relating to the acquisition. Among other things, prior to the consummation of the acquisition, the Company will be subject to certain business conduct restrictions with respect to its operation of the HHI business. The Company and ASSA have agreed to indemnify each other for losses arising from certain breaches of the ASPA and for certain other matters. In particular, the Company has agreed to indemnify ASSA for certain liabilities relating to the assets retained by the Company, and ASSA has agreed to indemnify the Company for certain liabilities assumed by ASSA, in each case as described in the ASPA. The Company and ASSA have agreed to enter into related agreements ancillary to the acquisition that will become effective upon the consummation of the acquisition, including a customary transition services agreement and reverse transition services agreement.
The consummation of the acquisition is subject to certain customary conditions, including, among other things, (i) the absence of a material adverse effect on HHI, (ii) the expiration or termination of required waiting periods under the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976, (iii) the receipt of certain other antitrust approvals in certain specified foreign jurisdictions (the conditions contained in (ii) and (iii) together, the “Antitrust Conditions”), (iv) the accuracy of the representations and warranties of the parties generally subject to a customary material adverse effect standard (as described in the ASPA) or other customary materiality qualifications), (v) the absence of governmental restrictions on the consummation of the acquisition in certain jurisdictions, and (vi) material compliance by the parties with their respective covenants and agreements under the ASPA. The consummation of the transaction is not subject to any financing condition.
Appendix A75

INFORMATION REGARDINGTable of Contents
NON-GAAPSPECTRUM BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC.
SB/RH HOLDINGS, LLC
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL MEASURESSTATEMENTS
NOTE 3 – DIVESTITURES (continued)
Adjusted EBITDAThe ASPA also contains certain termination rights, including the right of either party to terminate the ASPA if the consummation of the acquisition has not occurred on or before December 8, 2022 (the “Termination Date”). Further, if the acquisition has not been consummated by the Termination Date and all conditions precedent to ASSA's obligation to consummate the acquisition have otherwise been satisfied except for one or more of the Antitrust Conditions, then ASSA would be required to pay the Company a termination fee of $350 million. On July 14, 2022, the parties entered into an amendment to the ASPA (the “Amendment”) pursuant to which the Termination Date was extended to June 30, 2023. Except for the foregoing amendment to the Termination Date, the ASPA remains in full force and effect as written, including with respect to the termination fee of $350 million. The Company continues to engage with antitrust regulators in the regulatory review of the HHI transaction and the extension is intended to provide the parties with additional time (to the extent needed) to satisfy the conditions related to receipt of governmental clearances. On September 15, 2022, the Department of Justice ("DOJ") filed a
non-GAAP
metric used complaint seeking to enjoin the transaction and block the acquisition of the HHI division by managementASSA. Both the Company and ASSA have stated their disagreement with the DOJ's concerns. The Company expects that we believe provides useful informationthe trial will occur in April 2023. The Company and ASSA will jointly defend the transaction in the litigation. ASSA has also announced that, to investors becauseresolve all the alleged competitive concerns surrounding the acquisition of HHI, it reflectshas initiated a process to sell its Emtek and its smart residential business in the ongoing operating performanceU.S. and trendsCanada. The Company continues to recognize the HHI division as held for sale and as a component of our segments, excluding certaindiscontinued operations. The parties are committed to closing the HHI transaction and the Company and ASSA both continue to expect that they will obtain all the required governmental clearances and will close the HHI transaction.
non-cash
based expenses and/or
non-recurring
items during eachThe following table summarizes the assets and liabilities of the comparable periods. It also facilitates comparisons between peer companies since interest,HHI disposal group classified as held for sale as of September 30, 2022 and 2021:
(in millions)20222021
Assets
Trade receivables, net$135.5 $130.2 
Other receivables6.7 12.1 
Inventories327.1 332.2 
Prepaid expenses and other current assets33.1 39.1 
Property, plant and equipment, net166.6 143.5 
Operating lease assets63.6 55.5 
Deferred charges and other11.7 11.7 
Goodwill698.6 710.9 
Intangible assets, net373.8 374.8 
Total assets of business held for sale$1,816.7 $1,810.0 
Liabilities
Current portion of long-term debt$1.4 $1.5 
Accounts payable224.7 206.6 
Accrued wages and salaries32.7 41.7 
Other current liabilities79.9 75.9 
Long-term debt, net of current portion54.6 54.4 
Long-term operating lease liabilities46.9 48.6 
Deferred income taxes10.1 7.8 
Other long-term liabilities13.4 17.8 
Total liabilities of business held for sale$463.7 $454.3 
The following table summarizes the components of income from discontinued operations before income taxes associated with the HHI divestiture in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended September 30, 2022, 2021 and 2020:
(in millions)202220212020
Net sales$1,652.3 $1,615.8 $1,342.1 
Cost of goods sold1,096.3 1,025.3 850.3 
Gross profit556.0 590.5 491.8 
Operating expenses298.0 293.1 257.1 
Operating income258.0 297.4 234.7 
Interest expense3.4 3.4 3.5 
Other non-operating expense, net1.3 5.8 3.4 
Income from discontinued operations before income taxes$253.3 $288.2 $227.8 
Beginning in September 2021, the Company ceased the recognition of depreciation and amortization of long-lived assets associated with the HHI disposal group classified as held for sale. Interest expense consists of interest from debt directly attributable to HHI operations that primarily consist of interest from finance leases. No impairment loss was recognized on the asset held for sale as the purchase price of the business less estimated cost to sell is more than its carrying value.
76

SPECTRUM BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC.
SB/RH HOLDINGS, LLC
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NOTE 3 – DIVESTITURES (continued)
The following table presents significant non-cash items and capital expenditures of discontinued operations from the HHI divestiture:
(in millions)202220212020
Depreciation and amortization$— $31.1 $33.9 
Share and incentive based compensation$5.3 $0.8 $6.0 
Purchases of property, plant and equipment$23.9 $22.8 $16.9 
Other
Loss from discontinued operations before income taxes – other includes incremental pre-tax loss for changes to tax and legal indemnifications and other agreed-upon funding under the acquisition agreements for the sale and divestiture of the Global Batteries & Lighting ("GBL") and Global Auto Care ("GAC") divisions to Energizer Holdings, Inc. ("Energizer") during the year ended September 30, 2019. The Company and Energizer agreed to indemnify each other for losses arising from certain breaches of the acquisition agreement and for certain other matters. The Company has agreed to indemnify for certain liabilities relating to the assets retained, and Energizer agreed to indemnify the Company for certain liabilities assumed, in each case as described in the acquisition agreements. Subsequently, effective January 2, 2020, Energizer closed its divestitures of the European based Varta® consumer battery business in the EMEA region to Varta AG and transferred all respective rights and indemnifications attributable to the Varta® consumer battery business provided by the GBL sale to Varta AG. As of September 30, 2022 and 2021, the Company recognized $22.3 million and $36.5 million respectively, related to indemnification payables in accordance with the acquisition agreements, including $7.0 million and $17.3 million within Other Current Liabilities, respectively, and $15.3 million and $19.2 million, within Other Long-Term Liabilities, respectively, on the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Financial Position, primarily attributable to income tax indemnifications associated with previously recognized uncertain tax benefits.
The Company entered into a series of transition services agreements ("TSAs") and reverse TSAs with Energizer to support various shared back office administrative functions including finance, sales and marketing, information technology, human resources, real estate and supply chain, customer service and procurement. TSAs associated with the Varta® consumer battery business were transferred to Varta AG as part of the subsequent divestiture by Energizer. Charges associated with TSAs were recognized as bundled service costs under a fixed fee structure by the respective service or function and geographic location, including one-time pass-through charges for warehousing, freight, amongst others, with variable expiration dates up to 24 months. Charges associated with TSAs and reverse TSAs are recognized as a reduction to or increase in the respective costs, as a component of operating expense or cost of goods sold, depending upon the functions supported by or provided to the Company. Additionally, due to the commingled nature of the shared administrative functions, cash would be received or paid on behalf of the respective counterparty's operations, resulting in cash flow being commingled with operating cash flow of the Company which would settle on a net basis with TSA charges. The Company had exited all outstanding TSAs with Energizer and Varta by January 2021. The following table summarizes the TSA income and expenses during the years ended September 30, 2021 and 2020:
(in millions)20212020
TSA income$0.9 $9.6 
TSA expense2.6 13.5 
Net TSA (loss) income$(1.7)$(3.9)
Coevorden Operations
On March 29, 2020, the Company completed its sale of the dog and cat food (“DCF”) production facility and distribution center in Coevorden, Netherlands (“Coevorden Operations”) pursuant to an agreement with United Petfood Producers NV (“UPP”) for total cash proceeds of $29.0 million. The divestiture does not constitute a strategic shift for the Company and therefore is not considered discontinued operations. The divestiture of the Coevorden Operations was defined as a disposal of a business and a component of the GPC segment and reporting unit, resulting in the allocation of $10.6 million of GPC goodwill to the disposal group based upon a relative fair-value allocation. The Company realized a loss on assets held for sale of $26.8 million during the year ended September 30, 2020. The Company and UPP entered into related agreements ancillary to the acquisition that became effective upon the consummation of the acquisition, including a TSA. The Company will continue to operate its commercial DCF business following the divestiture of the Coevorden Operations and entered into a manufacturing agreement with UPP to supply the continuing DCF business, subject to an incremental tolling charge.
NOTE 4 – ACQUISITIONS
Tristar Business Acquisition
On February 18, 2022, the Company acquired all of the membership interests in HPC Brands, LLC, which consist of the home appliances and cookware business of Tristar Products, Inc. (the "Tristar Business") for a purchase price of $325.0 million, net of customary purchase price adjustments and transaction costs, plus a potential earn-out payment of up to $100.0 million if certain gross profit targets are achieved in calendar year 2022, and another earn-out payment of $25.0 million if certain other gross profit targets are achieved in calendar year 2023. The acquisition of the Tristar Business was funded by a combination of cash on hand and incremental borrowings incurred as a new tranche under the Company's existing credit agreement. See Note 12 - Debt for further detail on the amendment to the credit agreement.
The Tristar Business includes a portfolio of home appliances and cookware products sold under the PowerXL®, Emeril Legasse®, and Copper Chef® brands. The PowerXL® and Copper Chef® brands were acquired outright by the Company while the Emeril Legasse® brand remains subject to a trademark license agreement with the license holder (the "Emeril License"). Pursuant to the Emeril License, the Company will continue to license the Emeril Legasse® brands in the US, Canada, Mexico, and the United Kingdom for certain designated product categories of household appliances within the Home and Personal Care ("HPC") segment, including small kitchen food preparation products, indoor and outdoor grills and grill accessories, and cookbooks. The Emeril License is set to expire effective December 31, 2022 with options of up to three one-year renewal periods following the initial expiration. Under the terms of the agreement, we agreed to pay the license holder a percentage of sales, with minimum annual royalty payments of $1.5 million, that increase to $1.8 million in subsequent renewal periods.
The net assets and operating results of the Tristar Business, since the acquisition date of February 18, 2022, are included in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Income and reported within the HPC reporting segment for the year ended September 30, 2022.
77

SPECTRUM BRANDS HOLDINGS INC.
SB/RH HOLDINGS, LLC
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NOTE 4 – ACQUISITIONS (continued)
The Company has recorded a preliminary allocation of the purchase price to tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their fair values as of the February 18, 2022 acquisition date. The excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the net tangible assets and identifiable intangible assets of $108.1 million was recorded as goodwill, which is deductible for tax purposes. Goodwill includes value associated with profits earned from market and expansion capabilities including the success of new product launches through direct response television and direct to consumer channels, new brand development and products brought to market by the Company, synergies from integration and streamlining operational activities, the going concern of the business, and the value of the assembled workforce. The preliminary fair values recorded were determined based upon a valuation with estimates and assumptions used in such valuation that are subject to change within the measurement period (up to one year from the acquisition date). The primary areas of acquisition accounting that are not finalized relate to amounts for deferred taxes, goodwill, and components of working capital.
The calculation of the preliminary purchase price is as follows:
(in millions)Purchase Price
Cash paid at closing$314.6 
Cash received for purchase price settlement(42.2)
Contingent consideration30.0 
Total purchase price$302.4 
As of the transaction date, the Company recorded a contingent consideration liability of $30.0 million to reflect the estimated fair value of the contingent consideration for the earn-out payments. The fair value was determined using a Monte Carlo simulation model to value the earn-out based on the likelihood of reaching specific targets. The fair value measurement is determined based on significant unobservable inputs and thus represents a Level 3 fair value measurement. The key assumptions considered include the estimated amount and timing of projected gross profits, volatility, estimated discount rates, and risk-free interest rate. The inputs and assumptions may not be observable in the market but reflect the assumptions the Company believes would be made by a market participant. After the acquisition date, the Company and the acquired Tristar Business experienced a downturn in operating results attributable to significant shifts in retail customer purchasing resulting from high retail inventory levels and lower replenishment orders, especially with significant mass retail customers, along with continued inflationary cost pressures and incremental margin risk from promotional spending. As a result, the Company has adjusted the forecasted results of the Tristar Business, which impacted the value of the contingent consideration. The fair value of the contingent consideration liability as of September 30, 2022, was estimated to be $1.5 million, recognized as Other Current Liabilities on the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Financial Position, and the Company recognized a decrease of $28.5 million since the initial valuation as of the acquisition date.
The following table summarizes the preliminary fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of the date of acquisition:
(in millions)Purchase Price Allocation
Cash and cash equivalents$0.3 
Trade receivables, net49.7 
Other receivables0.4 
Inventories102.0 
Prepaid expenses and other current assets4.4 
Property, plant and equipment, net0.4 
Operating lease assets23.3 
Goodwill108.1 
Intangible assets, net95.0 
Deferred charges and other3.7 
Accounts payable(52.5)
Accrued wages and salaries(0.6)
Other current liabilities(20.7)
Long-term operating lease liabilities(11.1)
Net assets acquired$302.4 
The values allocated to intangible assets and the weighted average useful lives are as follows:
(in millions)Carrying AmountWeighted Average Useful Life (Years)
Tradename$66.0 Indefinite
Customer relationships29.0 13 years
Total intangibles acquired$95.0 
78

SPECTRUM BRANDS HOLDINGS INC.
SB/RH HOLDINGS, LLC
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NOTE 4 – ACQUISITIONS (continued)
The Company performed a valuation of the acquired inventories, tradenames, and customer relationships. The fair value measurements are based on significant inputs not observable in the market, and therefore, represent Level 3 measurements. The following is a summary of significant inputs to the valuation:
Inventory – Acquired inventory consists of branded finished goods that were valued based on the comparative sales method, which estimates the expected sales price of the finished goods inventory, reduced for all costs expected to be incurred in its completion or disposition and a profit on those costs.
Tradename – The Company valued the PowerXL® tradename using an income approach, the relief-from-royalty method. Under this method, the asset value was determined by estimating the hypothetical royalties that would have to be paid if the tradenames were not owned. Royalty rate of 3% for valuation of PowerXL® was selected based on consideration of several factors, including prior transactions, related trademarks and tradenames, other similar trademark licensing and transaction agreements and the relative profitability and perceived contribution of the tradenames. The discount rate applied to the projected cash flow was 16% based on the implied transaction internal rate of return for the overall business, excluding cost synergies. The resulting discounted cash flows were then tax-effected at the applicable statutory rate.
Customer relationships The Company values customer relationships using the multi-period excess earnings method under a market participant distributor method of the income approach. In determining the fair value of the customer relationships, the multi-period excess earnings approach values the intangible asset at the present value of the incremental after-tax cash flows attributable only to the customer relationship after deducting contributory asset charges. Only expected sales from current retail customers were used, which are estimated using average annual expected growth rate of 2.7%. The Company assumed a customer attrition rate of 5%, which is supported by historical attrition rates. The discount rate applied to the projected cash flow was 12% based upon a weighted average cost of capital for the overall business and income taxes were estimated at the applicable statutory rate.
During the year ended September 30, 2022, the Company has recognized $189.7 million of net sales from the acquired Tristar Business since the transaction date. The following pro forma financial information summarizes the combined results of operations for the Company and the acquired Tristar Business as though the companies were combined as of the beginning of the Company’s fiscal 2021. The unaudited pro forma financial information was as follows:
(in millions)20222021
Proforma net sales$3,332.6 $3,588.1 
Proforma net (loss) income from continuing operations(80.4)51.4 
Proforma net income69.3 225.7 
Proforma diluted earnings from continuing operations per share(1.96)1.19 
Proforma diluted earnings per share1.69 5.22 
The pro forma financial information includes, where applicable, adjustments for: (i) additional amortization expense that would have been recognized related to the acquired intangible assets, (ii) additional operating expense from the excess fair value adjustments on operating lease assets for below market rents (iv) additional cost of sales related to the inventory valuation adjustment, (v) transaction costs and other one-time non-recurring costs and (vi) the estimated income tax effect on the acquired Tristar Business and pro forma adjustments.
During the year ended September 30, 2022, the Company recognized $13.5 million of transaction costs attributable to the acquisition of the Tristar Business, included in General and Administrative Expense on the Consolidated Statement of Income.
Through the acquisition of the Tristar Business, the Company acquired substantially all of the operations, employees and net assets of Tristar Products, Inc. and entered into a series of TSAs for various shared back office administrative functions including finance, sales and marketing, information technology, human resources, real estate and supply chain, customer service and procurement, to support the excluded product groups that did not convey with the transaction. Charges associated with TSAs are recognized as bundled service charges under a fixed fee structure by the respective service or function along with one-time pass-through charges, including warehousing, and freight, among others, from the acquired Tristar Business that settle on a net basis between the two parties. Charges for TSA services are recognized as a reduction to the respective operating costs as a component of operating expense or cost of goods sold depending upon the functions supported by the acquired Tristar Business. During the year ended September 30, 2022, the Company recognized TSA income of $0.9 million. Additionally, the Company assumed the cash accounts supporting both the acquired Tristar Business and the excluded product groups, and due to the commingled nature of operations, cash would be received or paid on behalf of the excluded product groups' operations, resulting in cash flow being commingled with operating cash flow of the Company which would settle on a net basis with TSA charges. As of September 30, 2022, there was an outstanding payable to Tristar Products, Inc. of $2.1 million included within Accounts Payable on the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Financial Position.
Rejuvenate Acquisition
On May 28, 2021, the Company acquired all ownership interests in For Life Products, LLC ("FLP") for a purchase price of $301.5 million. FLP is a leading manufacturer of household cleaning, maintenance, and restoration products sold under the Rejuvenate® brand. The net assets and operating results of FLP, since the acquisition date of May 28, 2021, are included in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Income and reported within the H&G reporting segment for the years ended September 30, 2022 and 2021.
The Company has recorded an allocation of the purchase price to tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their fair values as of the May 28, 2021 acquisition date. The excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the net tangible assets and identifiable intangible assets of $147.0 million was recorded as goodwill, which is deductible for tax purposes. Goodwill includes value associated with profits earned from market expansion capabilities, synergies from integration and streamlining operational activities, the going concern of the business and the value of the assembled workforce.
79

SPECTRUM BRANDS HOLDINGS INC.
SB/RH HOLDINGS, LLC
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NOTE 4 – ACQUISITIONS (continued)
The calculation of purchase price and purchase price allocation is as follows:
(in millions)Amount
Cash consideration$301.5 

(in millions)Purchase Price Allocation
Cash and cash equivalents$1.4 
Trade receivables, net10.2 
Inventories15.4 
Prepaid expenses and other current assets0.3 
Property, plant and equipment, net0.4 
Goodwill147.0 
Intangible assets, net128.7 
Accounts payable(1.7)
Accrued wages and salaries(0.1)
Other current liabilities(0.1)
Net assets acquired$301.5 
The values allocated to intangible assets and the weighted average useful lives are as follows:
(in millions)Carrying AmountWeighted Average Useful Life (Years)
Tradenames$119.0 Indefinite
Customer relationships8.4 14 years
Technology1.3 11 years
Total intangibles acquired$128.7 
The Company performed a valuation of the acquired inventories, tradenames, technology, and customer relationships. The fair value measurements are based on significant inputs not observable in the market, and therefore, represent Level 3 measurements. The following is a summary of significant inputs to the valuation:
Inventory – Acquired inventory consists of branded finished goods that were valued based on the comparative sales method, which estimates the expected sales price of the finished goods inventory, reduced for all costs expected to be incurred in its completion or disposition and a profit on those costs.
Tradename – The Company valued the tradename, Rejuvenate®, using an income approach, the relief-from-royalty method. Under this method, the asset value was determined by estimating the hypothetical royalties that would have to be paid if the tradename was not owned. A royalty rate of 12% for valuation of Rejuvenate® was selected based on consideration of several factors, including prior transactions, related trademarks and tradenames, other similar trademark licensing, and transaction agreements and the relative profitability and perceived contribution of the tradename. The discount rate applied to the projected cash flow was 10.5% based on the a weighted-average cost of capital for the overall business. The resulting discounted cash flows were then tax-effected at the applicable statutory rate.
Customer relationships The Company valued customer relationships using the multi-period excess earnings method under a market participant distributor method of the income approach. In determining the fair value of the customer relationships, the multi-period excess earnings approach values the intangible asset at the present value of the incremental after-tax cash flows attributable only to the customer relationship after deducting contributory asset charges. Only expected sales from current customers were used, which are estimated using average annual expected growth rate of 4%. The Company assumed a customer attrition rate of 5%, which is supported by historical attrition rates. The discount rate applied to the projected cash flow was 10.5% and income taxes were estimated at the applicable statutory rate.
Technology – The Company valued technology using an income approach, the relief-from-royalty method. Under this method, the asset value was determined by estimating the hypothetical royalties that would have to be paid if the technology was not owned. A royalty rate of 3% was selected based on consideration of several factors, including prior transactions, related licensing agreements and the importance of the technology and profit levels, among other considerations. The discount rate applied to the projected cash flow was 10.5% and income taxes were estimated at the applicable statutory rate.
During the year ended September 30, 2021, the Company recognized $5.3 million of transaction costs attributable to the acquisition, included in General and Administrative Expense on the Consolidated Statement of Income.
Pro forma results have not been presented as the Rejuvenate acquisition is not considered individually significant to the consolidated results of the Company.
Armitage Acquisition
On October 26, 2020, the Company acquired all of the stock of Armitage Pet Care Ltd ("Armitage") for approximately $187.7 million. Armitage is a premium pet treats and toys business headquartered in Nottingham, United Kingdom, including a portfolio of brands that include Armitage's dog treats brand, Good Boy®, cat treats brand, Meowee!® and Wildbird®, bird feed products, among others, that are predominantly sold within the United Kingdom. The net assets and operating results of Armitage, since the acquisition date of October 26, 2020, are included in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Income and reported within the GPC reporting segment for the year ended September 30, 2022 and 2021.
80

SPECTRUM BRANDS HOLDINGS INC.
SB/RH HOLDINGS, LLC
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NOTE 4 – ACQUISITIONS (continued)
The Company has recorded an allocation of the purchase price to tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their fair values as of the October 26, 2020 acquisition date. The excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the net tangible assets and identifiable intangible assets of $90.7 million was recorded as goodwill, which is not deductible for foreign tax purposes. Goodwill includes value associated with profits earned from market and expansion capabilities, synergies from integration and streamlining operational activities, the going concern of the business and the value of the assembled workforce.
The calculation of purchase price and purchase price allocation is as follows:
(in millions)Amount
Cash paid$187.7 
Debt assumed51.0 
Cash consideration$136.7 
(in millions)Purchase Price Allocation
Cash and cash equivalents$6.9 
Trade receivables, net16.7 
Other receivables1.9 
Inventories16.3 
Prepaid expenses and other current assets0.2 
Property, plant and equipment, net3.0 
Operating lease assets0.1 
Deferred charges and other0.9 
Goodwill90.7 
Intangible assets, net88.6 
Accounts payable(9.2)
Accrued wages and salaries(1.5)
Other current liabilities(7.0)
Long-term debt, net of current portion(51.0)
Long-term operating lease liabilities(0.1)
Deferred income taxes(18.0)
Other long-term liabilities(1.8)
Net assets acquired$136.7 
The values allocated to intangible assets and the weighted average useful lives are as follows:
(in millions)Carrying AmountWeighted Average Useful Life (Years)
Tradenames$74.3 Indefinite
Customer relationships14.3 12 years
Total intangibles acquired$88.6 
The Company performed a valuation of the acquired inventories, tradenames, and customer relationships. The fair value measurements are based on significant inputs not observable in the market, and therefore, represent Level 3 measurements. The following is a summary of significant inputs to the valuation:
Inventory - Acquired inventory consists of branded finished goods that were valued based on the comparative sales method, which estimates the expected sales price of the finished goods inventory, reduced for all costs expected to be incurred in its completion or disposition and a profit on those costs.
Tradenames - The Company valued the tradenames, the Good Boy® brand and the Wildbird® and Other brand portfolio, using an income approach, the relief-from-royalty method. Under this method, the asset value was determined by estimating the hypothetical royalties that would have to be paid if the tradenames were not owned. Royalty rates of 8% for valuation of Good Boy® and 3% for Wildbird® and Other were selected based on consideration of several factors, including prior transactions, related trademarks and tradenames, other similar trademark licensing, and transaction agreements and the relative profitability and perceived contribution of the tradenames. The discount rate applied to the projected cash flow was 11% based on the a weighted-average cost of capital for the overall business. The resulting discounted cash flows were then tax-effected at the applicable statutory rate.
Customer relationships - The Company valued customer relationships using an income and cost approach, the avoided cost and lost profits method. The underlying premise of the method is that the economic value of the asset can differ greatlybe estimated based on consideration of the total costs that would be avoided by having this asset in place. These costs primarily consider the costs that would be incurred to re-create the customer relationships in terms of employee salaries and the revenues and associated profits forgone due to the absence of the relationships for a period of time.
During the year ended September 30, 2021, the Company recognized $5.1 million of transaction costs attributable to the acquisition, included in General and Administrative Expense on the Consolidated Statement of Income.
Pro forma results have not been presented as the Armitage acquisition is not considered individually significant to the consolidated results of the Company.

81

SPECTRUM BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC.
SB/RH HOLDINGS, LLC
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NOTE 5 - RESTRUCTURING CHARGES
During the year ended September 30, 2022, the Company entered into a new initiative in response to changes observed within consumer products and retail markets, continued inflationary cost pressures and headwinds, and to facilitate changes in the management structure for enabling functions of the consolidated group, resulting in the realization of headcount reductions. Total cumulative costs associated with the initiative were $9.8 million. Substantially all costs associated with the initiative have been recognized, with no further significant costs expected to be incurred. Additionally, during the year ended September 30, 2022, the Company initiated the exit of its in-country commercial operations in Russia, predominantly supporting the HPC segment, including costs for severance and other exit and disposal activity to close the operations. Total cumulative costs associated, with the initiative were $0.6 million with total projected costs for the initiative to be approximately $2 million, excluding lease termination or asset impairment costs.
During the year ended September 30, 2021, the GPC segment entered into an initiative to update its supply chain and distribution operations within the U.S. to address capacity needs, optimize and improve fill rates attributable to recent growth in the business and consumer demand, and improve overall operational effectiveness and throughput. The initiative includes the transition of its third party logistics (3PL) service provider at its existing distribution center, incorporating new facilities into the distribution footprint by expanding warehouse capacity and securing additional space to support long-term distribution and fulfillment, plus updating engagement and processes with suppliers and its transportation and logistics handlers. Incremental costs include one-time transition, implementation and start-up cost with the new 3PL service provider, including the integration of provider systems and technology, incentive-based compensation to maintain performance during transition, duplicative and redundant costs, and incremental costs for various disruptions in the operations during the transition period including supplemental transportation and storage costs, and incremental detention and demurrage costs. As of September 30, 2022, total cumulative costs associated with the initiative were $41.9 million, with the project being complete and no further costs to be incurred.
During the year ended September 30, 2019, the Company initiated the Global Productivity Improvement Program, which was a company-wide, multi-year program, consisting of various initiatives to redirect resources and spending to drive growth, identify cost savings and pricing opportunities through standardization and optimization, develop organizational and operating optimization, and reduce overall operational complexity across the Company. With the Company’s divestitures in GBL and GAC during the year ended September 30, 2019, the project focus included the transition of the Company’s continuing operations in a post-divestiture environment and exiting of TSAs which were fully exited in January 2022. Refer to Note 3 – Divestitures for further discussion. The initiative included a review of global processes and organization design and structures, headcount reductions and transfers, and rightsizing the Company’s shared operations and commercial business strategy, and exit of certain internal production to third-party supplies, among others, resulting in recognition of severance benefits and other exit and disposal costs to facilitate such activity. As of September 30, 2022, total cumulative costs associated with the project were $157.3 million with the project being complete and no further costs to be incurred.
The Company may enter into small, less significant initiatives to reduce costs and improve margins throughout the organization. Individually these activities are not substantial and occur over a shorter time period (generally less than 12 months).
The following summarizes restructuring charges for the years ended September 30, 2022, 2021, and 2020:
(in millions)202220212020
Fiscal 2022 restructuring$9.8 $— $— 
Russia dissolution0.6 — — 
GPC distribution center transition30.4 11.5 — 
Global productivity improvement program5.1 21.2 71.1 
Other project costs13.9 7.6 0.5 
Total restructuring and related charges$59.8 $40.3 $71.6 
Reported as:
Cost of goods sold$1.2 $1.9 $13.8 
Selling expense30.4 11.5 — 
General and administrative expense28.2 26.9 57.8 
The following summarizes restructuring charges by segment for the years ended September 30, 2022, 2021, and 2020:
(in millions)202220212020
HPC$10.0 $9.1 $4.6 
GPC37.9 15.2 20.8 
H&G0.7 0.4 0.5 
Corporate11.2 15.6 45.7 
Total restructuring charges$59.8 $40.3 $71.6 
The following is a summary of restructuring charges by cost type for the years ended September 30, 2022, 2021, and 2020.
(in millions)
Termination
Benefits
Other
Costs
Total
For the year ended September 30, 2022$12.0 $47.8 $59.8 
For the year ended September 30, 20217.7 32.6 40.3 
For the year ended September 30, 202012.4 59.2 71.6 
82

SPECTRUM BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC.
SB/RH HOLDINGS, LLC
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NOTE 5 - RESTRUCTURING CHARGES (continued)
The following is a rollforward of the accrual for restructuring charges by cost type for the years ended September 30, 2022, 2021, and 2020, included in Other Current Liabilities on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Position.
(in millions)
Termination
Benefits
Other
Costs
Total
Accrual balance at September 30, 2020$3.9 $6.3 $10.2 
Provisions5.7 4.6 10.3 
Cash expenditures(4.7)(5.4)(10.1)
Non-cash items(0.3)0.1 (0.2)
Accrual balance at September 30, 2021$4.6 $5.6 $10.2 
Provisions8.0 (4.3)3.7 
Cash expenditures(6.3)(0.7)(7.0)
Non-cash items(2.6)(0.3)(2.9)
Accrual balance at September 30, 2022$3.7 $0.3 $4.0 
NOTE 6 - REVENUE RECOGNITION
The Company generates all of its revenue from contracts with customers. The following tables disaggregate our revenue for the years ended September 30, 2022, 2021 and 2020 by the Company’s key revenue streams, segments and geographic regions (based upon destination):
September 30, 2022
(in millions)HPCGPCH&GTotal
Product Sales
NA$609.7 $749.8 $576.8 $1,936.3 
EMEA460.7 353.6 — 814.3 
LATAM216.1 19.3 8.0 243.4 
APAC71.9 36.5 0.1 108.5 
Licensing10.3 9.9 2.2 22.4 
Other1.4 6.2 — 7.6 
Total Revenue$1,370.1 $1,175.3 $587.1 $3,132.5 
September 30, 2021
(in millions)HPCGPCH&GTotal
Product Sales
NA$493.5 $699.9 $598.6 $1,792.0 
EMEA512.1 359.8 — 871.9 
LATAM170.6 15.8 7.0 193.4 
APAC72.7 38.9 — 111.6 
Licensing11.2 9.8 2.5 23.5 
Other— 5.7 — 5.7 
Total Revenue$1,260.1 $1,129.9 $608.1 $2,998.1 
September 30, 2020
(in millions)HPCGPCH&GTotal
Product Sales
NA$458.7 $667.4 $543.1 $1,669.2 
EMEA447.3 232.6 — 679.9 
LATAM126.8 14.4 6.7 147.9 
APAC65.8 35.7 — 101.5 
Licensing9.0 8.3 2.1 19.4 
Other— 4.2 — 4.2 
Total Revenue$1,107.6 $962.6 $551.9 $2,622.1 

83

SPECTRUM BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC.
SB/RH HOLDINGS, LLC
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NOTE 6 – REVENUE RECOGNITION (continued)
With the acquisition of the Tristar Business on February 18, 2022, the Company recognized revenue attributable to extended warranties. See Note 4 - Acquisitions for more details. As of September 30, 2022, the Company had $1.1 million service warranty revenue deferred and included in Other Current Liabilities on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Position.
A significant portion of our product sales from our HPC segment, primarily in the NA and LATAM regions, are subject to the continued use and access of the Black and Decker® ("B&D")brand through a license agreement with Stanley Black and Decker. The license agreement was renewed through June 30, 2025, including a sell-off period from April 1, 2025 to June 30, 2025 whereby the Company can continue to sell and distribute but no longer produce products subject to the license agreement. Net sales from B&D product sales consist of $417.3 million, $400.2 million, and $337.7 million for the years ended September 30, 2022, 2021 and 2020, respectively. All other brands and tradenames used in the Company’s commercial operations are either directly owned and not subject to further restrictions, or do not aggregate to a significant portion of total product sales for the Company.
The Company has a broad range of customers including many large mass retail customers. During the year ended September 30, 2022, 2021 and 2020, there were two large retail customers, each exceeding 10% of consolidated Net Sales and representing 32.9%, 31.4%, and 31.8% of consolidated Net Sales, respectively.
In the normal course of business, the Company may allow customers to return product or take credit for product returns per the provisions in a sale agreement. Estimated product returns are recorded as a reduction in reported revenues at the time of sale based upon historical product return experience, adjusted for known trends, to arrive at the amount of consideration expected to receive. The following is a rollforward of the liability for product returns for the years ended September 30, 2022, 2021 and 2020:
(in millions)Beginning
Balance
Charged to
Profit & Loss
DeductionsOther
Adjustments
Ending
Balance
September 30, 2022$11.8 $12.4 $(19.8)$11.1 $15.5 
September 30, 202112.8 1.5 (2.9)0.4 11.8 
September 30, 20209.8 6.0 (3.3)0.3 12.8 
Other adjustments includes foreign currency translation and the liability for product returns assumed as part of the acquisition of the Tristar Business during the year ended September 30, 2022. See Note 4 - Acquisitions for further discussion on the Tristar Business acquisition.
NOTE 7 - FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
The fair value measurements of the Company’s financial assets and liabilities are defined as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between organizationsmarket participants. Fair value measurements are classified using a fair value hierarchy that is based on the observability of inputs used in measuring fair value. Observable inputs (highest level) reflect market data obtained from independent sources, while unobservable inputs (lowest level) reflect internally developed assumptions about hypothetical transactions in the absence of market data. The Company utilizes valuation techniques that attempt to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. Fair value measurements are classified under the following hierarchy:
Level 1 - Unadjusted quoted prices for identical instruments in active markets.
Level 2 - Quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets; quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active; and model-derived valuations whose inputs are observable or whose significant value drivers are observable.
Level 3 - Significant inputs to the valuation model are unobservable.
The carrying values and estimated fair values for financial instruments as of September 30, 2022, and 2021 are as follows:
September 30, 2022September 30, 2021
(in millions)Level 1Level 2Level 3Fair Value
Carrying
Amount
Level 1Level 2Level 3Fair Value
Carrying
Amount
Derivative Assets$— $22.2 $— $22.2 $22.2 $— $6.8 $— $6.8 $6.8 
Derivative Liabilities— 6.0 — 6.0 6.0 — 2.5 — 2.5 2.5 
Debt— 2,815.9 — 2,815.9 3,156.8 — 2,628.2 — 2,628.2 2,506.3 
During the year ended September 30, 2021, the Company sold 1.7 million shares of Energizer common stock for cash proceeds of $73.1 million.  During the year ended September 30, 2020, the Company sold 3.6 million shares of Energizer common stock for cash proceeds of $147.1 million. The Company sold its remaining investment in Energizer common stock in January 2021 and as of September 30, 2022, the company holds no shares of Energizer common stock. The following is a summary of income recognized from equity investments included in Other Non-Operating (Income) Expense, Net on the Company's Consolidated Statements of Income for the years ended September 30, 2021, and 2020:
(in millions)20212020
Unrealized loss on equity investments held$— $(7.5)
Realized gain (loss) on equity investments sold6.9 (9.3)
Gain (loss) on equity investments6.9 (16.8)
Dividend income from equity investments0.2 5.0 
Gain (loss) from equity investments$7.1 $(11.8)
84

SPECTRUM BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC.
SB/RH HOLDINGS, LLC
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NOTE 7 - FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (continued)
The Company’s derivative instruments are valued on a recurring basis using internal models, which are based on market observable inputs, including both forward and spot prices for currencies and commodities, which are generally based on quoted or observed market prices (Level 2). The fair value of certain derivative financial instruments is estimated using pricing models based on contracts with similar terms and risks. Modeling techniques assume market correlation and volatility, such as using prices of one delivery point to calculate the price of the contract’s different delivery point. In addition, by applying a credit reserve which is calculated based on credit default swaps or published default probabilities for the actual and potential asset value, the fair value of the Company’s derivative financial instrument assets reflects the risk that the counterparties to these contracts may default on the obligations. Likewise, by assessing the requirements of a reserve for non-performance, which is calculated based on the probability of default by the Company, the Company adjusts its derivative contract liabilities to reflect the price at which a potential market participant would be willing to assume the Company’s liabilities. The Company has not changed the valuation techniques used in measuring the fair value of any financial assets and liabilities during the year. See Note 14 – Derivatives for additional detail.
The fair value measurements of the Company’s debt represent non-active market exchange-traded securities which are valued at quoted input prices that are directly observable or indirectly observable through corroboration with observable market data (Level 2). See Note 12 – Debt for additional detail.
The carrying values of goodwill, intangible assets and other long-lived assets are tested annually or more frequently if an event occurs that indicates an impairment loss may have been incurred, using fair value measurements with unobservable inputs (Level 3). See Note 4 – Acquisitions and Note 11 - Goodwill and Intangible Assets for additional detail.
The carrying values of cash and cash equivalents, receivables, accounts payable and short term debt approximate fair value based on the short-term nature of these assets and liabilities.
NOTE 8 – RECEIVABLES
The allowance for uncollectible receivables as of September 30, 2022 and 2021 was $7.3 million and $6.7 million, respectively. The following is a rollforward of the allowance for doubtful accounts for the years ended September 30, 2022, 2021 and 2020:
(in millions)
Beginning
Balance
Charged to
Profit & Loss
Deductions
Other
Adjustments
Ending
Balance
September 30, 2022$6.7 $4.2 $(4.9)$1.3 $7.3 
September 30, 20215.3 1.9 (0.4)(0.1)6.7 
September 30, 20203.5 2.3 (0.5)— 5.3 
Other adjustments includes foreign currency translation and the allowance for credit loss assumed as part of the acquisition of the Tristar Business during the year ended September 30, 2022. See Note 4 - Acquisitions for further discussion on the Tristar Business acquisition.
The Company has a broad range of customers including many large retail outlet chains, some of which exceed 10% of consolidated Net Trade Receivables. As of September 30, 2022, there were two customers that exceeded 10% of the Company's consolidated Net Trade Receivables representing 21.9% of the Company’s Trade Receivables. As of September 30, 2021, there was one customer that exceeded 10% of the Company's consolidated Net Trade Receivables representing 14.7% of the Company’s Trade Receivables.
We have entered into various factoring agreements and early pay programs with our customers to sell our trade receivables under non-recourse agreements in exchange for cash proceeds and is an integral part of our financing for working capital. These transactions are treated as a sale and accounted for as a reduction in trade receivables because the agreements transfer effective control and risk related to the receivables to the buyers. A loss on sale is recognized for any discount and fees associated with the transfer, recognized as General and Administrative Expense on the Company's Consolidated Statements of Income, with cash proceeds recognized as cash flow from operating activities on the Company's Statements of Cash Flows. In some instances, we may continue to service the transferred receivable after the factoring has occurred, but in most cases we do not service any factored accounts. Any servicing of the trade receivable does not constitute significant continuing involvement or preclude the recognition of a sale and we do not carry any material servicing assets or liabilities on the Company's Consolidated Statements of Financial Position. The cost of factoring such trade receivables was $10.2 million, $3.5 million, and $4.8 million for the years ended September 30, 2022, 2021, and 2020, respectively.
NOTE 9 - INVENTORY
Inventories as of September 30, 2022 and 2021 consist of the following:
(in millions)20222021
Raw materials$72.3 $66.1 
Work-in-process10.5 8.3 
Finished goods697.8 488.4 
$780.6 $562.8 
85

SPECTRUM BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC.
SB/RH HOLDINGS, LLC
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NOTE 10 - PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
Property, plant and equipment as of September 30, 2022 and 2021 consist of the following:
(in millions)20222021
Land, buildings and improvements$75.7 $83.5 
Machinery, equipment and other394.1 383.0 
Finance leases139.8 146.1 
Construction in progress54.7 28.8 
Property, plant and equipment$664.3 $641.4 
Accumulated depreciation(400.5)(381.2)
Property, plant and equipment, net$263.8 $260.2 
Depreciation expense from property, plant and equipment for the years ended September 30, 2022, 2021 and 2020 was $49.0 million, $51.9 million, and $59.3 million, respectively.

NOTE 11 - GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS
Goodwill, by segment, consists of the following:
(in millions)HPCGPCH&GTotal
As of September 30, 2020$— $431.6 $195.6 $627.2 
Armitage acquisition (Note 4)— 90.7 — 90.7 
Rejuvenate acquisition (Note 4)— — 147.0 147.0 
Foreign currency impact— 2.3 — 2.3 
As of September 30, 2021$— $524.6 $342.6 $867.2 
Tristar Business acquisition (Note 4)108.1 — — 108.1 
Foreign currency impact— (22.2)— (22.2)
As of September 30, 2022$108.1 $502.4 $342.6 $953.1 
The carrying value of indefinite lived intangible and definite lived intangible assets subject to amortization and accumulated amortization are as follows:
20222021
(in millions)Gross Carrying AmountAccumulated AmortizationNetGross Carrying AmountAccumulated AmortizationNet
Amortizable intangible assets
Customer relationships$627.8 $(373.9)$253.9 $619.6 $(352.3)$267.3 
Technology assets75.3 (30.8)44.5 75.3 (25.8)49.5 
Tradenames10.6 (5.1)5.5 158.4 (141.9)16.5 
Total amortizable intangible assets713.7 (409.8)303.9 853.3 (520.0)333.3 
Indefinite-lived intangible assets - tradenames898.3 — 898.3 870.8 — 870.8 
Total intangible assets$1,612.0 $(409.8)$1,202.2 $1,724.1 $(520.0)$1,204.1 
There were no impairments recognized for goodwill or intangible assets during the years ended September 30, 2022, and 2021. During the year ended September 30, 2020, the Company recognized an impairment loss of $16.6 million on indefinite-lived intangible assets and an impairment of $7.6 million on definite lived intangible assets due to the incremental cash flow risk associated with the commercial DCF business following the divestiture of the Coevorden Operations. See Note 3 - Divestitures for further detail.
While we have not recognized an impairment of goodwill or intangible assets during the year ended September 30, 2022, we have identified a potential risk of impairment associated with the HPC reporting unit goodwill, with a carrying cost of $108.1 million as of September 30, 2022, and the Rejuvenate® tradename, with a carrying cost of $119.1 million as of September 30, 2022. We do not anticipate that these assets will be subject to future impairment based upon our projections and forecasts used in evaluating the current market value but cannot guarantee that no future impairment will be realized. The risk of future impairment for the HPC reporting unit is based upon the results realized during year ended September 30, 2022, macro-economic headwinds from inflationary costs and foreign currency fluctuations, retail and consumer spending activity, and risks associated with the Tristar Business integration and branding strategy transitions. The risk of future impairment for the Rejuvenate® tradename is based upon the results realized during the year ended September 30, 2022, and dependency upon the timing and realization of market expansion milestones and synergies associated with the acquired business.
86

SPECTRUM BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC.
SB/RH HOLDINGS, LLC
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NOTE 11 - GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS (continued)
Amortization expense from intangible assets for the years ended September 30, 2022, 2021 and 2020 was $50.3 million, $65.1 million and $55.3 million, respectively. Excluding the impact of any future acquisitions or changes in foreign currency, the Company anticipates the annual amortization expense of intangible assets for the next five fiscal years will be as follows:
(in millions)Amortization
2023$41.4 
202441.3 
202539.3 
202637.7 
202737.7 
NOTE 12 - DEBT
Debt as of September 30, 2022 and 2021 consists of the following:
20222021
(in millions)AmountRateAmountRate
Spectrum Brands, Inc.
Revolver Facility, variable rate, expiring June 30, 2025$740.0 5.7 %$— — %
Term Loan Facility, variable rate, due March 3, 2028394.0 5.2 %398.0 2.5 %
5.75% Notes, due July 15, 2025450.0 5.8 %450.0 5.8 %
4.00% Notes, due October 1, 2026417.1 4.0 %492.9 4.0 %
5.00% Notes, due October 1, 2029300.0 5.0 %300.0 5.0 %
5.50% Notes, due July 15, 2030300.0 5.5 %300.0 5.5 %
3.875% Notes, due March 15, 2031500.0 3.9 %500.0 3.9 %
Obligations under finance leases92.7 5.1 %101.9 4.9 %
Total Spectrum Brands, Inc. debt3,193.8 2,542.8 
Unamortized discount on debt(0.8)(0.9)
Debt issuance costs(36.2)(35.6)
Less current portion(12.3)(12.0)
Long-term debt, net of current portion$3,144.5 $2,494.3 
The Company’s aggregate scheduled maturities of debt obligations are as follows, excluding obligations under capital leases. See Note 13 - Leases for scheduled maturities of obligations under capital leases:
(in millions)Amount
2023$4.0 
20244.0 
20251,194.0 
20264.0 
2027421.1 
Thereafter1,474.0 
Total long-term debt$3,101.1 
Revolver Facility
On June 30, 2020, SBI entered into the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement ("Credit Agreement"), dated June 30, 2020, which refinances the previously existing credit facility, and includes certain modified terms from the previously existing revolving credit facility. The maturity date was extended to June 30, 2025, and the facility was reduced from $890.0 million to $600.0 million (with a U.S. dollar tranche and a multicurrency tranche). The interest rate margins applicable to the facility were changed and a LIBOR floor of 0.75% was installed.
The Credit Agreement, solely with respect to the Revolver Facility, contains a financial covenant test on the last day of each fiscal quarter on the maximum total leverage ratio. This is calculated as the ratio of (i) the principal amount of third-party debt for borrowed money (including unreimbursed letter of credit drawings), capital leases and purchase money debt, at period-end, less cash and cash equivalents, to (ii) adjusted EBITDA for the trailing twelve months. The maximum total leverage ratio should be no greater than 6.0 to 1.0. As of September 30, 2022, we were in compliance with all covenants under the Credit Agreement. Subsequent to the year ended September 30, 2022, on November 17, 2022, the Company entered into an amendment to the Credit Agreement to temporarily increase the maximum consolidated total net leverage ratio permitted to be no greater than 7.0 to 1.0 before returning to 6.0 to 1.0 at the earliest of (i) September 29, 2023, or (ii) 10 business days after the closing of the HHI divestiture or receipt of the related termination fee.
87

SPECTRUM BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC.
SB/RH HOLDINGS, LLC
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NOTE 12 - DEBT (continued)
Pursuant to a guarantee agreement, SB/RH and the material wholly-owned domestic subsidiaries of SBI have guaranteed SBI’s obligations under the Credit Agreement and related loan documents. Pursuant to a security agreement, SBI and such subsidiary guarantors have pledged substantially all of their respective assets to secure such obligations and, in addition, SB/RH has pledged the capital stock of SBI to secure such obligations. The Credit Agreement also provides for customary events of default including payment defaults and cross-defaults to other material indebtedness.
On December 10, 2021, the Company entered into the second amendment to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement (the "Credit Agreement") dated as of June 30, 2020. The second amendment includes certain modified terms from the existing Credit Agreement to provide for an alternate rate of interest to the Eurocurrency Rate applicable to Revolving Loans and Letters of Credit in Euro and Pounds Sterling. Pursuant to the second amendment, Sterling Overnight Index Average ("SONIA") replaced LIBO Rate as a reference rate for Revolving Loans and Letters of Credit denominated in Pounds Sterling and Euro Interbank Offered Rate ("EURIBOR") replaced LIBO Rate as a reference rate for Revolving Loans and Letters of Credit denominated in Euro. The Company currently has no borrowing under the Revolver Facility denominated in Euro or Pounds Sterling.
On February 3, 2022, the Company entered into a third amendment to the Credit Agreement. The third amendment provides for incremental capacity on the Revolver Facility of $500 million that was used to support the acquisition of the Tristar Business and the continuing operations and working capital requirements of the Company. See Note 4 - Acquisitions for further discussion on the Tristar Business acquisition. Borrowings under the incremental capacity are subject to the same terms and conditions of the existing Revolver Facility, with a maturity date of June 30, 2025, other than a difference in borrowing rate which is subject to SOFR plus margin ranging from 1.75% to 2.75%, or base rate plus margin ranging from 0.75% to 1.75% per annum, with an increase by 25 basis points 270 days after the effective date of the third amendment and an additional 25 basis points on each 90 day anniversary of such date. The SOFR is subject to a 0.50% floor. The Company incurred $7.6 million in connection with the third amendment, which have been capitalized as debt issuance costs and will be amortized over the remaining term of the Credit Agreement.
As of September 30, 2022, borrowings from the original revolver capacity of $600 million under the Revolver Facility are subject to either adjusted London Inter-Bank Offered Rate ("LIBOR") plus margin ranging from 1.75% to 2.75% per annum, or base rate plus margin ranging from 0.75% to 1.75% per annum; and borrowings under the incremental revolver capacity of $500 million, per the third amendment to the Credit Agreement discussed below, are subject to Secured Overnight Financing Rate ("SOFR") plus margin ranging from 1.75% to 2.75% per annum or base rate plus margin ranging from 0.75% to 1.75%. The LIBOR borrowings are subject to a 0.75% LIBOR floor and the SOFR borrowings are subject to a 0.50% SOFR floor. Our Revolver Facility allows for the LIBOR rate to be phased out and replaced with the SOFR and therefore we do not anticipate a material impact by the expected upcoming LIBOR transition.
As a result of borrowings and payments under the Revolver Facility, at September 30, 2022, the Company had borrowing availability of $342.4 million, net outstanding letters of credit of $17.6 million.
Term Loan Facility
On March 3, 2021, SBI entered into the first amendment (the "Amended Credit Agreement") to the Credit Agreement. The Amended Credit Agreement includes certain modified terms from the existing Credit Agreement to provide for a new term loan facility (the “Term Loan Facility”). The Term Loan Facility is in an aggregate principal amount of $400.0 million and will mature on March 3, 2028. The Term Loan Facility is subject to a rate per annum equal to either (1) the LIBO Rate (as defined in the Amended Credit Agreement), subject to a 0.50% floor, adjusted for statutory reserves, plus a margin of 2.00% per annum or (2) the Alternate Base Rate (as defined in the Amended Credit Agreement), plus a margin of 1.00% per annum. The Term Loan Facility allows for the LIBO rate to be phased out and replaced with the Secured Overnight Financing Rate and therefore we do not anticipate a material impact to the expected upcoming LIBOR transition. The Term Loan Facility was issued net of a $1.0 million discount and the Company incurred $5.1 million of debt issuance costs, which is being amortized with a corresponding charge to interest expense over the remaining life of the loan.
Pursuant to a guarantee agreement, SB/RH and the direct and indirect wholly-owned material domestic subsidiaries of SBI have guaranteed SBI’s obligations under the Amended Credit Agreement and related loan documents. Pursuant to the Security Agreement, dated as of June 23, 2015, SBI and such subsidiary guarantors have pledged substantially all of their respective assets to secure such obligations and, in addition, SB/RH has pledged the capital stock of SBI to secure such obligations.
Subject to certain mandatory prepayment events, the Term Loan Facility is subject to repayment according to scheduled amortizations, with the final payment of amount outstanding, plus accrued and unpaid interest, due at maturity. The Amended Credit Agreement contains customary affirmative and negative covenants, including, but not limited to, restrictions on SBI and its restricted subsidiaries’ ability to incur indebtedness, create liens, make investments, pay dividends or make certain other distributions, and merge or consolidate or sell assets, in each case subject to certain exceptions set forth in the Amended Credit Agreement.
3.875% Notes
On March 3, 2021, SBI issued $500.0 million aggregate principal amount of 3.875% Senior Notes due 2031 (the "3.875% Notes") and entered into the indenture governing the 3.875% Notes (the “2031 Indenture”). The 3.875% Notes mature on March 15, 2031 and are unconditionally guaranteed, on a senior unsecured basis, by SB/RH and by SBI’s existing and future domestic subsidiaries that guarantee indebtedness under the Amended Credit Agreement.
SBI may redeem all or part of the 3.875% Notes at any time on or after March 15, 2026 at certain fixed redemption prices as set forth in the 2031 Indenture. In addition, prior to March 15, 2026, SBI may redeem the Notes at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount plus a “make-whole” premium, plus accrued and unpaid interest. Before March 15, 2024, the Company may redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal notes with cash equal to the net proceeds that SBI raises in equity offerings at specified redemption price as set forth in the 2031 Indenture. Further, the 2031 Indenture requires SBI to make an offer to repurchase all outstanding 3.875% Notes upon the occurrence of a change of control of SBI, as defined in the 2031 Indenture.
The 2031 Indenture contains covenants limiting, among other things, the ability of the Company and its direct and indirect restricted subsidiaries to incur additional indebtedness, create liens, engage in sale-leaseback transactions, pay dividends or make distributions in respect of capital stock, purchase or redeem capital stock, make investments or certain other restricted payments, sell assets, issue or sell stock of restricted subsidiaries, enter in transactions with affiliates, or effect a merger or consolidation.
In addition, the 2031 Indenture provides for customary events of default, including failure to make required payments, failure to comply with certain agreements or covenants, failure to make payments when due or an acceleration of certain other indebtedness, and certain events of bankruptcy and insolvency.
88

SPECTRUM BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC.
SB/RH HOLDINGS, LLC
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NOTE 12 - DEBT (continued)
The Company recorded $7.6 million of fees in connection with the offering of the 3.875% Notes, which have been capitalized as debt issuance costs and are being amortized over the remaining life of the 3.875% Notes.
Spectrum 5.50% Notes
On June 30, 2020, SBI issued $300.0 million aggregate principal amount of 5.50% Senior Notes due 2030 (the "5.50% Notes") and entered into the indenture governing the 5.50% Notes (the “2030 Indenture”). The 5.50% Notes mature on July 15, 2030 and are unconditionally guaranteed, on a senior unsecured basis, by SB/RH and by SBI’s existing and future domestic subsidiaries that guarantee indebtedness under the Credit Agreement . The proceeds from the 5.50% Notes were used for repayment of the Revolver Facility obligation.
SBI may redeem all or part of the 5.50% Notes at any time on or after July 15, 2025 at certain fixed redemption prices as set forth in the 2030 Indenture. In addition, prior to July 15, 2025, SBI may redeem the Notes at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount plus a “make-whole” premium, plus accrued and unpaid interest. Before July 15, 2023, the Company may redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal notes with cash equal to the net proceeds that SBI raises in equity offerings at specified redemption price as set forth in the 2030 Indenture. Further, the 2030 Indenture requires SBI to make an offer to repurchase all outstanding 5.50% Notes upon the occurrence of a change of control of SBI, as defined in the 2030 Indenture.
The 2030 Indenture contains covenants limiting, among other things, the incurrence of additional indebtedness, payments of dividends on or redemption or repurchase of equity interests, the making of certain investments, expansion into unrelated businesses, creation of liens on assets, merger or consolidation with another company, transfer or sale of all or substantially all assets, and transactions with affiliates.
In addition, the 2030 Indenture provides for customary events of default, including failure to make required payments, failure to comply with certain agreements or covenants, failure to make payments when due or an acceleration of certain other indebtedness, and certain events of bankruptcy and insolvency.
The Company recorded $6.2 million of fees in connection with the offering of the 5.50% Notes, which have been capitalized as debt issuance costs and amortized over the remaining life of the 5.50% Notes.
Spectrum 5.00% Notes
On September 24, 2019, SBI issued $300.0 million aggregate principal amount of 5.00% Senior Notes due October 1, 2029. The 5.00% Notes are guaranteed by SB/RH as well as by SBI’s existing and future domestic subsidiaries.
On or after October 1, 2024, SBI may redeem some or all of the Notes at certain fixed redemption prices. In addition, prior to October 1, 2024, SBI may redeem the Notes at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount plus a “make-whole” premium. SBI may redeem up to 35% of the Notes, including additional notes, with an amount of cash equal to the net proceeds of equity offerings at specified redemption prices. Further, the indenture governing the 5.00% Notes (the “2029 Indenture”) requires SBI to make an offer, in cash, to repurchase all or a portion of the applicable outstanding notes for a specified redemption price, including a redemption premium, upon the occurrence of a change of control of SBI, as defined in the 2029 Indenture.
The 2029 Indenture contains covenants that limit, among other things, the incurrence of additional indebtedness, payment of dividends on or redemption or repurchase of equity interests, the making of certain investments, expansion into unrelated businesses, creation of liens on assets, merger or consolidation with another company, transfer or sale of all or substantially all assets, and transactions with affiliates.
In addition, the 2029 Indenture proves for customary events of default, including failure to make required payments, failure to comply with certain agreements or covenants, failure to make payments when due or on acceleration of certain other indebtedness, and certain events of bankruptcy and insolvency. Events of default under the 2029 Indenture arising from certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency will automatically cause the acceleration of the amounts due under the 5.00% Notes. If any other event of default under the 2029 Indenture occurs and is continuing, the trustee for the 2029 Indenture or the registered holders of at least 25% in the then aggregate outstanding principal amount of the 5.00% Notes, may declare the acceleration of the amounts due under those notes. As of September 30, 2022, we were in compliance with all covenants under the indentures governing the 5.00% Notes.
The Company recorded $4.1 million of fees in connection with the offering of the 5.00% Notes, which have been capitalized as debt issuance costs and are being amortized over the remaining life of the 5.00% Notes.
Spectrum 4.00% Notes
On September 20, 2016, SBI issued €425 million aggregate principal amount of 4.00% Notes at par value, due October 1, 2026. The 4.00% Notes are guaranteed by SB/RH as well as by SBI’s existing and future domestic subsidiaries.
SBI may redeem all or a part of the 4.00% Notes, at any time on or after October 1, 2021 at specified redemption prices. In addition, prior to October 1, 2021, SBI may redeem the notes at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amounts plus a “make-whole” premium. SBI is also entitled to redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the notes before October 1, 2019 with an amount of cash equal to the net proceeds that SBI raises in equity offerings at specified redemption prices. Further, the indenture governing the 4.00% Notes (the “2026 Indenture”) requires SBI to make an offer, in cash, to repurchase all or a portion of the applicable outstanding notes for a specified redemption price, including a redemption premium, upon the occurrence of a change of control of SBI, as defined in the 2026 Indenture.
The 2026 Indenture contains customary covenants that limit, among other things, the incurrence of additional indebtedness, payment of dividends on or redemption or repurchase of equity interests, the making of certain investments, expansion into unrelated businesses, creation of liens on assets, merger or consolidation with another company, transfer or sale of all or substantially all assets, and transactions with affiliates.
In addition, the 2026 Indenture provides for customary events of default, including failure to make required payments, failure to comply with certain agreements or covenants, failure to make payments when due or on acceleration of certain other indebtedness, and certain events of bankruptcy and insolvency. Events of default under the 2026 Indenture arising from certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency will automatically cause the acceleration of the amounts due under the 4.00% Notes. If any other event of default under the 2026 Indenture occurs and is continuing, the trustee for the 2026 Indenture or the registered holders of at least 25% in the then aggregate outstanding principal amount of the 4.00% Notes, may declare the acceleration of the amounts due under those notes. As of September 30, 2022, we were in compliance with all covenants under the indentures governing the 4.00% Notes.
The Company recorded $7.7 million of fees in connection with the offering of the 4.00% Notes, which have been capitalized as debt issuance costs and are being amortized over the remaining life of the 4.00% Notes.
89

SPECTRUM BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC.
SB/RH HOLDINGS, LLC
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NOTE 12 - DEBT (continued)
Spectrum 5.75% Notes
On May 20, 2015, SBI issued $1,000 million aggregate principal amount of 5.75% Notes at par value, due July 15, 2025 (the “5.75% Notes”). The 5.75% Notes are guaranteed by SB/RH as well as by SBI’s existing and future domestic subsidiaries.
SBI may redeem all or a part of the 5.75% Notes, at any time on or after July 15, 2020, at specified redemption prices. In addition, prior to July 15, 2020, SBI may redeem the notes at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount plus a “make-whole” premium. SBI is also entitled to redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the notes before July 15, 2018 with an amount of cash equal to the net proceeds that SBI raises in equity offerings at specified redemption prices. Further, the indenture governing the 5.75% Notes (the “2025 Indenture”) requires SBI to make an offer, in cash, to repurchase all or a portion of the applicable outstanding notes for a specified redemption price, including a redemption premium, upon the occurrence of a change of control of SBI, as defined in the 2025 Indenture.
The 2025 Indenture contains customary covenants that limit, among other things, the incurrence of additional indebtedness, payment of dividends on or redemption or repurchase of equity interests, the making of certain investments, expansion into unrelated businesses, creation of liens on assets, merger or consolidation with another company, transfer or sale of all or substantially all assets, and transactions with affiliates.
In addition, the 2025 Indenture provides for customary events of default, including failure to make required payments, failure to comply with certain agreements or covenants, failure to make payments when due or on acceleration of certain other indebtedness, and certain events of bankruptcy and insolvency. Events of default under the 2025 Indenture arising from certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency will automatically cause the acceleration of the amounts due under the 5.75% Notes. If any other event of default under the 2025 Indenture occurs and is continuing, the trustee for the 2025 Indenture or the registered holders of at least 25% in the then aggregate outstanding principal amount of the 5.75% Notes, may declare the acceleration of the amounts due under those notes. As of September 30, 2022, we were in compliance with all covenants under the indentures governing the 5.75% Notes.
The Company recorded $19.7 million of fees in connection with the offering of the 5.75% Notes, which have been capitalized as debt issuance costs and are being amortized over the remaining life of the 5.75% Notes. Using the proceeds received from the Term Loan Facility and 3.875% Notes, the Company redeemed $550.0 million aggregate principal amount of the 5.75% Notes in a cash tender offer, with a make whole premium of $17.7 million and a write-off of unamortized debt issuance costs of $5.7 million recognized as Interest Expense on the Company's Consolidated Statements of Income for the year ended September 30, 2021.
NOTE 13 - LEASES
The Company has leases primarily pertaining to manufacturing facilities, distribution centers, office space, warehouses, automobiles, machinery, computers, and office equipment that expire at various times through June 2035. We have embedded operating leases within certain third-party logistic agreements for certain warehousing and information technology services arrangements and recognized right of use assets identified in the arrangements as part of Operating Lease Assets on the Company’s Consolidated Statement of Financial Position. We elected to exclude certain supply chain contracts that contain embedded leases for manufacturing facilities or dedicated manufacturing lines from our ROU asset and liability calculation based on the insignificant impact to our consolidated financial statements.
The following is a summary of the Company’s leases recognized on the Company’s Consolidated Statement of Financial Position as of September 30, 2022 and 2021:
(in millions)Line Item20222021
Assets
OperatingOperating lease assets$82.5 $56.5 
FinanceProperty, plant and equipment, net73.4 84.2 
Total leased assets$155.9 $140.7 
Liabilities
Current
OperatingOther current liabilities$25.8 $17.4 
FinanceCurrent portion of long-term debt8.3 7.9 
Long-term
OperatingLong-term operating lease liabilities56.0 44.5 
FinanceLong-term debt, net of current portion84.4 94.0 
Total lease liabilities$174.5 $163.8 
As of September 30, 2022, the Company had no significant commitments related to leases executed that have not yet commenced.
The Company records its operating lease and amortization of finance lease ROU assets within Cost of Goods Sold or Operating Expenses in the Consolidated Statement of Income depending on the nature and use of the underlying asset. The Company records its finance interest cost within interest expense in the Consolidated Statement of Income.
90

SPECTRUM BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC.
SB/RH HOLDINGS, LLC
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NOTE 13 - LEASES (continued)
The components of lease costs recognized in the Consolidated Statement of Income for the year ended September 30, 2022, 2021, and 2020 are as follows:
(in millions)202220212020
Operating lease cost$26.3 $19.8 $15.6 
Finance lease cost
Amortization of leased assets10.5 11.3 11.8 
Interest on lease liability5.2 5.3 5.7 
Variable lease cost10.8 9.8 9.8 
Total lease cost$52.8 $46.2 $42.9 
During the year ended September 30, 2022, 2021, and 2020 the Company recognized income attributable to leases and sub-leases of $2.7 million, $2.3 million, and $2.1 million, respectively. Income from leases and sub-leases is recognized as Other Non-Operating Income on the Consolidated Statement of Income.
The following is a summary of the Company’s cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities recognized in the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flow, including supplemental non-cash activity related to operating leases, for the year ended September 30, 2022, 2021, and 2020:
(in millions)202220212020
Operating cash flow from operating leases$25.3 $20.7 $16.1 
Operating cash flows from finance leases5.1 5.4 5.7 
Financing cash flows from finance leases8.9 12.0 10.6 
Supplemental non-cash flow disclosure
Acquisition of operating lease asset through lease obligations30.4 15.3 23.6 
The following is a summary of weighted-average lease term and discount rate at September 30, 2022 and 2021:
20222021
Weighted average remaining lease term
Operating leases4.5 years4.6 years
Finance leases9.7 years10.4 years
Weighted average discount rate
Operating leases3.8 %4.3 %
Finance leases5.1 %4.9 %
At September 30, 2022, future lease payments under operating and finance leases were as follows:
(in millions)Finance LeasesOperating Leases
2023$12.5 $28.4 
202413.2 18.5 
202511.9 14.8 
202611.6 10.2 
202711.7 6.6 
Thereafter57.9 11.4 
Total lease payments118.8 89.9 
Amount representing interest(26.1)(8.1)
Total minimum lease payments$92.7 $81.8 
91

SPECTRUM BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC.
SB/RH HOLDINGS, LLC
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


NOTE 14 - DERIVATIVES
Derivative financial instruments are used by the Company principally in the management of its foreign currency exchange rate, raw material price and interest rate exposures. The Company does not hold or issue derivative financial instruments for trading purposes.
Cash Flow Hedges
The Company periodically enters into forward foreign exchange contracts to hedge a portion of the risk from forecasted foreign currency denominated third-party and intercompany sales or payments. These obligations generally require the Company to exchange foreign currencies for Australian Dollars, Canadian Dollars, Euros, Japanese Yen, Pound Sterling or U.S. Dollars. These foreign exchange contracts are cash flow hedges of fluctuating foreign exchange related to sales of products or raw material purchases. Until the sale or purchase is recognized, the fair value of the related hedge is recorded in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (“AOCI”) and as a derivative hedge asset or liability, as applicable. At the time the sale or purchase is recognized, the fair value of the related hedge is reclassified as an adjustment to Net Sales or purchase price variance in Cost of Goods Sold on the Consolidated Statements of Income. At September 30, 2022, the Company had a series of foreign exchange derivative contracts outstanding through March 2024. The derivative net gain estimated to be reclassified from AOCI into earnings over the next 12 months is $11.2 million, net of tax. At September 30, 2022 and 2021, the Company had foreign exchange derivative contracts designated as cash flow hedges with a notional value of $289.5 million and $279.9 million, respectively.
For derivative instruments that are designated and qualify as cash flow hedges, the gain or loss on the effective portion of the derivative is reported as a component of AOCI and reclassified into earnings in the same period or periods during which the hedged transaction affects earnings. The following table summarizes the impact of the effective and ineffective portions of designated hedges and the gain or loss recognized in the Consolidated Statement of Income for the years ended September 30, 2022, 2021 and 2020:
Gain (Loss) in OCIReclassified to Continuing Operations
(in millions)202220212020Line Item202220212020
Foreign exchange contracts$0.2 $0.1 $0.1 Net sales$0.1 $0.1 $(0.1)
Foreign exchange contracts30.9 (2.0)(7.2)Cost of goods sold20.1 (9.3)4.7 
Total$31.1 $(1.9)$(7.1)$20.2 $(9.2)$4.6 
During the year ended September 30, 2022, the Company settled certain cash flow hedges prior to their stated maturity that were in place to hedge forecasted U.S. Dollar denominated inventory purchases in exchange for Euros, but were subsequently discontinued due to changes in the Company's forecasted purchasing strategy of finished goods inventory within the EMEA region. As a result, there was a realized gain of $8.2 million during the year ended September 30, 2022 and recognized as a component of Cost of Goods Sold, included in the activity summarized above.
Derivative Contracts Not Designated As Hedges for Accounting Purposes
The Company periodically enters into forward and swap foreign exchange contracts to economically hedge a portion of the risk from third-party and intercompany payments resulting from existing obligations. These obligations generally require the Company to exchange foreign currencies for, among others, Australian Dollars, Canadian Dollars, Euros, Japanese Yen, Mexican Pesos, Colombian Peso, Philippine Pesos, Hungarian Forint, Turkish Lira, Pounds Sterling, Taiwanese Dollars or U.S. Dollars. These foreign exchange contracts are fair value hedges of a related liability or asset recorded in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Financial Position. The gain or loss on the derivative hedge contracts is recorded in earnings as an offset to the change in value of the related liability or asset at each period end. At September 30, 2022, the Company had a series of forward exchange contracts outstanding through July 2023. At September 30, 2022 and 2021, the Company had $513.7 million and $198.4 million, respectively, of notional value for such foreign exchange derivative contracts outstanding.
The following table summarizes the gain or loss associated with derivative contracts not designated as hedges in the Consolidated Statements of Income for the years ended September 30, 2022, 2021 and 2020.
(in millions)Line Item202220212020
Foreign exchange contractsOther non-operating expense (income)$25.6 $(3.2)$(10.8)
Fair Value of Derivative Instruments
The fair value of the Company’s outstanding derivative instruments in the Consolidated Statements of Financial Position are as follows:
(in millions)Line Item20222021
Derivative Assets
Foreign exchange contracts - designated as hedge
Other receivables
$14.4 $5.2 
Foreign exchange contracts - designated as hedge
Deferred charges and other
0.4 0.9 
Foreign exchange contracts - not designated as hedge
Other receivables
7.4 0.7 
Total Derivative Assets$22.2 $6.8 
Derivative Liabilities
Foreign exchange contracts - designated as hedge
Accounts payable
$— $0.1 
Foreign exchange contracts - designated as hedge
Other long term liabilities
1.0 — 
Foreign exchange contracts - not designated as hedge
Accounts payable
5.0 2.4 
Total Derivative Liabilities$6.0 $2.5 
92

SPECTRUM BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC.
SB/RH HOLDINGS, LLC
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NOTE 14 - DERIVATIVES (continued)
The Company is exposed to the risk of default by the counterparties with which it transacts and generally does not require collateral or other security to support financial instruments subject to credit risk. The Company monitors counterparty credit risk on an individual basis by periodically assessing each counterparty’s credit rating exposure. The maximum loss due to credit risk equals the fair value of the gross asset derivatives that are concentrated with certain domestic and foreign financial institution counterparties. The Company considers these exposures when measuring its credit reserve on its derivative assets, which were not significant for the years ended September 30, 2022 and 2021.
The Company’s standard contracts do not contain credit risk related contingent features whereby the Company would be required to post additional cash collateral because a credit event. However, the Company is typically required to post collateral in the normal course of business to offset its liability positions. As of September 30, 2022, and 2021, there was no cash collateral outstanding. In addition, as of September 30, 2022 and 2021, the Company had no posted standby letters of credit related to such liability positions.
Net Investment Hedge
SBI has €425.0 million aggregate principle amount of 4.00% Notes designated as a non-derivative economic hedge, or net investment hedge, of the translation of the Company’s net investments in Euro denominated subsidiaries at the time of issuance. The hedge effectiveness is measured on the beginning balance of the net investment and re-designated every three months. Any gains and losses attributable to the translation of the Euro denominated debt designated as net investment hedge are recognized as a component of foreign currency translation within AOCI, and gains and losses attributable to the translation of the undesignated portion are recognized as foreign currency translation gains or losses within Other Non-Operating Expense (Income). As of September 30, 2022 and September 30, 2021 the full principal amount was designated as a net investment hedge and considered fully effective. The following summarizes the gain (loss) from the net investment hedge recognized in Other Comprehensive Income for the year ended September 30, 2022, 2021 and 2020, pre-tax:
Gain (Loss) in OCI (in millions)202220212020
Net investment hedge$75.8 $6.2 $(33.0)
Net gains or losses from the net investment hedge are reclassified from AOCI into earnings upon a liquidation event or deconsolidation of Euro denominated subsidiaries. During the year ended September 30, 2020, the Company recognized a pre-tax loss of $1.2 million in earnings related to the translation of the undesignated portion of debt obligation. No pre-tax gain (loss) related to the translation of the undesignated portion of debt obligation was recognized in earnings during the years ended September 30, 2022 and 2021.
93

SPECTRUM BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC.
SB/RH HOLDINGS, LLC
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NOTE 15 - EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS
Defined Benefit Plans
The Company has various defined benefit pension plans covering some of its employees. Plans generally provide benefits of stated amounts for each year of service. The Company funds its pension plans in accordance with the requirements of the defined benefit pension plans and, where applicable, in amounts sufficient to satisfy the minimum funding requirements of applicable laws. Additionally, in compliance with the Company’s funding policy, annual contributions to defined benefit plans are equal to the actuarial recommendations or statutory requirements in the respective countries. The Company sponsors or participates in a number of other non-U.S. pension arrangements, including various retirement and termination benefit plans, some of which are covered by local law or coordinated with government-sponsored plans, which are not significant in the aggregate. The following tables provide additional information on the pension plans as of September 30, 2022 and 2021:
U.S. PlansNon U.S. Plans
(in millions)2022202120222021
Changes in benefit obligation:
Benefit obligation, beginning of year$71.4 $76.0 $176.1 $158.7 
Obligations assumed from acquisition— — — 19.0 
Service cost0.5 0.5 1.2 1.5 
Interest cost1.9 1.8 2.1 2.1 
Actuarial (gain) loss(16.1)(2.6)(45.7)(3.4)
Plan Amendments— — — 0.1 
Benefits paid(4.2)(4.3)(4.4)(5.0)
Foreign currency exchange rate changes— — (28.2)3.1 
Benefit obligation, end of year53.5 71.4 101.1 176.1 
Changes in plan assets:
Fair value of plan assets, beginning of year69.6 64.6 147.4 120.5 
Assets assumed from acquisition— — — 17.2 
Actual return on plan assets(15.2)9.0 (30.1)4.6 
Employer contributions0.1 0.3 4.8 6.6 
Benefits paid(4.2)(4.3)(4.4)(5.0)
Foreign currency exchange rate changes— — (24.6)3.5 
Fair value of plan assets, end of year50.3 69.6 93.1 147.4 
Funded Status$(3.2)$(1.8)$(8.0)$(28.7)
Amounts recognized in statement of financial position
Deferred charges and other$— $— $4.6 $12.4 
Other accrued expenses0.1 0.1 — — 
Other long-term liabilities3.1 1.7 12.6 41.1 
Accumulated other comprehensive loss10.9 9.4 21.8 43.2 
Weighted average assumptions
Discount rate5.37%2.70%3.70 - 5.20%1.00 - 2.00%
Rate of compensation increaseN/AN/A2.75%2.50%
94

SPECTRUM BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC.
SB/RH HOLDINGS, LLC
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NOTE 15 - EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS (continued)
The following table summarizes the projected benefit obligation, accumulated benefit obligation and fair value of plan assets for defined benefit plans with projected benefit obligations in excess of plan assets:
U.S. PlansNon U.S. Plan
(in millions)2022202120222021
Projected benefit obligation$53.5 $71.4 $51.8 $106.2 
Accumulated benefit obligation53.5 71.4 49.0 100.6 
Fair value of plan assets50.3 69.6 39.2 65.1 
The following table contains the components of net periodic benefit cost from defined benefit plans for the years ended September 30, 2022, 2021 and 2020:
U.S. PlansNon U.S. Plans
(in millions)202220212020202220212020
Service cost$0.5 $0.5 $0.7 $1.2 $1.5 $1.7 
Interest cost1.9 1.8 2.2 2.1 2.1 1.9 
Expected return on assets(3.2)(3.7)(4.1)(4.0)(4.0)(3.8)
Settlements and curtailments— — 0.9 — — — 
Recognized net actuarial loss0.8 1.4 0.9 2.8 3.4 3.7 
Net periodic benefit cost$— $— $0.6 $2.1 $3.0 $3.5 
Weighted average assumptions
Discount rate2.70%2.46%3.04%1.00 - 2.00%0.70 - 1.75%0.75 - 1.80%
Expected return on plan assets5.00%6.00%6.50%0.99 - 4.06%0.70 - 3.40%3.07 - 3.40%
Rate of compensation increaseN/AN/AN/A2.50%2.25% 2.25%
The discount rate is used to calculate the projected benefit obligation. The discount rate used is based on the rate of return on government bonds as well as current market conditions of the respective countries where the plans are established. The expected return on plan assets is based on the Company’s expectation of the long-term average rate of return of the capital market in which the plans invest. The expected return reflects the target asset allocations and considers the historical returns earned for each asset category. The components of net periodic benefit cost other than the service cost component are recognized as Other Non-Operating (Income) Expense, Net on the Statement of Income.
The Company established formal investment policies for the assets associated with these plans. Policy objectives include maximizing long-term return at acceptable risk levels, diversifying among asset classes, if appropriate, and among investment managers, as well as establishing relevant risk parameters within each asset class. Specific asset class targets are based on the results of periodic asset/liability studies. The investment policies permit variances from the targets within certain parameters. The plan assets currently do not include holdings of the Company’s common stock.
Below is a summary allocation of defined benefit plan assets as of September 30, 2022 and 2021:
U.S. PlansNon U.S. Plans
Asset Type2022202120222021
Equity Securities31 %30 %— %— %
Fixed Income Securities69 %70 %42 %16 %
Other— %— %58 %84 %
Total100 %100 %100 %100 %
The fair value of defined benefit plan assets by asset category as of September 30, 2022 and 2021 are as follows:
September 30, 2022September 30, 2021
(in millions)Level 1Level 2Level 3TotalLevel 1Level 2Level 3Total
Cash & cash equivalents$0.2 $— $— $0.2 $0.6 $— $— $0.6 
Equity4.9 6.1 — 11.0 8.1 8.3 — 16.4 
Fixed income securities25.1 8.1 — 33.2 29.6 9.9 — 39.5 
Foreign equity4.4 — — 4.4 4.8 — — 4.8 
Foreign fixed income securities— 39.4 — 39.4 — 23.6 — 23.6 
Life insurance contracts— 36.7 — 36.7 — 42.6 — 42.6 
Annuity policy— — 10.6 10.6 — — 18.8 18.8 
Other— 7.9 — 7.9 — 70.7 — 70.7 
Total plan assets$34.6 $98.2 $10.6 $143.4 $43.1 $155.1 $18.8 $217.0 
95

SPECTRUM BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC.
SB/RH HOLDINGS, LLC
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NOTE 15 - EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS (continued)
Subsequent to the Armitage acquisition and in accordance with the purchase agreement, the Company purchased a group annuity contract using plan assets and escrow funds withheld as part of the acquisition to cover the projected benefit obligation assumed in the purchase. The transaction represents an annuity buy-in, in accordance with United Kingdom ("UK") pension regulations, where the assets of the plan were invested in a bulk-purchase annuity policy with an insurance company, under which the Company retains both the fair value of the annuity contract and the pension benefit obligations related to this plan. Following the buy-in, individual policies will replace the bulk annuity policy in a buy-out transaction, which is expected to be completed during the year ending September 30, 2023 where the Company would de-recognize the assets and liabilities of the pension plan and realize a settlement gain or loss as a component of the net periodic pension cost. As of September 30, 2022, the fair value of the annuity contract is based on the calculated pension benefit obligation covered (Level 3).
The following benefit payments are expected to be paid:
(in millions)U.S. PlansNon U.S. Plans
2023$4.7 $4.0 
20244.1 4.3 
20254.1 4.4 
20264.2 4.7 
20274.2 5.3 
2028 - 203220.2 27.7 
Defined Contribution Plans
The Company sponsored defined contribution plans in which eligible participants may defer a fixed amount or a percentage of their eligible compensation, subject to limitations, pursuant to Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. The Company made discretionary matching contributions of eligible compensation. The Company also sponsors defined contribution plans for eligible employees of certain foreign subsidiaries. Contributions are discretionary and evaluated annually. Aggregate contributions charged to operations, including discretionary amounts, for the years ended September 30, 2022, 2021 and 2020, were $7.4 million, $6.0 million, and $7.1 million, respectively.
NOTE 16 - INCOME TAXES
Income tax expense was calculated based upon the following components of income (loss) from operations before income taxes for the years ended September 30, 2022, 2021 and 2020:
SBHSB/RH
(in millions)202220212020202220212020
United States$(263.0)$(147.2)$(42.0)$(260.6)$(143.8)$(110.8)
Outside the United States172.7 136.1 16.9 172.7 136.1 16.9 
Loss from continuing operations before income taxes$(90.3)$(11.1)$(25.1)$(87.9)$(7.7)$(93.9)
The components of income tax expense for the years ended September 30, 2022, 2021 and 2020 are as follows:
SBHSB/RH
(in millions)202220212020202220212020
Current tax expense:
U.S. Federal$7.7 $3.0 $0.3 $7.7 $3.0 $0.3 
Foreign24.7 32.6 2.2 24.7 32.6 2.2 
State and local(1.1)2.4 0.2 (1.1)2.4 0.2 
Total current tax expense31.3 38.0 2.7 31.3 38.0 2.7 
Deferred tax (benefit) expense:
U.S. Federal(26.5)(64.8)9.1 (25.8)(63.4)(5.1)
Foreign(1.2)5.9 1.1 (1.2)5.9 1.1 
State and local(16.9)(5.5)14.4 (17.2)(5.5)15.8 
Total deferred tax (benefit) expense(44.6)(64.4)24.6 (44.2)(63.0)11.8 
Income tax (benefit) expense$(13.3)$(26.4)$27.3 $(12.9)$(25.0)$14.5 

96

SPECTRUM BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC.
SB/RH HOLDINGS, LLC
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NOTE 16 - INCOME TAXES (continued)
The following reconciles the total income tax expense, based on the U.S. Federal statutory income tax rate of 21% with the Company’s recognized income tax expense:
SBHSB/RH
(in millions)202220212020202220212020
U.S. Statutory federal income tax benefit$(19.0)$(2.3)$(5.3)$(18.5)$(1.6)$(19.7)
Permanent items(1.7)13.9 13.6 (1.7)13.9 13.6 
Goodwill impairment— — 2.8 — — 2.8 
Foreign statutory rate vs. U.S. statutory rate(4.7)(6.2)(13.8)(4.7)(6.2)(13.8)
State income taxes, net of federal effect(8.3)(8.7)(0.6)(8.6)(8.7)(3.1)
State effective rate change1.2 2.6 7.2 1.2 2.6 7.8 
UK effective rate change— 8.2 — — 8.2 — 
GILTI16.5 4.9 3.7 16.5 4.9 3.7 
GILTI impact of retroactive law changes(3.2)(18.1)— (3.2)(18.1)— 
Residual tax on foreign earnings4.8 2.6 6.0 4.8 2.6 6.0 
Change in valuation allowance3.6 (27.1)9.9 4.3 (27.1)9.8 
Unrecognized tax expense (benefit)2.2 0.2 (8.5)2.2 0.2 (8.5)
Share based compensation adjustments(5.6)(0.7)0.1 (5.3)0.1 0.5 
Research and development tax credits(1.9)(2.4)(1.6)(1.9)(2.4)(1.6)
Foreign rate differential on intercompany transfer of intangibles— — 4.6 — — 4.6 
Partnership outside basis adjustment1.2 5.5 5.9 1.2 5.5 5.9 
Return to provision adjustments and other, net1.6 1.2 3.3 0.8 1.1 6.5 
Income tax (benefit) expense$(13.3)$(26.4)$27.3 $(12.9)$(25.0)$14.5 
The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities as of September 30, 2022 and 2021 are as follows:
SBHSB/RH
(in millions)2022202120222021
Deferred tax assets
Employee benefits$25.9 $36.7 $25.9 $36.6 
Inventories and receivables42.0 25.1 42.0 25.1 
Marketing and promotional accruals16.0 17.0 16.0 17.0 
Property, plant and equipment0.9 0.6 0.9 0.6 
Unrealized losses31.9 19.1 31.9 19.1 
Intangibles11.1 10.0 11.1 10.0 
Operating lease liabilities23.0 25.9 23.0 25.9 
Net operating loss and other carry forwards577.4 563.5 255.6 245.5 
Other29.4 36.1 27.5 32.9 
Total deferred tax assets757.6 734.0 433.9 412.7 
Deferred tax liabilities
Property, plant and equipment18.1 9.4 18.1 9.4 
Unrealized gains24.4 10.5 24.4 10.5 
Intangibles303.3 287.9 303.3 287.9 
Operating lease assets22.4 23.5 22.4 23.5 
Investment in partnership73.7 69.6 73.4 69.3 
Taxes on unremitted foreign earnings2.0 1.8 2.0 1.8 
Other12.0 24.1 12.0 24.0 
Total deferred tax liabilities455.9 426.8 455.6 426.4 
Net deferred tax liabilities301.7 307.2 (21.7)(13.7)
Valuation allowance(337.4)(349.4)(233.7)(245.1)
Net deferred tax liabilities, net valuation allowance$(35.7)$(42.2)$(255.4)$(258.8)
Reported as:
Deferred charges and other$24.4 $17.3 $23.9 $13.6 
Deferred taxes (noncurrent liability)60.1 59.5 279.3 272.4 
97

SPECTRUM BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC.
SB/RH HOLDINGS, LLC
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NOTE 16 - INCOME TAXES (continued)
On April 4, 2022, the U.S. District Court for the District of Colorado ruled that the IRC Section 245A temporary regulations (“June 2019 Regulations”) adopted by the Treasury Department in June of 2019 were invalid. The ruling is expected to be appealed, and the Company has been advised that similar challenges are ongoing in other U.S. districts. During the year ended September 30, 2022, the Company filed a protective amended U.S. income tax return consistent with the June 2019 Regulations being invalid. The Company has determined that this position is not more likely than not to be upheld and therefore did not record a tax benefit for this amended return for the year ended September 30, 2022. Should the June 2019 Regulations ultimately be found invalid, the Company estimates it would recognize a tax benefit of approximately $67.3 million.
On November 20, 2020, the U.S. Treasury and the Internal Revenue Service issued Final Regulations (“November 2020 Regulations”) under Internal Revenue Code Sections 245A and 951A related to the treatment of previously disqualified basis under the GILTI regime. The November 2020 Regulations are effective for Fiscal 2022, but the Company can elect to apply them to Fiscal 2018 through Fiscal 2021. The Company expects that the sale of the HHI segment will allow use of tax benefits for years prior to Fiscal 2020 that would have been subject to federal and state tax limitations on the use of carryforwards absent the HHI sale. The Company has satisfied the requirements necessary to apply the Regulations retroactively and had therefore estimated and recorded a benefit of $11.4 million for the impact on years prior to Fiscal 2021 in the year ended September 30, 2021, with a benefit of $5.8 million recorded in the fourth quarter ended September 30, 2021 due to the HHI sale. The Company also expects to apply the Regulations to Fiscal 2021 and has included the impact in Fiscal 2021 income tax expense. The Company completed and filed the amended return implementing these November 2020 Regulations during Fiscal 2022 and recorded an additional $3.2 million tax benefit in the year ended September 30, 2022 for years prior to Fiscal 2020.
On July 20, 2020, Final Regulations were issued under Internal Revenue Code Section 951A relating to the treatment of income that is subject to a high rate of tax under the global intangible low taxed income (“GILTI“) regime (“July 2020 Regulations“). The July 2020 Regulations are effective for Fiscal 2021, but the Company can elect to apply them to Fiscal 2019 and Fiscal 2020. The Company has applied the July 2020 Regulations to Fiscal 2020 and recorded a Fiscal 2020 benefit of $4.4 million. The Company expects that the sale of the HHI segment will allow use of tax benefits for years prior to Fiscal 2020 that would have been subject to federal and state tax limitations on the use of carryforwards absent the HHI sale. The Company implemented the July 2020 Regulations for Fiscal 2019 by filing an amended return. Therefore, a benefit of $6.7 million was recorded for the year ended September 30, 2021.
The Tax Reform Act of December 22, 2017 included a tax on deemed repatriated accumulated earnings of foreign subsidiaries. The Company’s $25.1 million mandatory repatriation tax is payable over 8 years. The first payment was due January 2019. As of September 30, 2022, $16.9 million of the mandatory repatriation liability is still outstanding and $2.2 million is due and payable in the next 12 months but will be offset by previous payments and credits.
To the extent necessary, the Company intends to utilize free cash flow from foreign subsidiaries in order to support management's plans to voluntarily accelerate pay down of U.S. debt, fund distributions to shareholders, fund U.S. acquisitions and satisfy ongoing U.S. operational cash flow requirements. The Company annually estimates the available earnings, permanent reinvestment classification and the availability of and management’s intent to use alternative mechanisms for repatriation for each jurisdiction in which the Company does business. Accordingly, the Company is providing residual U.S. and foreign deferred taxes on these earnings to the extent they cannot be repatriated in a tax-free manner.
As of September 30, 2022, and 2021, the Company provided $2.0 million and $1.8 million, respectively, of residual foreign taxes on undistributed foreign earnings.
As a result of the June 2019 Regulations and the deemed mandatory repatriation, the Company does not have significant prior year untaxed, undistributed earnings from its foreign operations at September 30, 2022. There were $500.6 million of the Company’s undistributed earnings taxed in the U.S. as a result of differingthe mandatory deemed repatriation that was part of the Tax Reform Act, and the remaining earnings were taxed as a result of the June 2019 Regulations. The Company recorded GILTI inclusions for the tax year ended September 30, 2022 of $78.5 million. The Company estimates it generated untaxed, undistributed foreign earnings due to high-tax exceptions to GILTI inclusions under the Tax Reform Act for the year ended September 30, 2022 of $13.0 million and has cumulative untaxed, undistributed foreign earnings due to high-tax exceptions as of September 30, 2022 of $75.2 million.
As of September 30, 2022, the Company has U.S. federal net operating and capital structuresloss carryforwards (“NOLs”) of $1,382.3 million with a federal tax benefit of $290.3 million and tax strategies.benefits related to state NOLs of $77.8 million. These NOLs expire through years ending in 2042. As of September 30, 2022, the Company has $30.0 million of federal research and development credit carryforwards. $0.4 million of the credits expire Fiscal 2023 and the remainder begin expiring in the Company’s fiscal year ending September 30, 2031. As of September 30, 2022, the Company has foreign NOLs of $340.7 million and tax benefits of $83.1 million, which will expire beginning in the Company's fiscal year ending September 30, 2025. During the fiscal year ending September 30, 2021, the Company recorded $324.2 million of additional foreign net operating losses due to a tax-deductible impairment in Luxembourg of subsidiary stock but recorded a full valuation allowance on the tax benefits of those losses since they are expected to expire unused. Certain of the foreign NOLs have indefinite carryforward periods.
A valuation allowance is recorded when it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of the deferred tax assets depends on the ability of the Company to generate sufficient taxable income of the appropriate character in the future and in the appropriate taxing jurisdictions.
The Company has had multiple changes of ownership, as defined under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, that subject the Company’s U.S. federal and state NOLs and other tax attributes to certain limitations. The annual limitation is based on a number of factors including the value of the Company’s stock (as defined for tax purposes) on the date of the ownership change, its net unrealized gain position on that date, the occurrence of realized gains in years subsequent to the ownership change and the effects of subsequent ownership changes (as defined for tax purposes), if any. Due to these limitations, the Company estimates, as of September 30, 2022, that $640.9 million of the total U.S. federal NOLs with a federal tax benefit of $134.6 million and $19.4 million of the tax benefit related to state NOLs will expire unused even if the Company generates sufficient income to otherwise use all of its NOLs. The Company also projects, as of September 30, 2022, that $79.5 million of tax benefits related to foreign NOLs will not be used. The Company has provided a full valuation allowance against these deferred tax assets.
The expected gain from the sale of the HHI segment increases the likelihood that the Company can use certain deferred tax assets including federal net operating losses subject to certain limits, state net operating losses previously expected to expire unused, and state research and development credits also previously expected to expire unused; therefore, the Company released $29.2 million of valuation allowance on these deferred tax assets in Fiscal 2021.
98

SPECTRUM BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC.
SB/RH HOLDINGS, LLC
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NOTE 16 - INCOME TAXES (continued)
As of September 30, 2022, the valuation allowance is $337.4 million, of which $257.5 million is related to U.S. net deferred tax assets and $79.9 million is related to foreign net deferred tax assets. As of September 30, 2021, the valuation allowance was $349.4 million, of which $253.0 million was related to U.S. net deferred tax assets and $96.4 million is related to foreign net deferred tax assets. As of September 30, 2020, the valuation allowance was $302.5 million, of which $283.6 million is related to U.S. net deferred tax assets and $18.9 million is related to foreign net deferred tax assets. During the year ended September 30, 2022, the Company decreased its valuation allowance for deferred tax assets by $12.0 million of which $4.5 million is related to an increase in valuation allowance against U.S. net deferred tax assets and $16.5 million related to a decrease in the valuation allowance against foreign net deferred tax assets. During the year ended September 30, 2021, the Company increased its valuation allowance for deferred tax assets by $46.9 million, of which $30.6 million was related to a decrease in valuation allowance against U.S. net deferred tax assets and $77.5 million related to an increase in the valuation allowance against foreign net deferred tax assets.
As of September 30, 2022, the Company has recorded $46.2 million of valuation allowance against its U.S. state net operating losses.
The total amount of unrecognized tax benefits at September 30, 2022 and 2021 are $100.9 million and $18.0 million, respectively. If recognized in the future, $100.9 million of the unrecognized tax benefits as of September 30, 2022 will impact the effective tax rate. The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions in income tax expense. As of September 30, 2022, and 2021 the Company had $1.4 million and $1.5 million of accrued interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions. The impact on income tax expense related to interests and penalties for the year ended September 30, 2022 was a net decrease of $0.1 million. There was no impact on income tax expense related to interest and penalties for the years ended September 30, 2021. The following table summarizes the changes to the amount of unrecognized tax benefits for the years ended September 30, 2022, 2021 and 2020:
(in millions)202220212020
Unrecognized tax benefits, beginning of year$18.0 $13.8 $20.7 
Gross increase – tax positions in prior period84.4 4.1 1.0 
Gross decrease – tax positions in prior period(2.9)(0.2)(4.4)
Gross increase – tax positions in current period1.7 1.2 2.4 
Settlements— (0.2)(1.6)
Lapse of statutes of limitations(0.3)(0.7)(4.3)
Unrecognized tax benefits, end of year$100.9 $18.0 $13.8 
The $84.4 million increase for unrecognized tax positions relating to prior periods during the year ended September 30, 2022 includes $67.3 million related to the protective amended U.S. tax return filed consistent with the June 2019 Regulations being invalid.
The September 30, 2022 Consolidated Statement of Financial Position for SB/RH Holdings, LLC contains $2.7 million of income taxes receivable from its parent company, calculated as if SB/RH Holdings, LLC were a separate taxpayer.
The Company files income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction and various state, local and foreign jurisdictions and is subject to ongoing examination by the various taxing authorities. The Company’s major taxing jurisdictions are the U.S., United Kingdom and Germany. In the U.S., federal tax filings for years prior to and including the Company’s fiscal year ended September 30, 2017 are closed. However, the federal NOLs from the Company’s fiscal years ended September 30, 2012 through December 31, 2015 are subject to Internal Revenue Service examination until the year that such net operating loss carryforwards are utilized, and those years are closed for audit. In addition, certain losses from 2002 to 2010 of entities acquired by the Company were able to be used in Fiscal 2019 and are subject to Internal Revenue Service examination until Fiscal 2019 is closed to audit. Filings in various U.S. state and local jurisdictions are also subject to audit and to date no significant audit matters have arisen. As of September 30, 2022, certain of the Company’s legal entities are undergoing income tax audits. The Company cannot predict the ultimate outcome of the examinations; however, it is reasonably possible that during the next twelve months some portion of previously unrecognized tax benefits could be recognized.
NOTE 17 – SHAREHOLDER’S EQUITY
SBH has a share repurchase program that is executed through purchases made from time to time either in the open market or otherwise. On May 4, 2021, the Board of Directors approved a $1 billion common stock repurchase program. The authorization is effective for 36 months. As part of the share repurchase program, SBH purchased treasury shares in open market purchases at market fair value in private purchases from employees or significant shareholders at fair value and through an accelerated share repurchase (“ASR”) agreement with a third-party financial institution. The following summarizes the activity of common stock repurchases under the program for the years ended September 30, 2022, 2021 and 2020:
202220212020
(in millions except per share data)
Number of
Shares
Repurchased
Average
Price
Per Share
Amount
Number of
Shares
Repurchased
Average
Price
Per Share
Amount
Number of
Shares
Repurchased
Average
Price
Per Share
Amount
Open Market Purchases1.4 $97.34 $134.0 0.9 $93.13 $80.3 4.1 $56.97 $230.6 
Private Purchases— — — 0.7 66.63 45.5 0.1 62.30 9.2 
ASR— — — — — — 2.0 61.47 124.8 
Total Purchases1.4 $97.34 $134.0 1.6 $81.43 $125.8 6.2 $58.57 $364.6 
During the fourth quarter ended September 30, 2021, SBH entered into a $150.0 million rule 10b5-1 repurchase plan to facilitate daily market share repurchases through September 16, 2022, until the cap is reached or until the plan is terminated. The Company completed share repurchases under its $150.0 million rule 10b5-1 repurchase plan during the year ended September 30, 2022. On August 16, 2022, the Inflation Reduction Act of 2022 ("IRA") was enacted into law. The IRA imposes a 1% excise tax on stock repurchases made after December 31, 2022.
99

SPECTRUM BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC.
SB/RH HOLDINGS, LLC
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 17 – SHAREHOLDER’S EQUITY (continued)
On November 18, 2019, SBH entered into an ASR to repurchase $125.0 million of the Company’s common stock. At inception, pursuant to the agreement, the Company paid $125.0 million to the financial institution using cash on hand and took delivery of 1.7 million shares, which represented approximately 85% of the total shares the Company expected to receive based on the market price at the time of the initial delivery. The transaction was accounted for as an equity transaction. The fair value of shares received initially of $106.3 million was recorded as a treasury stock transaction, with the remainder of $18.7 million recorded as a reduction to additional paid-in capital. Upon initial receipt of the shares, there was an immediate reduction in the weighted average common shares calculation for basic and diluted earnings per share. On February 24, 2020, the Company closed and settled the ASR resulting in an additional delivery of 0.3 million shares, with a fair value of $18.5 million. The total number of shares repurchased under the ASR program was 2.0 million at an average cost per share of $61.59, based on the volume-weighted average share price of the Company’s common stock during the calculation period of the ASR program, less the applicable contractual discount.

NOTE 18 –SHARE BASED COMPENSATION
Equity based incentive and performance compensation awards provided to employees, directors, officers and consultants, including the restricted stock units and stock options further discussed below, were issued pursuant to the Spectrum Brands Holdings, Inc. 2011 Omnibus Equity Awards Plan as approved and amended by the Spectrum Legacy stockholders, and the Spectrum Brands Holdings, Inc. 2020 Omnibus Equity Plan, as approved by the Spectrum stockholders. The following is a summary of the authorized and available shares per the respective plans:
(number of shares, in millions)AuthorizedAvailable
Spectrum Brands Holdings, Inc. 2011 Omnibus Equity Awards Plan7.1 0.2 
Spectrum Brands Holdings, Inc. 2020 Omnibus Equity Plan1.2 1.2 
Compensation costs for share-based payment arrangements are recognized as General and Administrative Expenses on the Consolidated Statements of Income. The following is a summary of the share based compensation expense for the years ended September 30, 2022, 2021 and 2020:
(in millions)202220212020
SBH$10.2 $28.9 $31.8 
SB/RH$9.1 $27.2 $30.5 
Restricted Stock Units ("RSUs")
The Company recognizes share based compensation expense from the issuance of RSUs, primarily under its Long-Term Incentive Plan ("LTIP"). RSUs granted under the LTIP include a combination of time-based grants and performance-based grants. Compensation cost is based on the fair value of the awards, as determined by the market price of the Company’s shares of common stock on the designated grant date and recognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period of the awards. Time-based RSUs provide for either a three year cliff vesting or graded vesting depending upon the vesting conditions provided by the grant and the performance-based RSUs are dependent upon achieving specified financial metrics (adjusted EBITDA, return on adjusted equity, and/or adjusted free cash flow) by the end of the three year vesting period. The actual number of shares that will ultimately vest for the performance-based RSUs is dependent on the level of achievement of the specified performance conditions upon completion of the designated performance period. The Company assessed the probability of achievement of the performance conditions and recognized expense for the awards based on the probable achievement of such metrics. Additionally, the Company regularly issues individual RSU awards under its equity plan to its Board members and individual employees for recognition, incentive, or retention purposes, when needed, which are primarily conditional upon time-based service conditions, valued based on the fair value of the awards as determined by the market price of the Company's share of common stock on the designated grant price date and recognized as a component of share-based compensation on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period of the award. RSUs are subject to forfeiture if employment terminates prior to vesting with forfeitures recognized as they occur. RSUs have dividend equivalents credited to the recipient and are paid only to the extent the RSU vests and the related stock is issued. RSUs are exercised upon completion of the vesting conditions. Shares issued upon exercise of RSUs are sourced from treasury shares when available.
The Company regularly issues annual RSU grants under its LTIP during the first quarter of the fiscal year. The following is a summary of the RSUs granted during the fiscal year ending September 30, 2022.
SBHSB/RH
(in millions, except per share data)UnitsWeighted
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
Fair
Value
at Grant
Date
UnitsWeighted
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
Fair
Value
at Grant
Date
Time-based grants
Vesting in less than 12 months0.05 $94.18 $4.8 0.04 $93.37 $3.7 
Vesting in more than 12 months0.08 95.34 8.1 0.08 95.34 8.1 
Total time-based grants0.13 94.90 12.9 0.12 94.71 11.8 
Performance-based grants0.20 95.57 19.4 0.20 95.57 19.4 
Total grants0.33 $95.30 $32.3 0.32 $95.24 $31.2 
100

SPECTRUM BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC.
SB/RH HOLDINGS, LLC
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NOTE 18 –SHARE BASED COMPENSATION (continued)
The following is a summary of RSU activity for the years ended September 30, 2022, 2021 and 2020:
SBHSB/RH
(in millions, except per share data)SharesWeighted
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
Fair
Value
at Grant
Date
SharesWeighted
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
Fair
Value at Grant
Date
Outstanding and nonvested as of September 30, 20191.25 $53.58 $67.0 1.22 $53.22 $65.0 
Granted0.90 61.72 55.6 0.88 61.68 54.3 
Forfeited(0.07)60.79 (4.0)(0.06)60.79 (3.9)
Vested and exercised(0.68)57.80 (39.3)(0.66)57.29 (37.7)
Outstanding and nonvested as of September 30, 20201.40 56.41 79.3 1.38 56.33 77.7 
Granted0.59 76.78 44.9 0.56 76.83 43.3 
Forfeited(0.20)65.52 (13.2)(0.20)65.52 (13.2)
Vested and exercised(0.33)53.53 (17.8)(0.30)52.82 (16.2)
Outstanding and nonvested as of September 30, 20211.46 64.00 93.2 1.44 63.85 91.6 
Granted0.33 95.30 32.3 0.32 95.24 31.2 
Forfeited(0.18)78.90 (13.8)(0.18)78.90 (13.8)
Vested and exercised(0.60)55.09 (33.4)(0.60)54.34 (31.8)
Outstanding and nonvested as of September 30, 20221.01 $77.22 $78.3 0.98 $77.03 $77.2 
As of September 30, 2022, the remaining unrecognized pre-tax compensation cost associated with outstanding RSUs is $39.6 million for both SBH and SB/RH that would expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 1.5 years, contingent upon realization of performance goals for performance based grants. If performance goals are not met, compensation cost may be not recognized, and previously recognized compensation cost would be reversed.

Stock Options
All stock options awards are fully vested and exercisable. The Company does not regularly grant new stock option awards and there were no awards granted during the years ended September 30, 2022, 2021 and 2020. Shares issued upon exercise of stock option awards are sourced from treasury shares when available. The following is a summary of outstanding stock option awards during the years ended September 30, 2022, 2021, and 2020:
Stock Options
(in millions, except per share data)OptionsWeighted
Average
Exercise
Price
Weighted
Average
Grant Date Fair Value
Vested and exercisable at September 30, 2019$0.23 $73.51 $4.79 
Exercised(0.01)52.83 3.55 
Vested and exercisable at September 30, 20200.22 73.96 4.82 
Exercised(0.06)52.83 3.55 
Vested and exercisable at September 30, 20210.16 82.36 5.32 
Vested and exercisable at September 30, 2022$0.16 $82.36 $5.32 
No options were exercised during the year ended September 30, 2022. The intrinsic value of share options exercised during the years ended September 30, 2021 and 2020 was $2.5 million and $0.1 million, respectively. Cash received from the options exercises during the years ended September 30, 2021 and 2020 was $3.4 million and $0.3 million, respectively. As of September 30, 2022, the aggregate intrinsic value of outstanding and exercisable options was zero with the remaining contractual term of 2.3 years.
101

SPECTRUM BRANDS HOLDINGS INC.
SB/RH HOLDINGS, LLC
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NOTE 19 - ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
The changes in the components of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of taxes, was as follows:
(in millions)Foreign Currency TranslationDerivative InstrumentsDefined Benefit PensionTotal
Balance at September 30, 2019$(215.9)$4.9 $(62.6)$(273.6)
Other comprehensive loss before reclassification(18.5)(6.2)(5.2)(29.9)
Net reclassification for (gain) loss to income from continuing operations— (4.6)4.6 — 
Net reclassification for gain to income from discontinued operations— (0.4)(0.3)(0.7)
Other comprehensive loss before tax(18.5)(11.2)(0.9)(30.6)
Deferred tax effect0.1 11.7 (0.3)11.5 
Other comprehensive (loss) income, net of tax(18.4)0.5 (1.2)(19.1)
Adoption of ASU 2018-02— (1.8)2.1 0.3 
Sale and deconsolidation of Coevorden operations (Note 3)8.1 — — 8.1 
Less: other comprehensive income from continuing operations attributable to non-controlling interest0.1 — — 0.1 
Less: other comprehensive income from discontinued operations attributable to non-controlling interest0.3 — — 0.3 
Other comprehensive (loss) income attributable to controlling interest(10.7)(1.3)0.9 (11.1)
Balance as of September 30, 2020(226.6)3.6 (61.7)(284.7)
Other comprehensive income before reclassification32.2 0.1 11.7 44.0 
Net reclassification for loss to income from continuing operations— 9.2 4.8 14.0 
Net reclassification for loss (gain) to income from discontinued operations— 0.1 (0.1)— 
Other comprehensive income before tax32.2 9.4 16.4 58.0 
Deferred tax effect— (6.6)(1.6)(8.2)
Other comprehensive income, net of tax32.2 2.8 14.8 49.8 
Less: other comprehensive income from discontinued operations attributable to non-controlling interest0.4 — — 0.4 
Other comprehensive income attributable to controlling interest31.8 2.8 14.8 49.4 
Balance as of September 30, 2021(194.8)6.4 (46.9)(235.3)
Other comprehensive (loss) income before reclassification(72.0)30.7 18.3 (23.0)
Net reclassification for (gain) loss to income from continuing operations— (20.2)3.6 (16.6)
Net reclassification for gain to income from discontinued operations— (2.4)(0.1)(2.5)
Other comprehensive (loss) income before tax(72.0)8.1 21.8 (42.1)
Deferred tax effect(20.0)2.3 (8.9)(26.6)
Other comprehensive (loss) income, net of tax(92.0)10.4 12.9 (68.7)
Less: other comprehensive loss from continuing operations attributable to non-controlling interest(0.4)— — (0.4)
Less: other comprehensive loss from discontinued operations attributable to non-controlling interest(0.5)— — (0.5)
Other comprehensive (loss) income attributable to controlling interest(91.1)10.4 12.9 (67.8)
Balance as of September 30, 2022$(285.9)$16.8 $(34.0)$(303.1)
The following table presents reclassifications of the gain (loss) on the Consolidated Statements of Income from AOCI for the periods indicated:
(in millions)202220212020
Defined Benefit PensionDerivative InstrumentsTotalDefined Benefit PensionDerivative InstrumentsTotalDefined Benefit PensionDerivative InstrumentsTotal
Net Sales$— $0.1 $0.1 $— $0.1 $0.1 $— $(0.1)$(0.1)
Cost of goods sold— 20.1 20.1 — (9.3)(9.3)— 4.7 4.7 
Other non-operating expense (income), net(3.6)— (3.6)(4.8)— (4.8)(4.6)— (4.6)
Income from discontinued operations, net of tax0.1 2.4 2.5 0.1 (0.1)— 0.3 0.4 0.7 
See Note 14 - Derivatives for further detail on the Company’s hedging activity. See Note 15 - Employee Benefit Plans for further detail over the Company’s defined benefit plans.
102

SPECTRUM BRANDS HOLDINGS INC.
SB/RH HOLDINGS, LLC
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NOTE 20 -COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
The Company is a defendant in various litigation matters generally arising out of the ordinary course of business. Based on information currently available, the Company does not believe that any additional matters or proceedings presently pending will have a material adverse effect on its results of operations, financial condition, liquidity or cash flows.
Shareholder Litigation. On July 12, 2019, an amended consolidated class action complaint filed earlier in 2018 was filed in the United States District Court for the Western District of Wisconsin (the “Court”) by the Public School Teachers’ Pension & Retirement Fund of Chicago and the Cambridge Retirement against Spectrum Brands’ Legacy, Inc. (“Spectrum Legacy”). The complaint alleges that the defendants violated the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. The amended complaint added HRG Group, Inc. (“HRG”), the predecessor to the Company, as a defendant and asserted additional claims against the Company on behalf of a purported class of HRG shareholders. The class period of the consolidated amended complaint is from January 26, 2017 to November 19, 2018, and the plaintiffs seek an unspecified amount of compensatory damages, interest, attorneys’ and expert fees and costs. During the year ended September 30, 2020, the Company reached a proposed settlement resulting in an insignificant loss, net of third-party insurance coverage and payment, pending final approval by the Court. In February 2021, the Court declined to approve the proposed settlement without prejudice because the Court determined that as a procedural matter the plaintiff’s counsel had not taken the appropriate actions to be appointed to represent the purported class of HRG shareholders. The court subsequently appointed separate counsel to represent the HRG shareholder class. In August 2021, the Company reached an agreement in principle to settle the claims of the Spectrum Legacy class, the cost of which has been defrayed by third-party insurance. In October 2021, the Company reached an agreement in principle to settle the claims of the HRG class, the cost of which also has been defrayed by third-party insurance. In March 2022, the court granted approval to both settlements.
Environmental. The Company has realized commitments attributable to environmental remediation activities primarily associated with former manufacturing sites of the Company's HPC segment. In coordination with local and federal regulatory agencies, we have conducted testing on certain sites which have resulted in the identification of contamination that has been attributed to historic activities at the properties, resulting in the realization of incremental costs to be assumed by the Company towards the remediation of these properties and the recognition of an environmental remediation liability. We have not conducted invasive testing at all sites and locations and have identified an environmental remediation liability to the extent such remediation requirements have been identified and are considered estimable. As of September 30, 2022, there was an environmental remediation liability of $8.8 million with $4.7 million included in Other Current Liabilities and $4.1 million included in Other Long-Term Liabilities on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Position. As of September 30, 2021, there was an environmental remediation liability of $11.3 million included in Other Long-Term Liabilities on the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position. The Company’s environmental remediation liabilities are measured at the expected value of future cash outflows discounted to their present value using a discount rate of 5%. Based on current estimates, the expected payments for environmental remediation for the next five years and thereafter at September 30, 2022 are as follows:
(in millions)Amount
2023$5.0 
20242.6 
20250.4 
20260.3 
20270.2 
Thereafter1.8 
Total payments10.3 
Amount representing interest(1.5)
Total environmental obligation$8.8 
The Company believes that any additional liability in excess of the amounts provided that may result from resolution of these matters, will not have a material adverse effect on the consolidated financial condition, results of operations or cash flows of the Company.
Product Liability. The Company may be named as a defendant in lawsuits involving product liability claims. The Company has recorded and maintains an estimated liability in the amount of management’s estimate for aggregate exposure for such liabilities based upon probable loss from loss reports, individual cases, and losses incurred but not reported. As of September 30, 2022, and 2021, the Company recognized $3.4 million and $3.0 million in product liability, respectively, included in Other Current Liabilities on the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position. The Company believes that any additional liability in excess of the amounts provided that may result from resolution of these matters will not have a material adverse effect on the consolidated financial condition, results of operations or cash flows of the Company.
Product Warranty. The Company recognizes an estimated liability for standard warranty on certain products when we recognize revenue on the sale of the warranted products. Estimated warranty costs incorporate replacement parts, products and delivery, and are recorded as a cost of goods sold at the time of product shipment based on historical and projected warranty claim rates, claims experience and any additional anticipated future costs on previously sold products. The Company recognized $0.4 million of warranty accruals as of September 30, 2022 and 2021, included in Other Current Liabilities on the Consolidated Statement of Financial Statement.
103

SPECTRUM BRANDS HOLDINGS INC.
SB/RH HOLDINGS, LLC
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NOTE 20 - COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
Product Safety Recall. During the fourth quarter of the year ended September 30, 2022, the HPC segment initiated two voluntary product recalls in collaboration with the U.S. Consumer Product Safety Commission ("CPSC"), suspending sales of the affected products and issuing a stop sale with its customers. The Company has assessed the incremental costs attributable to the recall, including the anticipated returns from customers for existing retail inventory, write-off of inventory on hand, and other costs to facilitate the recall such as notification, shipping and handling, rework and destruction of affected products, as needed, and evaluated the probability of redemption. As a result, the Company recognized $7.5 million in Other Current Liabilities on the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position associated with the costs for the recalls as of September 30, 2022. Additionally, the Company has indemnification provisions that are contractually provided by third-parties for the affected products and as a result the Company has also recognized $4.7 million in Other Receivables on the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position related to recovery from such indemnification provisions. For the year ended September 30, 2022, the Company realized incremental charges of $5.5 million, net of indemnifications, of which $0.5 million was recognized as a reduction in Net Sales for anticipated returns and $4.9 million and $0.1 million as Cost of Goods Sold and General and Administrative Expenses on the Consolidated Statements of Operations for associated costs.
Other. As of September 30, 2022, and 2021, the Company recognized legal reserves at our H&G division of approximately $2.0 million and $3.2 million, respectively, attributable to significant and unusual non-recurring claims with no previous history or precedent, included in Other Current Liabilities on the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position.
NOTE 21 - SEGMENT INFORMATION
The Company identifies its segments based upon the internal organization that is used by management for making operating decisions and assessing performance as the source of its reportable segments. The Company manages its continuing operations in three vertically integrated, product-focused reporting segments: (i) GPC, which consists of the Company’s global pet care business; (ii) H&G, which consists of the Company’s home and garden, insect control and cleaning products business and (iii) HPC, which consists of the Company’s global small kitchen and personal care appliances businesses. Global strategic initiatives and financial objectives for each reportable segment are determined at the corporate level. Each segment is responsible for implementing defined strategic initiatives and achieving certain financial objectives and has a president responsible for the sales and marketing initiatives and financial results for product lines within the segment. The segments are supported through center-led corporate shared service operations consisting of finance and accounting, information technology, legal and human resource, supply chain and commercial operations.
Net sales relating to the segments for the years ended September 30, 2022, 2021 and 2020 are as follows:
(in millions)202220212020
HPC$1,370.1 $1,260.1 $1,107.6 
GPC1,175.3 1,129.9 962.6 
H&G587.1 608.1 551.9 
Net sales$3,132.5 $2,998.1 $2,622.1 
The Chief Operating Decision Maker of the Company uses Adjusted EBITDA is also used for determining compliance withas the Company’s debt covenants. See Note 12 - Debtprimary operating metric in evaluating the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements, included elsewhere in the Original Form
10-K,
for additional detail.business and making operating decisions. EBITDA is calculated by excluding the Company’s income tax expense, interest expense, depreciation expense and amortization expense (from intangible assets) from net income. Adjusted EBITDA further excludes:
Stock based and other incentive compensation costs that consist of costs associated with long-term compensation arrangements and other equity-based compensation based upon achievement of long-term performance metrics; andthat generally consist of
non-cash
stock-based stock based compensation. See Note 19 - Share Based Compensation in Notes toDuring the Consolidated Financial Statements,years ended September 30, 2021 and 2020, compensation costs included elsewhere in the Original Form
10-K,
for further details. Additionally, the Company issued certain incentive bridge awards previously issued due to changes in the Company’s long-term compensation plansCompany's LTIP that allowallowed for cash-basedcash based payment upon employee election which have been included in the adjustment but do not qualifyquality for shared-based compensation.;
share based compensation, which were fully vested in November 2020. See Note 18 - Share Based Compensation for further details;
Incremental amounts attributable to strategic transactions and business development initiatives including, but not limited to, the acquisition or divestitures of a business, costs to effect and facilitate a transaction, including such cost to integrate or separate the respective business. These amounts are excluded from our performance metrics as they are reflective of incremental investment by the Company towards business development activities, incremental costs attributable to such transactions and are not considered recurring or reflective of the continuing ongoing operations of the consolidated group or segments;
Incremental amounts realized towards restructuring and optimization projects including, but not limited to, costs towards the development and implementation of strategies to optimize operations and improve efficiency, reduce costs, increase revenues, increase or maintain our current profit margins, including recognition of one-time exit or disposal costs. These amounts are excluded from our ongoing performance metrics as they are reflective of incremental investment by the Company towards significant initiatives controlled by management, incremental costs directly attributable to such initiatives, indirect impact or disruption to operating performance during implementation, and are not considered recurring or reflective of the continuing ongoing operations of the consolidated group or segments;
Restructuring and related charges, which consist of projectUnallocated shared costs associated with discontinued operations from certain shared and center-led administrative functions supporting the Company's business units excluded from income from discontinued operations as they are not a direct cost of the discontinued business but a result of indirect allocations, including but not limited to, information technology, human resources, finance and accounting, supply chain, and commercial operations. Amounts attributable to unallocated shared costs would be mitigated through subsequent strategic or restructuring initiatives, acrossTSAs, elimination of extraneous costs, or re-allocations or absorption of existing continuing operations following the Company’s segments.completed sale of the discontinued operations. See Note 53 - Restructuring and Related ChargesDivestitures for further details;
Non-cash purchase accounting adjustments recognized in Notesearnings from continuing operations subsequent to an acquisition, including, but not limited to, the Consolidated Financial Statements, included elsewhere in the Original Form
10-K,
for further details;
Transaction related charges that consist of (1) transaction costs from qualifying acquisition transactions during the period, or subsequent integration related project costs directly associated with an acquired business; and (2) divestiture related transaction costs that are recognized in continuing operations and post-divestiture separation costs consisting of incremental costs to facilitate separation of shared operations, including development of transferred shared service operations, platforms and personnel transferred as part of the divestitures and exiting of transition service arrangements (TSAs) and reverse TSAs. See Note 2 – Significant Accounting Policies and Practices in Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements, included elsewhere in the Original Form
10-K,
for further details;
Gains and losses attributable to the Company’s investmentstep-up in Energizer common stock, acquired as part of consideration receivedinventory value and the incremental value in operating lease assets with below market rent, among others;
Non-cash gain from the Company’s sale and divestitureremeasurement of GACthe contingent consideration liability recognized during the year ended September 30, 2019.2022, associated with the Tristar Business acquisition. See Note 3 – Divestitures and Note 7 – Fair Value of Financial Instruments in Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements, included elsewhere in the Original Form
10-K,
4 - Acquisitions
for further details;
Non-cash
asset impairments or write-offs realized and recognized in earnings from continuing operations (when applicable);
operations;
Non-cash104
purchase accounting

SPECTRUM BRANDS HOLDINGS INC.
SB/RH HOLDINGS, LLC
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NOTE 21 - SEGMENT INFORMATION (continued)
Gains attributable to the Company’s investment in Energizer common stock. During the year ended September 30, 2021, the Company sold its remaining shares in Energizer common stock. See Note 7 – Fair Value of Financial Instruments for further details;
Incremental reserves for non-recurring litigation or environmental remediation activity including the proposed settlement on outstanding litigation matters at our H&G division attributable to significant and unusual nonrecurring claims with no previous history or precedent recognized during the years ended September 30, 2022 and 2021. See Note 20 – Commitments and Contingencies for further detail;
Early settlement on certain foreign currency cash flow hedges in our EMEA region prior to their stated maturity due to changes in the Company's legal entity organizational structure and forecasted purchasing strategy of HPC finished goods inventory within the region, resulting in the recognition of realized gains during the third quarter ended July 3, 2022, plus the proforma effect of assumed losses following the early settlement date for subsequent settlement periods through the original stated maturities. See Note 14- Derivatives for further details;
Incremental costs recognized by the HPC segment attributable to the realization of product recalls initiated by the Company during the year ended September 30, 2022. See Note 20 - Commitments and Contingencies for further details;
Gain on extinguishment of the Salus CLO debt due to the discharge of the obligation during the year ended September 30, 2020;
Other adjustments primarily attributable to (1) costs associated with Salus as they are not considered a components of the continuing commercial products company (2) other key executive severance related costs; (3) asset write-off for exit of certain GPC brands within China during year ended September 30, 2022, and (4) write-off of cost based investment previously held by the GPC segment during the year ended September 30, 2022. (5) expenses and cost recovery for flood damage at the Company's facilities in Middleton, Wisconsin recognized in earnings from continuing operations after an acquisition (when applicable);
Foreignduring the years ended September 30, 2020 (6) foreign currency gains and losses attributable to multicurrency loans for the yearsyear ended September 30, 2020, and 2019, that were entered into with foreign subsidiaries in exchange for the receipt of divestiture proceeds by the parent company and the distribution of the respective foreign subsidiaries’ net assets as part of the GBL and GAC divestitures. The Company has entered into various hedging arrangements to mitigate the volatility of foreign exchange risk associated with such loans;
105

SPECTRUM BRANDS HOLDINGS INC.
SB/RH HOLDINGS, LLC
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NOTE 21 - SEGMENT INFORMATION (continued)
Incremental reserves associated with environmental remediation activity of legacy properties and former manufacturing sites assumed by the organization which had previously been exited by the Company, plus legal settlement costs associated with retained litigation fromSegment Adjusted EBITDA in relation to the Company’s divested GAC operations realized during the year ended September 30, 2019. See Note 20 – Commitments and Contingencies in Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in the Original Form
10-K
reportable segments for further discussion;
Legal and litigation costs associated with Salus duringSBH for the years ended September 30, 2022, 2021, and 2020, and 2019is as it is not considered a component of the continuing commercial products company, but continues to be consolidated by the Company after completion of the Spectrum Merger until the Salus operations can be wholly dissolved and/or deconsolidated;
follows:
SBH (in millions)202220212020
HPC$69.6 $102.6 $92.2 
GPC168.6 212.1 172.0 
H&G86.2 124.0 112.1 
Total Segment Adjusted EBITDA324.4 438.7 376.3 
Corporate41.3 46.9 52.4 
Interest expense99.4 116.5 93.7 
Depreciation49.0 51.9 59.3 
Amortization50.3 65.1 55.3 
Share based compensation10.2 29.4 36.1 
Tristar acquisition and integration24.3 0.1 — 
Rejuvenate acquisition and integration6.8 10.8 — 
Armitage acquisition and integration1.4 10.9 — 
Omega production integration4.6 1.3 — 
HHI divestiture6.3 9.6 — 
HPC separation initiatives19.1 14.2 — 
Coevorden operations divestiture8.8 11.6 5.5 
Fiscal 2022 restructuring9.8 — — 
Global ERP transformation13.1 4.3 — 
GPC distribution center transition35.8 15.2 — 
Global productivity improvement program5.1 21.2 71.1 
Russia closing initiative1.9 — — 
HPC brand portfolio transitions1.3 — — 
Other project costs12.1 7.4 18.1 
Unallocated shared costs27.6 26.9 17.4 
Non-cash purchase accounting adjustments8.3 7.3 — 
Gain from remeasurement of contingent consideration liability(28.5)— — 
Loss on sale of Coevorden operations— — 26.8 
Write-off from impairment of intangible assets— — 24.2 
(Gain) loss on Energizer investment— (6.9)16.8 
Legal and environmental1.5 6.0 — 
Salus CLO debt extinguishment— — (76.2)
Early settlement of foreign currency cash flow hedges(5.1)— — 
HPC product recall5.5 — — 
Salus and other4.8 0.1 0.9 
Loss from operations before income taxes$(90.3)$(11.1)$(25.1)

106
56

SPECTRUM BRANDS HOLDINGS INC.
SB/RH HOLDINGS, LLC
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NOTE 21 - SEGMENT INFORMATION (continued)
Gain on extinguishment of the Salus CLO debt dueSegment Adjusted EBITDA in relation to the discharge of the obligation during the year ended September 30, 2020. See Note 12 - Debt in Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements, included elsewhere in the Original Form
10-K,
Company’s reportable segments for further details; and
Other adjustments primarily consisting of costs attributable to (1) expenses and cost recoverySB/RH for flood damage at the Company’s facilities in Middleton, Wisconsin recognized during the years ended September 30, 2022, 2021, and 2020, is as follows:
SB/RH (in millions)202220212020
HPC$69.6 $102.6 $92.2 
GPC168.6 212.1 172.0 
H&G86.2 124.0 112.1 
Total Segment Adjusted EBITDA324.4 438.7 376.3 
Corporate39.9 44.9 47.5 
Interest expense99.8 116.8 93.2 
Depreciation49.0 51.9 59.3 
Amortization50.3 $65.1 55.3 
Share and incentive based compensation9.1 27.7 34.8 
Tristar acquisition and integration24.3 0.1 — 
Rejuvenate acquisition and integration6.8 10.8 — 
Armitage acquisition and integration1.4 10.9 — 
Omega production integration4.6 1.3 — 
HHI divestiture6.3 9.6 — 
HPC separation initiatives19.1 14.2 — 
Coevorden operations divestiture8.8 11.6 5.5 
Fiscal 2022 restructuring9.8 — — 
Global ERP transformation13.1 4.3 — 
GPC distribution center transition35.8 15.2 — 
Global productivity improvement program5.1 21.2 71.1 
Russia closing initiative1.9 — — 
HPC brand portfolio transitions1.3 — — 
Other project costs12.1 7.4 18.1 
Unallocated shared costs27.6 26.9 17.4 
Non-cash purchase adjustment8.3 7.3 — 
Gain from remeasurement of contingent consideration liability(28.5)— — 
Loss on sale of Coevorden operations— — 26.8 
Write-off from impairment of intangible assets— — 24.2 
(Gain) loss on Energizer investment— (6.9)16.8 
Legal and environmental1.5 6.0 — 
Gain on early settlement of cash flow hedges(5.1)— — 
HPC Product Recall5.5 — — 
Other4.5 0.1 0.2 
Loss from operations before income taxes$(87.9)$(7.7)$(93.9)
Other financial information relating to the segments of SBH and 2019; (2) incremental costsSB/RH are as follows for separation of a key executives during the years ended September 30, 2022, 2021 and 2020 and 2019; (3) incremental costs associated with a safety recall in GPC duringas of September 30, 2022 and 2021:
Depreciation and amortization (in millions)202220212020
HPC$28.7 $44.0 $35.2 
GPC37.4 39.2 44.4 
H&G18.6 19.2 20.4 
Total segments84.7 102.4 100.0 
Corporate and shared operations14.6 14.6 14.6 
Total depreciation and amortization$99.3 $117.0 $114.6 

Capital expenditures (in millions)202220212020
HPC$11.6 $9.3 $10.7 
GPC17.7 18.6 14.5 
H&G8.2 3.6 3.5 
Total segment capital expenditures37.5 31.5 28.7 
Corporate and shared operations26.5 12.1 15.4 
Total capital expenditures$64.0 $43.6 $44.1 
107

SPECTRUM BRANDS HOLDINGS INC.
SB/RH HOLDINGS, LLC
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NOTE 21 - SEGMENT INFORMATION (continued)
SBHSB/RH
Segment total assets (in millions)2022202120222021
HPC$1,231.0 $879.4 $1,231.0 $879.4 
GPC1,461.8 1,456.9 1,461.8 1,456.9 
H&G846.5 853.1 846.5 853.1 
Total segment assets3,539.3 3,189.4 3,539.3 3,189.4 
Corporate and shared operations419.6 341.0 505.1 418.3 
Total assets$3,958.9 $3,530.4 $4,044.4 $3,607.7 
Net sales SBH and SB/RH for the yearyears ended September 30, 2019; (4) operating margin on H&G sales2022, 2021 and 2020 and long-lived asset information as of September 30, 2022 and 2021 by geographic area are as follows:
Net sales to external parties - Geographic Disclosure (in millions)202220212020
United States$1,901.6 $1,750.8 $1,627.4 
Europe/MEA820.0 877.8 683.9 
Latin America243.3 193.4 147.9 
Asia-Pacific108.5 112.0 101.8 
North America - Other59.1 64.1 61.1 
Net sales$3,132.5 $2,998.1 $2,622.1 
Long-lived assets - Geographic Disclosure (in millions)20222021
United States$279.7 $234.3 
Europe/MEA52.8 64.4 
Latin America3.2 3.8 
Asia-Pacific10.6 14.2 
Total long-lived assets$346.3 $316.7 

NOTE 22 - EARNINGS PER SHARE – SBH
Basic earnings per share is computed by dividing net income attributable to GAC discontinued operations duringcontrolling interest by the yearweighted average number of common shares outstanding for the period. Diluted earnings per share reflects the dilution that would occur if share-based awards were converted into common shares that then shared in the net income of the entity available to common shareholders, as long as their effect is not antidilutive. In computing diluted earnings per share, basic earnings per share is adjusted for the assumed issuance of potentially diluted share-based awards. The Company uses the treasury stock method to reflect dilution of restricted stock units. Performance based restricted stock units are excluded if the performance targets upon which the issuance of the shares is contingent have not been achieved and the respective performance period has not been completed as of the end of the current period. The reconciliation of the numerator and denominator of the basic and diluted earnings per share calculation and the anti-dilutive shares for the years ended September 30, 2019;2022, 2021 and (5) certain fines and penalties for delayed shipments following the completion of a GPC distribution center consolidation in EMEA during the year ended September 30, 2019.2020, are as follows:
(in millions, except per share amounts)202220212020
Numerator
Net (loss) income from continuing operations attributable to controlling interest$(77.2)$15.1 $(52.7)
Income from discontinued operations attributable to controlling interest148.8 174.5 150.5 
Net income attributable to controlling interest$71.6 $189.6 $97.8 
Denominator
Weighted average shares outstanding - basic40.9 42.7 44.7 
Dilutive shares— 0.5 — 
Weighted average shares outstanding - diluted40.9 43.2 44.7 
Earnings per share
Basic earnings per share from continuing operations$(1.89)$0.35 $(1.18)
Basic earnings per share from discontinued operations3.64 4.09 3.37 
Basic earnings per share$1.75 $4.44 $2.19 
Diluted earnings per share from continuing operations$(1.89)$0.35 $(1.18)
Diluted earnings per share from discontinued operations3.64 4.04 3.37 
Diluted earnings per share$1.75 $4.39 $2.19 
Weighted average number of anti-dilutive shares excluded from denominator0.2 — 0.2 

108
We provide this information to investors to assist in comparisons of past, present and future operating results and to assist in highlighting the results
of on-going operations.
While our management believes
that non-GAAP measurements
are useful supplemental information, such adjusted results are not intended to replace our GAAP financial results and should be read in conjunction with those GAAP results. The table below has been provided to
reconcile non-GAAP measurements
discussed to the most relevant GAAP financial measurements.

57

SPECTRUM BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC. (in millions)
 
Year Ended September 30, 2020
     
Net income from continuing operations
  $84.5 
Income tax expense
   70.9 
Interest expense
   144.5 
Depreciation and amortization
   148.5 
      
EBITDA
   448.4 
Share and incentive based compensation
   43.6 
Restructuring and related charges
   72.6 
Transaction related charges
   23.1 
Loss on Energizer investment
   16.8 
Loss on assets held for sale
   26.8 
Write-off
from impairment of intangible assets
   24.2 
Foreign currency loss on multicurrency divestiture loans
   3.8 
Salus
   0.6 
Salus CLO debt extinguishment
   (76.2
Other
   (3.5
      
Adjusted EBITDA
  $580.2 
      
Year Ended September 30, 2019
     
Net income (loss) from continuing operations
  $(186.7
Income tax benefit
   (7.1
Interest expense
   222.1 
Depreciation and amortization
   180.8 
      
EBITDA
   209.1 
Share and incentive based compensation
   53.7 
Restructuring and related charges
   65.7 
Transaction related charges
   21.8 
Loss on Energizer investment
   12.1 
Write-off
from impairment of goodwill
   116.0 
Write-off
from impairment of intangible assets
   35.4 
Foreign currency loss on multicurrency divestiture loans
   36.2 
Legal and environmental remediation reserves
   10.0 
GPC safety recall
   0.7 
Salus
   1.6 
Other
   4.7 
      
Adjusted EBITDA
  $567.0 
      
58
Signatures

TablePursuant to the requirements of ContentsSection 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.
PART IV
SPECTRUM BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC.
By:/s/    David M. Maura
David M. Maura
Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board
DATE: November 22, 2022
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities indicated and on the above-stated date.
SignatureTitle
ITEM 15./s/    David M. Maura
David M. Maura
Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board
EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SCHEDULES
(Principal Executive Officer)
(b)
List of Exhibits.
The following is a list of exhibits filed with this Form 10-K/A.
EXHIBIT INDEX
/s/    Jeremy W. Smeltser
Jeremy W. Smeltser
Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)
/s/    Leslie L. Campbell
Leslie L. Campbell
Director
/s/    Joan Chow
Joan Chow
Director
/s/    Sherianne James
Sherianne James
Director
/s/    Gautam Patel
Gautam Patel
Director
/s/    Terry L. Polistina
Terry L. Polistina
Director
/s/    Hugh R. Rovit
Hugh R. Rovit
Director
109

Signatures
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.
SB/RH HOLDINGS, LLC
By: Spectrum Brands Holdings, Inc., its Sole Member
By:/s/    David M. Maura
David M. Maura
Chief Executive Officer and Director
DATE: November 22, 2022
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Sole Member of the registrant and in the capacities indicated and on the above-stated date.
SignatureTitle
/s/    David M. Maura
David M. Maura
Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board
(Principal Executive Officer)
/s/    Jeremy W. Smeltser
Jeremy W. Smeltser
Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)
/s/    Leslie L. Campbell
Leslie L. Campbell
Director
/s/    Joan Chow
Joan Chow
Director
/s/    Sherianne James
Sherianne James
Director
/s/    Gautam Patel
Gautam Patel
Director
/s/    Terry L. Polistina
Terry L. Polistina
Director
/s/    Hugh R. Rovit
Hugh R. Rovit
Director
110

EXHIBIT INDEX
Exhibit 2.1
Exhibit 2.2
Exhibit 2.3
Exhibit 2.4
Exhibit 2.5
Exhibit 2.6
Exhibit 3.1
Exhibit 3.2
Exhibit 3.2
3.3
Exhibit 3.3
3.4
Exhibit 3.4
3.5
Exhibit 3.5
3.6
Exhibit 4.1
  Exhibit 4.2
Exhibit 4.3
4.2
Exhibit 4.4
4.3
Exhibit 4.5
4.4
Exhibit 4.6
4.5
59

Exhibit 4.6
Exhibit 4.7
Exhibit 4.8
Exhibit 10.1
111

Exhibit 10.2
First Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of March 3, 2021 (to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of June 30, 2020), by and among the Company, SB/RH Holdings, Royal Bank of Canada, as the administrative agent and the lenders party thereto (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC by Spectrum Brands).
Exhibit 10.3
Exhibit 10.2
10.4
Exhibit 10.5
Exhibit 10.6
Exhibit 10.3
10.7
Exhibit 10.4+
10.8+
  Exhibit 10.5+
  Exhibit 10.6+
  Exhibit 10.7+
Exhibit 10.8+
10.9+
Exhibit 10.9+
10.10+
Exhibit 10.10+
10.11+
Exhibit 10.11+
10.12+
  Exhibit 10.12+
Exhibit 10.13+
  Exhibit 10.14+
  Exhibit 10.15+
  Exhibit 10.16+
  Exhibit 10.17+
  Exhibit 10.18+
  Exhibit 10.19+
60

  Exhibit 10.20+
  Exhibit 10.21+
  Exhibit 10.22+
Exhibit 10.23+
10.14+
  Exhibit 10.24
  Exhibit 10.25+
Exhibit 10.26+
10.15+
  Exhibit 10.27+
Employment Agreement, dated as of September 9, 2019, by and between Spectrum Brands Holdings, Inc. and Jeremy W. Smeltser. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC by Spectrum Brands Holdings, Inc.(f.k.a. HRG Group, Inc.) on September 9, 2019 (File No. 001-4219)).
Exhibit 10.28+
10.16+
Exhibit 10.16+*
Exhibit 10.29+
10.17+
Exhibit 10.30+
10.18+
Exhibit 10.18+*
Exhibit 21.1@
10.20+
Exhibit 10.21+
Exhibit 10.22+
Exhibit 21.1***
Exhibit 21.2@
21.2*
Exhibit 23.1@
23.1*
Exhibit 31.1*
Exhibit 31.2*
112

Exhibit 31.3*
Exhibit 31.4*
Exhibit 32.1@
32.1*
Exhibit 32.2@
32.2*
Exhibit 32.3@
32.3*
Exhibit 32.4@
32.4*
_____________________________
*    Filed herewith
**    In accordance with Regulation S-T, the XBRL-related information in Exhibit 101 to this Annual Report on Form 10-K shall be deemed to be furnished and not filed.
*
Filed herewith
***    Filed herewith, with respect to Spectrum Brands Holdings, Inc. SB/RH Holdings, LLC meets the conditions set forth in General Instruction I(1)(a) and (b) of Form 10-K and has therefore omitted the list of subsidiaries exhibit otherwise required by Item 601 of Regulation S-K as allowed under General Instruction I(2)(b).
@
Included as an exhibit to the Original Form 10-K.
+
+    Denotes a management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.
61

Table of Contents
SIGNATURES113
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
Date: January 27, 2021
SPECTRUM BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC.
By:
/s/ Jeremy W. Smeltser
Name:Jeremy W. Smeltser
Title:Executive Vice President
and Chief Financial Officer
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
SB/RH HOLDINGS, LLC
By:Spectrum Brands Holdings, Inc.,
its sole member
By:
/s/ Jeremy W. Smeltser
Name:Jeremy W. Smeltser
Title:Executive Vice President
and Chief Financial Officer
62